Et

te tee
‘ + sh tena
os “+ a

at eee eet

oveme

me Wonk

iG vi oa < ee a PW ws)
.RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI Satuvudg)
: : al ek 5
= a = Ss a
ral > ra > { 2
- i i ti i=
= rar) = 7 . £ ;
LILSNI SJIYVYREIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN 6
Za (ap) = were wn = ‘\
= = is x = < )
bp F = if ty & 5s S |
UY 2 EGU * g 2
= 2 “iy 2 =
os 5 - Ss > = =
9) a uv) Ae wo
\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

S

sibs os ae a
Pach = o
it Pad i ow Ce Ee
[oe ay o ec NY NOY oc
<< s, Ce | < ~~ NS ys. <x
~ Ss ac S & Pe
- ro sa 5 eS /
a o 2 _ z 5 a
LILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3SIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTIO
age = au a) a i
So = Bo) e 4, av
> ke > ae *,
50) = a) cd ‘2
ia e nui y
Pe Ne Z Z :

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS Sa1uvual

w i i

= < = WY < = yy

S = : 4 ih J Ni wes oy Y
S\ é 8 SNE HZ 3 z ‘
aS 2 EQNS Gee MY fer
ae en |
LILSNI_NVINOSHLINS, SAIUVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _

Zz han, it za a ae Ly, Zz

: : Z 2 WG?

=f jae = o Y fe} 5

re) Se a) oy S)

ss od z= ye) j =
\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI” NVINOSHLIWS

° * OO 2) fan oO

I , = a ra

=. 9] 0 ‘ead

rae > = =

say i ead i

ras Aa = 0] —

2) m w Sa i

= w = He . 2 |

hs ot tdVadalILLIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO

< oe Xs eae Fi at
, a = —4 Diy ¢ Mineal ‘s \ SY hr —_
hie O = By 9 QW = S

< SUSE FW
yp = 2 iy © we E

aa Ae m a ie =
‘RIES SMITHSONIAN _ pNOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

lw = tu 2 ys Nf

= *S = “ ASN e

< = < 2 BA <

co al oO eal WS

Ree ONAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Salyuvugl
Se 5 6 5

_ = iad va

= > fa 2 |

4 Lass io

anaes wv _ ton

= - ke

” m 22) 2)

< wn z Shae

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUdEIT LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO:

N “
gs

NVINOSHLINS S31uVauslt

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
ANG
aN
SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN

»

1ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILONLILSN

NVINOSHLINS S3IuvUad!

72) > oY =_ 7p)
=
Be A a? 0 a Wl
<< OM, i /, es < of : <<
a to 4 me 5 as
un “W@ 3s dis 5 ma
a = a z mi
NVINOSHLINS S3I¥Vuagl1
Beh re: | S Bi = SS
wo \, sa wo = o
= SX, eS a 2 Wee
>) WN = = = "3
ae = 3° mi
n” rk = w = 7)

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3tuvudl

AN

eg

NVINOSHLIWS
NVINOSHLINS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS

NVINOSHLINS SAluYVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO

ES SMITHSONI

S

NOILNLILSNI
NOLLNLILSNI
NOLLNLILSNI

F IES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3luvud

GIT_LIBRARIE

S3INVUSIT LIBRARI

INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION

LLSNI NVINOSHLINS S3INVUAIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS

EY,
NVINOSHLINS S3IYVY

SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN
G/ oe
* ip j
vig

ES SMITHSONIAN __INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saluvug

sRARIES
INLILSNI
SRARIES

INLILSNl
vy :
SRARIES

A
a
s
s
‘
hy
ul

i No. 473 -

i Published can by the Universit, of ‘the State of New York

" Entered as second-class matter June 24, 1908, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., under

the act of July 16, 1894

ALBANY,

Na Y. JUNE I5, 1910

New York State Museum

Joun M. Crarxe, Director

Museum Bulletin 140

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF
THE SCIENCE DIVISION

INCLUDING THE

_ 63D REPORT OF THE STATE MUSEUM, THE 29TH REPORT OF
1HE STATE GEOLOGIST, AND THE REPORT OF
THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST FOR Igog

i PAGE
PMO MEION jo. 5 21s st wee de ess 5

I Condition of the scientific col-
lections. as 6

II Report on he geological s sur-
VEG Bye cos BAM Stee) eafve se tss, oo a8
Grolosical Survey... 2... 8
Seismological station. .. Bugis
WinMET ANOS; teaches <2 + s/s oye ces 39
Paleontology .. uf wae

_ III Report of the State Botanist 47

IV Report of the State Ento-

FeO ier Nah sp asec what ay chee

WV Report on the zoology section 54
Vi Report on the archeology

BPS EM OMI sis clack. eee aah ohare esate 59
PeVil Publications. ........-.... 69
0) CUS Seat ee eee a pee ey
IX Accessions...... sae oe gee . 76

Age and Relations of the Little
Falls Dolomite (Calciferous)
~ of the Mohawk Valley. E.O.

Urtrich & H. P. CUSHING 97 |

}

ALBANY
UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK

PAGE
Symmetric Arrangement in the
Elements of the Paleozoic
Platform of North America.
RuDOLF RUEDEMANN...... I41

Origin of Color in the Vernon
Shale. W. J. MILLER......150

_ Downward Overthrust Fault at

Satigertiess) Nie Yo0 0 Gi He
SEDAN Wil CIS ice, cs «alee bone rae aise 157

Joint Caves of Valcour Island—
Their Age and Their Origin.

ery a eS ON! oily cs falenela te 161
‘Contributions to Mineralogy.
BOP Wee LO CR sia) a0charneoiers bre 197

The Iroquois and the Struggle
for America. ELinu ae

Nun-da-wa’-o, the

ee Dab pH...

+2130

1g10

aisanian Insti,

&

i Aaa Nyy STATE NEW YORK

ae AT rovcirioh DEPARTMENT
_Rege Sof the University
With years when terms expire

1913 WuItELAW Rei M.A. LL.D. D.C.L. Chancellor New York
to17 St Crain McKetway M.A.LL. D.Vice Chancellor Brooklyn

1919 DANIEL BrEAcH Ph DD. LL.D. 9 = =) => =) — Watlans
nga) PLINY SEXTON UB) LEDS ee eres
1912 T. GuitForp SmitH M.A. C.E. LL.D. -— - -— Buffalo

1918 Witiram NorrincHam M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. - — Syracuse
1922 CHESTER S. Lorp M-A. LL.D. -— =— = > = New York
1915 ALBERT VANDER VEER M.D. M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. Albany

t91t EpwarpD LAUTERBACH M.A. LL.D. - -— - --— New York
1920 Bucenr A. Puitpin LL.B. LL.D. — = = -— New Yor
1916 Lucian L. SHEDDEN LL.B. LL.D.’ - -— - — Plattsburg
1921 Francis M. CARPENTER —~ — — — — — -— Mount Kisco

Commissioner of Education

ANDREW S. DRAPER LL.B. LL.D.

Assistant Commissioners
Avcustus S. Downine M.A. Pd.D. LL.D. First Assistant.
~ Frank Ro.uins Ph.D. Second Assistant .
Tuomas E. Finecan M.A. Pd.D. Third Assistant —

Director of State Library

James I. Wren, Jr, M.L.S.

Director of Science and State Museum

Joun M. Cirarke Ph.D. Se.D. LL.D.

~Chiefs of Divisions
Administration, HaRLAN H. Horner B.A.
Attendance, Jamges D. SULLIVAN
Educational Extension, WILLIAM R. EastmAn M.A. M.L.S.
Examinations, CHARLES F. WHEELOCK B.S. LL.D.
Inspections, Frank H. Woop M.A.
Law, Franx B. Girpert B.A.
School Libraries, Cuartes E. Fircu L.H.D.
Statistics, Htram C. Case
Trades Schools, ARTHUR D. Dean B.S.
Visual Instruction, ALFRED W. ABprams Ph.B.

New York State Education Department
Science Division, February 15, 1910

Hon. Andrew S. Draper LL.D.
Commussioner of Education

Sir: I communicate to you herewith for publication as a bul-
letin of the State Museum, the Sirth Annual Report of the Director
of the Science Division for the fiscal year ending September 30,
1909.

Very respectfully
JoHn M. CLARKE
Director
State of New York
Education Department
COMMISSIONER'S ROOM

Approved for publication this 21st day of February I9Io

Commissioner of Education

|
Education Department Bulletin

Published fortnightly by the University of the State of New York

Entered as second-class matter June 24, 1908, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., under
the act of July 16, 1894

No. 473 ALBANY, N. Y. JUNE 15, 1910

New York State Museum

Joun M. Care, Director
Museum Bulletin 140

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE
SCIENCE NA aN

INCLUDING THE

63d REPORT OF THE STATE MUSEUM, THE 29th REPORT OF
Pets, GEOLOGIST, AND THE REPORT OF THE .
STATE PALEONTOLOGIST FOR 1909

DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1909

INTRODUCTION

This report covers all divisions of the scientific work under the
charge of the Education Department and concerns the progress
made therein during the fiscal year 1908-9. It constitutes the 63d
annual report of the State Museum and is introductory to all the
scientific memoirs, bulletins and other publications issued from ~
this office during the year mentioned.
Under the action of the Regents of the University (April 26,
1904) the work of the Science Division is “under the immediate
supervision of the Commissioner of Education,’ and the advisory
committee of the Board of Regents of-the University having the
affairs of this division in charge are the Honorables: T. Guilford
Smith LL.D., Buffalo; Daniel Beach LL.D., Watkins; Lucian L.
Shedden LL.D., Plattsburg.

The subjects to be presented in this report are considered under
the following chapters:

6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

I Condition of the scientific collections
II Report on the Geological Survey, including the work of
the State Geologist and Paleontologist, of the Mineralogist, and that
in Industrial Geology
Ill Report of the State Botanist
IV Report of the State Entomologist
V_ Report on the Zoology section
VI Report on the Archeology section
VII Publications of the year
VIII Staff of the Science Division and State Museum
IX <Accessions to the collections
X Appendixes (to be continued in subsequent volumes).
All the scientific publications of the year

I

CONDITION OF THE SCIENTIFIC COLLECTIONS TCO
SMIOMOMNONE: Tiss, SAvaMINe, MUO SIaU Ml

Since my last report some changes have been necessitated in the
location of the collections of the museum, all of which present
locations are to be regarded as wholly temporary while awaiting
transference to the Education Building. Some displacement from
old locations has been necessary to accommodate the demands of
the Commissioner of Agriculture for increased room in the Geo-
logical Hall. Giving way to these requirements has resulted in
again dispersing parts of the collections of the Geological Hall
into other buildings in the city of Albany and has involved the De-
partment in serious expenditures for rental and maintenance of
new quarters. An inevitable disquietude has resulted from these
invasions which has been somewhat increased by the preparation
necessary for final removal and instalment of all the collections
and the progress of new undertakings requiring additional working
room.

At the present time the collections of the State Museum are dis-
tributed as follows:

1 Geological Hall. In this building there still remain the offices of
the Assistant State Geologist and his staff; of the Mineralogist, and
some part of the collections in geology, paleontology and mineralogy ;
the seismograph is also installed here; also the offices of the State
Botanist, with the botanical collections constituting the State her-

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909Q 7

barium; of the State Entomologist with the collections pertaining
thereto; of the Zoologist, with all collections in zoology except for
instances otherwise specified; workrooms of the taxidermist and
archeologist.

2 State Hall. The rooms occupied in this building are the
offices of the Director and State Geologist with his immediate staff,
together with the extensive collections in paleontology and some
others of value. These collections are in drawers and in prepara-
tion for removal.

3 Capitol. The corridors of the fourth floor contain on display
a very considerable collection in archeology, though only a fraction
of such material as is in our custody. In these corridors also are a
few cases of mineralogic, paleontologic and ceramic exhibits. On the
sixth floor of this building are 100 drawers of minerals and certain
large relief maps. In the safe in the Cashier’s office, Education
Department are the archives of the Iroquois Nation consisting of
wampum belts and other articles of historical importance.

4 McCredie Malthouse. This is the general storehouse for all
the collections and equipment of the museum which have been dis-
placed by the recent invasions of the Geological Hall or for which
no other place can be found. About 500 cases of specimens are
here stored.

5 Universalist Church. This building, situated at the corner of
Swan and Jay streets, has been rented at the expense of this division
and is being utilized as a studio for the artist engaged in prepar-
ing the very large background scenery for the Iroquois collection
and as office and workroom for the Archeologist.

6 State Normal College. In the corridors of one of the western
buildings is temporarily placed, by courtesy of the president, a
large, newly mounted group of black bears.

7 Property of J. L. Verstrepen, Delaware street, Albany. Here
is a series of large geological specimens which are being removed
as opportunity affords.

8 Flint Granite Company, Cemetery Station. At this place,
3 miles north of Albany, is stored a large and’ unique slab of trails
from the Potsdam sandstone, weighing upward of 20 tons.

To this record of 8 widely separated locations in the city of
_ Albany is to be added the fact that there are in storage and under
insurance, awaiting transportation whenever accommodations here

8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

permit, several large mounted groups of mammals (moose, buffalo
and others) in charge of the Ward Natural Science Establishment
at Rochester.

This much divided and scattered condition of the work is pro-
foundly embarrassing and involves serious loss in concentration of
effort and of time and enjoins arduous and exacting conditions.
Yet it may be regarded as making for progress, as it certainly is
now unavoidable in preparing for the equipment of a new museum.

This situation has not been allowed to interfere with the progress
of the proper scientific investigations of this division, which have
taken the direction indicated herewith.

II

REPORT ON THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, tNCEUIiiits
THE WORK OF THE STATE GEOLOGISi yas
PALEONTOLOGIST, OF THE MINERAGOGIES
AND THAT ON INDUSTRIAL GEOEGGS

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

Areal geology

_ In the progress of the survey directed toward the execution of
the geological map of the State on the topographic scale of 1 mile
to 1 inch, a considerable number of topographic quadrangles have
been completed and published, with full explanatory details of
geological structure. In addition to the completed quadrangles
a variety of special maps have been issued in connection with par-
ticular geological problems, some of the older of these maps being
on such geographic base of approximate accuracy as was best
available, but all special maps of later years, whether they have
covered limited areas, completed county areas or a series of coun-
ties, have been based on the topographic unit.

A list of all geologic maps of the State, of every description,
was published in my report of last year, and the number was there
shown to be large, 329 entries being recorded. I append here a
list designed to indicate only the complete quadrangle maps which
have been made with special reference to the systematic execution
of the State map. In this list the terms starred indicate maps now
in press.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 9

*Alexandria Bay (Cushing) Mooers (Woodworth)
Amsterdam (Prosser & Cum- Naples (Clarke & Luther)
ings) Nunda (Clarke & Luther)
Auburn (Luther) Olean (Glenn)

Buffalo (Luther) Ontario Beach (Hartnagel)
Canandaigua (Clarke & Luther) Ovid (Luther)

*Cape Vincent (Ruedemann) Oyster Bay (Woodworth)

*Clayton (Cushing & Ruedemann ) Penn Yan (Luther)

*Elizabethtown (Kemp) Portage (Clarke & Luther)
Elmira (Clarke & Luther) *Port Henry (Kemp & Ruedemann)
Genoa (Luther) Port Leyden (Miller)

*Grindstone Island (Cushing & Remsen (Miller)

Smyth) Rochester (Hartnagel)
Hammondsport (Luther) Salamanca (Glenn)
Hempstead (Woodworth) *Theresa (Cushing & Ruedemann)
Little Falls (Cushing) Tully (Luther)

Long Lake (Cushing) Watkins (Clarke & Luther)

In addition to these, reports have been rendered to the Director
on the quadrangles listed below, these awaiting publication chiefly
for completion in certain details.

Cazenovia Morrisville
Chittenango Syracuse

Central and western New York. In western New York final
resurvey has been made by Mr Luther of the Caledonia, Honeoye,
Wayland and Phelps quadrangles and preliminary control of the
Batavia, Attica and Depew quadrangles with an expansion of opera-
tions of previous years on the. Albion, Medina and Lockport re-
gions. These results represent in part the gradual summation of
work extending over several seasons and the progressive attack on
new fields. .

In central New York the Utica quadrangle was covered in a
preliminary control ‘by Mr Clark and work on the Sangerfield
quadrangle progressed by Mr Whitnall.

Eastern New York, Saratoga county. Saratoga Springs has, for
several years, been the seat of a litigious activity in which the
welfare of the mineral water and gas springs is involved, with
deep concern to a variety of commercial interests. By virtue of re-
cent legislation the State has set itself to save the mineral water
springs. It is a worthy but difficult task; worthy, because the Sara-
toga springs present a unique geological phenomenon which should
be saved from destruction, irrespective of the commercial interests
involved; difficult, because the intervention of government has
come late and is confronted by large vested rights.

Ime) NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

With regard to the adjudication of important issues now in the
courts and arising from the situation at Saratoga, the State Geolo-
gist can have nothing to say, but he can and desires to emphasize
the fact that the relations of the mineral springs to each other and
to the gas springs are a strictly geological problem. These rela-
tions must be understood before any determination of intelligent
modes of reclamation can be hoped for, and should be compre-
hended before any readjustment of recognized rights in the prop-
erties involved is attempted. This geological problem is not an
easy one. No such problem, deeply buried out of sight and reached
only by the drill, is easy. There is probably no place where the
subterranean conditions at Saratoga are paralleled and the ob-
scurity of their interrelations makes the problem of the source and
durability of the waters, their salinity.and their pressures one of
difficult reach, but the analyses can not be prosecuted by any other
mode of attack than the geological.

The Saratoga springs have been a fruitful source of theories and
vagaries by casual geologists, chemists, mineralogists and hydrog-
raphers, which are so frequently contradictory and have been
so often exploited, as to weaken confidence in most of the solu-
tions proposed. So often have favored contentions for and
against one or another exposition of the conditions been promul-
gated from the witness stand and elsewhere that the present situa-
tion leaves everything to be desired in regard to exact knowledge
as a basis of procedure on the part of the State, if the Saratoga
springs are to be effectively protected.

With full realization of the seriousness of the problem there
presented and of its difficulties, the State Geologist organized a
resurvey of the Saratoga springs region during the past season.
This survey was, of compulsion, confined to a review of the sur-
face structures of the country. It was fully understood that such
an undertaking, unsupported by the drill, must be inadequate in its
results, for in a subterranean problem the drill is the geologist’s
finger. Appropriations, however, were wanting to carry on this
extensive but essential part of the work. ‘The records of the many
commercial wells put down at Saratoga are lost or inaccessible, and
no conclusions of the problem can be reached and no proper pro-
cedure for the conservation of the springs be deduced until re-
drilling over the extensive area has been carefully executed.

The field work of the season was not, however, without good
results in its bearing on the problems at issue and the survey of

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 11

the Saratoga quadrangle carried on by Drs Cushing and Ruede-
mann will be continued and concluded by being brought into con-
nection with the survey of the Broadalbin quadrangle by W. J.
Miller.

Referring specially to the field determinations made in this work,
certain stratigraphic details have been perfected.

The limestone of the Mohawk valley, which has heretofore
been classed as “ Beekmantown,”’ proves to be composed of two
unconformable members, the upper, comprising the so called “ fu-
coidal beds,” a limestone of lower Beekmantown age, and the name
Tribes Hill limestone has been proposed for it; the lower is of dolo-
mite, is older than the Beekmantown, and the name Little Falls
dolomite is restricted to this member. The upper formation thins
westward and disappears just west of Little Falls.

In the eastern part of the Mohawk valley the Potsdam sand-
stone appears beneath the Little Falls dolomite, grading up into
it through a series of passage beds, the two plainly belonging to
the same formation. At Saratoga the basal portion of the Little
Falls dolomite becomes locally a fossiliferous limestone, which has
been provisionally termed the Hoyt limestone. Over it the Little
Falls dolomite, but the true Beekmantown seems to be absent, the
Trenton limestone resting on the Little Falls dolomite. Traced
through Whitehall to Ticonderoga the latter is found to be directly
equivalent to Division A of the Beekmantown division which lies
unconformably beneath the remainder of the Beekmantown and
does not belong with it but with the Potsdam and passage beds
between.

On the Broadalbin quadrangle in Fulton and Saratoga coun-
ties, the area comprises rocks of Precambric, Paleozoic and
Pleistocene ages.

The Precambric rocks cover about one third of the quad-
rangle and are chiefly represented by the Grenville schists with
which are associated vounger foliated syenite and porphyritic
granite as well as nonfoliated dikes of gabbro or diabase. The
remainder of the area is occupied by Paleozoic formations in-
cluding the Potsdam, Little Falls, Trenton, Utica and Lorraine
formations.

Of the Precambric rocks the Grenville, in several distinct
areas, is by far the most common, one area alone occupying more
than 40 square miles. Belts of very pure quartzite are at times
found in the Grenville. The syenite and granite are highly

12 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

metamorphosed, the syenite commonly appearing almost schist-
ose.

‘The true Beekmantown appears to be absent from the Broad-
albin quadrangle so that the Trenton always rests unconform-
ably upon the Little Falls dolomite. A series of distinctly trans-
itional beds lies between the Potsdam sandstone and the Little
Falls dolomite. This formation has been named from the town
of Galway where it is best shown and it has been separately
shown on the geologic map. Toward the southeast the Pots-
dam has at its base a very interesting conglomerate made up
of Grenville quartzite fragments from 1 to 3 feet in diameter.

The district is remarkable for its faults, no less than 14
having been mapped. They are all normal with displacements
ranging from 100 to 150 feet. Several of these have been map-
ped for the first time, and one of these, the Batchellerville fault,
showing a displacement of 1500 feet, has been traced for over
10 miles. The Batchellerville fault is also of interest because,
so far as known, it is the greatest of the Mohawk valley faults
with the upthrow side on the east.

Pleistocene deposits of various types are finely exhibited.
There is distinct evidence, as shown by A. P. Brigham, that a cur-
rent of ice flowing south-southwestward past Northville met
another current flowing northwestward past Galway in the vi-
cinity of Broadalbin. The lowest land, including the area of the
great Swamp known as the “ Vly,’’ was once covered by a gla-
cial lake.

Adirondacks. Jast year I reported the completion of the
survey of the Elizabethtown and Port Henry quadrangles by
Professor Kemp and Dr Ruedemann and this report is now in
press. Professor Kemp has followed this by the survey of the
Mt Marcy quadrangle which lies next west. The field work
had been done upon the area in former years and the final re-
port had been to some degree blocked out.

This section of the Adirondacks contains many points of
special interest. The two summits, Mt Marcy and Mt McIntyre,
which alone of all the peaks exceed 5000 feet, are within it.
Of the 16 peaks which stand between 4000 and 5000 feet, 14
are also here. The remaining two are Giant, which hes just
east, and Whiteface which is a few miles north. It will thus
be readily seen that we are here dealing with the culmination
of the Adirondacks.

Careful study of the mountains brings out the fact that in the

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q0Q 13

large way the ridges trend northeast and southwest, yet this
_ general structural feature is modified by two broad north and
south valleys, of which the larger, the famous “ Keene valley,”
contains the chief settlements and the smaller is marked by
_ Elk lake. These latter valleys are believed to be old topographic
depressions which have antedated the northeast and southwest
faults, the causes of the later ridges.

The northwestern portion of the quadrangle is occupied by a
_ great gravel flat standing at approximately the 2000 foot con-
tour and much cut up by the streams. Over at least 10 square
miles of area, no bed rock exposure is visible and one is forced
to conclude that some relatively wide and open valley has been
buried by the gravels which were incidental to the waning
glacial period.

The postglacial deposits and the moraines of the ice period it-
self have done much to modify the relief and rearrange the
drainage. ‘There is good evidence of a lake that must have
been impounded by some barrier on the north and that filled
the Keene valley during the closing of the glacial period. The
gravelly deltas along the sides of the valley admit of no other
interpretation and in the case of the terrace on which the Willey
House stands just beyond the northeast corner of the quadran-
ele, the amount of gravel is so great as to be very impressive.

There is little doubt that in the preglacial times the area
around the Upper Ausable lake drained off to the southwest
through the Boreas river and that drift has changed the old
order of things. The present divide is in a swampy area and is
scarcely 20 feet high.

There are many precipitous mountain fronts which usually
trend northeast and southwest and afford beautiful scenery. In
the narrow passes at their feet lakes may be situated, such as
-the Cascade lakes, the Lower Ausable, and Avalanche. Some
of the mountains are also sharp and narrow in their summits,
as in the case of the Gothics. Others, like Marcy, are rounded
and dome-shaped.

The hard rock geology is similar to other Adirondack quad-
rangles, already described in the bulletins of the State Museum.
The oldest rocks are the Grenville sediments which are well
shown in the Keene valley. Except for one small patch, ap-
parently caught up in the anorthosites just south of the Cas-
cade lakes, they do not appear outside this depression. They
may, however, lie buried beneath the gravels of North Elba
_and also of the Elk Lake basin.

14 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The rocks next in age are the anorthosites, which cover al-
most all the quadrangle. They are its characteristic rock and ~
constitute all the high peaks but one. The blue labradorite
rock, sometimes giving opalescent coiors in the brooks, is al-
most universal. The syenite series enters from the north and
in a variety that is transitional to the anorthosites constitutes
Pitchoff mountain. The syenites soon fail, however, and the
anorthosites take their place.

The anorthosites are cut by a number of intrusive masses of
basic gabbro, of which the wonderful dike at Avalanche lake is
a striking example. It runs from the lake to the summit of
the ridge, cleaving two mountains apart like a wedge.

There are numerous basaltic dikes which favor the north-
easterly fault cracks.

The intrusive anorthosites here wrought some contact ef-
fects upon the old Grenville limestones which are among the
best illustrations of these phenomena yet noted in the Adiron-
dacks. The limestones have been changed in one locality to
masses of red garnet and green pyroxene, and in another have
a body of magnetite much mixed up with garnet and other
contact minerals. The ore body was mined to some extent in
the old days of the forges but is now idle. It is the only ore
deposit worthy of mention yet found in the quadrangle. The
great predominance of the anorthosites would lead us to antici-
pate only titaniferous ores outside of the Grenville area.

Mineral wealth is thus lacking. The entertainment of sum-
mer visitors and the lumber business are the chief means of
support of the inhabitants.

Southeastern New York. In my report of last year refer~-
ence was made to cooperative undcriakings with the New York
City Board of Water Supply, with reference to the assembling of
the geological data recorded in that great engineering enter-
prise. During the year past, Dr Berkey has brought together
from these sources and from independent surveys of the contigu-
ous territory, begun before this form of cooperation was effected,
the general summary of new knowledge in the form of a bulletin
which has been submitted for publication. In the preparation
of this bulletin the immediate object has been to place in con-
venient form an outline of the present understanding of the
geology of the region and to discuss facts gathered in this ex-
tensive exploratory work carried on along the course of the Catskill
aqueduct, with special reference to the geological structures on Man-

\

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 15

hattan island. The task has proven a difficult one. It has been found
necessary to summarize the data and give results rather than
to present the whole mass of facts. The final outcome will be
the solution of a series of problems very largely in the form they
have presented themselves to the practical engineer and others
working on them. The bulletin therefore falls readily into the
line of applied geology and it is believed will have distinctive educa-
tional use in that field.

Detailed study of old drill borings in New York city has led
to the opinion that the present conception of the areal and struc-
tural geology of Manhattan island and the East river needs con-
siderable correction. This, however, applies only to the southern
portion under heavy drift cover. The tunnel developments of the
city make details of this sort of much importance. Instead of the
island being wholly Manhattan schist, the data seemed to require
that at least two narrow belts of the Inwood limestone and
Fordham gneiss should extend through the lower east side. Ex-
plorations designed to test this theory have proven it to
be true. Limestone does not follow the East river continuously.
A large area of grano-diorite cuts through the gneisses in Long
Island City and Brooklyn and crosses the East river into Man-
hattan. A corrected map of this section will be published in the
bulletin.

The exceptional advantages offered by tunnels now being con-
struc‘ed throughout the Highlands region along the aqueduct
makes it possible to see the prominence of some structural
features that are otherwise obscure. Faults and crush zones
and other effects of movement are surprisingly numerous. They
are in all stages between complete recementation and complete
decay. Some of the older are in as good physical condition as
the original wall rock, others of later origin are reduced to clay
or similar incoherent matter to great depth. In at least one such
case on Manhattan island, complete decay extends to a depth of
over 300 feet.

Additional exploration on the Hudson river indicates clearly
that there has been glacial widening of the preglacial gorge at
the Storm King entrance to the Highlands and that there is
probably also glacial overdeepening. Borings in the channel
have penetrated silts, sands and drift to a depth of — 674 feet
at which point it is now believed rock bottom has been en-
countered.

10 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Further detailed field observations tend to confirm the opinion
previously given that metamorphosed sediments constitute the
most ancient rock types of this region and that they are the
equivalents of the Grenville series as known in the Adirondacks.

Work on the Poughkeepsie quadrangle has been carried forward
by Prof. C. H. Gordon, who reports as follows:

Precambric. Some portions of the gneissic areas wére re-
viewed with care. It has seemed entirely possible to establish the
identity of the rocks which make up the narrow strip that ex-
tends from the carpet mills at Wolcottville northeastward to
Vly mountain with the gneisses of the Fishkill mountains. This
strip, which will be referred to as the Glenham belt, was de-
scribed by Mather as the “ Matteawan granite.”

‘The rocks which make up its major portion vary from greenish
granitic types of rather massive character to more gneissoid and
usually somewhat finer grained rocks with reddish color. The
primary minerals composing these two varieties are quite sim1-
lar and are quartz, microcline or orthoclase, plagioclase and bio-
tite. The last named has undergone alteration which appears
to be an ancient character. During the period of this alteration
the biotite was more or less completely changed to chlorite and
considerable quantities of iron oxids were liberated. Occasion-
ally the granitic rock passes into a type with scarcely any ferro-
magnesian minerals, with milky quartz and a feldspar pink from
disseminated iron particles. These varieties grade into one
another although the greenish rock is most abundant in the
southern end of the strip and the gneissoid type around Vly
mountain. The varieties just described are those which have
been emphasized by most observers and have been called
“altered sandstone,” “ bastard granite,” etc.

Within the last two or three years new cuts have been opened
in this strip in the process of evening up the grade on the road
from Fishkill village to Wappinger Falls. This road cuts the
strip about midway of its length. Among the rock varieties
exposed in these cuts are hornblende and micaceous gneisses
quite similar to some of those seen in the Fishkill mountains
and several varieties of altered gneissic derivatives. Epidote is
abundant in many outcrops.

It has proved possible to trace in a satisfactory manner the
rocks composing this strip through somewhat similar masses
lying at the south in Matteawan to the base of the Fishkill moun-
tains. Rocks identical with the altered and epidotic gneisses

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909Q oie

and greenish and gneissoid rocks of this strip were found in the
eastern part of the town of Matteawan. Certain easily marked |
faults have broken the areal continuity of the whole.

The Glenham belt near Vly mountain shows a small patch of
the quartzite. In Matteawan a considerable knoll of the basal
quartzite is preserved between Anderson, Grove and Walcott
streets near “Rock hollow.” The Precambric age of these
masses is thus indicated. The Glenham belt and the smaller
masses at the south are interpreted as inliers of the older rocks.
The Glenham belt is a faulted inlier. The others are probably
such. The rocks which make up the larger part of these inliers
are looked upon as altered derivatives of the gneisses. They
belong to the same general epoch as the quartzite, that of the
transgressing Cambric sea. Their present compact condition is
due to the same metamorphic processes that changed the basal
sandstone to a quartzite and the overlying limestones and slate
to their present condition.

At Hortontown, a small hamlet in the Highlands south of
Shenandoah, a basic eruptive made up chiefly of hornblende and
magnetite, with some pyroxene, is in close association with a
quartzite, entirely similar to the basal quartzite and of consider-
able extent, and with a few scattered ledges of an altered rock
made up of magnetite and bastite. The relations are very ob-
scure. The presence of a clear fault along the eastern base of
Shenandoah mountain seems to permit the interpretation that
the eruptive is of Postcambric age and that it has penetrated
the basal Paleozoics and altered the ferruginous dolomite with-
out materially affecting the refractory quartzite. Most of the
altered limestone has been removed.

Cambric. The discovery of the opercula of Hyolithellus
micans Billings in the bluish gray limestones overlying the
basal quartzite at the base of the Fishkill mountains during the
previous years, indicated that fossils in the quartzite would prob-
ably be found in the neighborhood, and a slab of compact
quartzite with the surfaces covered with brachiopod and trilobite
fragments has been found in the yard of Ward Ladue in the West
Fishkill Hook district south of Johnsville. This find led to a per-
sistent search for the quartzite in place. A few weeks later the fos-
sils were found about 14 mile to the south. The locality may be
reached by, taking the east road into the mountain from the West
Hook, passing the house of Ward Ladue as far as Herman Adams’s

18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

house, and then by following the gully east of the road for two or
three hundred yards. The ledge occurs on the east of the gully about
3 or 4 feet below the base of a stone wall that separates the gully
from an old orchard on the east. The fossils occur in the hard com-
pact quartzite similar to that in Ladue’s yard, bu: are most numerous
in the thinner, somewhat friable rusty layers just beneath. The
compact rock shows dull imperfect surface markings and
numerous rusty spots when broken. The friable layers show
great numbers of fragments including brachiopods resembling
Obolella and the spines and cheeks ‘of trilobites identified as
Ovemeiilws S05).

The basal quartzite passes conformably into a bluish gray
fossiliferous limestone in the orchard of Ward Ladue and north
of here on the farm of William L. Ladue the limestone grades
upward into calcareous shale thus giving a conformable series
of Lower Cambric strata. Just what the relation of the lime=
stone further north is to this series, it is very difficult to deter-
mine. The Lower Cambric is probably faulted up into younger
limestones.

Wappinger limestone. This formation occurs within the quad-
rangle in two well defined masses: the composite Wappinger creek
belt and the Fishkill limestone.

A portion of the former was reexamined during the past
summer for the purpose of learning more about the cherty
dolomitic limestone overlying the arenaceous beds carrying
Lingulepsis cf. pinniformis in the western strip of this
composite belt. Apparently the latter beds grade up into the
dolomitic rock. The latter does not appear to bear much
resemblance to the so called “ Calciferous ” of the central strip
of this belt as developed at the type locality at Rochdale. Pass-
ing westward along the Spackenkill road from the Albany post-
road one crosses the gently inclined or horizontal Upper Cam-
bric beds at points near Ruppert’s farmhouse and just a little
east of this place, and then over very different cherty strata
without fossils in which the stratification and dip are not dis-
tinct. The two, however, appear to be in conformity. Near
Camelot station the arenaceous Potsdam beds appear pitching
to the southward and south of here at the Clinton Point Stone
Company’s quarry at Stoneco are strata very similar to the
cherty beds just described, with westward dip and such general
position as to indicate that if continued northward they would
have a position with reference to the Upper Cambric like that

L ts
a
ih SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 19

occupied by the cherty beds along the Spackenkill road. The
thick masses in the Stoneco quarry have not yielded fossils. It
seems that within this western strip there is a considerable
thickness of heavy dolomitic limestones lying above the Upper
-Cambric fossiliferous beds which are older than the Beekman-
town (“ Calciferous,’ Rochdale group). Whether this mass
belongs with the Cambric of the Canadian group could not be deter-
“mined, nor the question of whether deposition was continuous
_ from one period to the other.
_ During the seasons of 1908 and 1909 a number of new cuts
“were opened in the Fishkill limestone in the process of con-
‘structing the State road from Fishkill Landing to Beekman.
These were examined with considerable care, but except for one
or two doubtful cases, no fossils were discovered. A mile west
of East Fishkill (“ Gayhead”’) a slightly distorted impression
with form suggesting some member of the Strophomenidae was
found on the freshly broken rock. All shell characters were
absent, although the form was reasonably distinct.
_ Fossils which could be recognized have been discovered in
this limestone along its western margin, in the Lower Cambric
horizon, as above described, and in one instance along its north-
ern margin near Hopewell. Elsewhere they have not been found
either on fresh surfaces or in weathered outcrops.

The slate formation is almost completely eroded from this
limestone mass. There is reason for thinking that much of the
limestone is older than the Trenton and perhaps of Cambric or
early Ordovicic age.

Hudson River siate formation. A careful examination of many
outcrops in this formation has added only one new fossil locality.
This occurs at a hamlet known as Swartoutville, about 214 miles
north of Brinckerhoff. The fossiliferous ledges were discovered
while tracing the limestone boundary. On the farm of Irving Hitch-
cock at Swartoutville, about three or four hundred yards west of
the road from Brinckerhoff to Hopewell Junction, is a high knoll
made up of gray limy shales with interbedded limestones. The
shales contain Plectambonites sericeus and other fos-
sil fragments. These beds are regarded as lying near the base of
the slate formation and as of probable Trenton age. The beds ap-
pear structurally to belong with the limestone which is faulted
against the presumably younger slates on the west.

Considerable interest attaches to the discovery of several
small, usually conglomeratic, limestone patches within this

formation, Three of these occur near Arthursburg north of

20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Hopewell Junction and three somewhat larger ones east of
Pleasant Valley. All appear to be brought up by faults within
the slates. Several are marked by a limestone conglomerate
entirely similar to the Trenton conglomerate of the Wappinger
creek belt and Solenopora compacta was noted in the
most western masses. These patches are now exposed because
of greater thrust at the points where they now lie along extensive
thrust lines. The conglomerate is often overlain by a silicious
lime-sand rock which is followed by the slate formation. As
far as it goes the evidence would appear to show that at the
east the lime-mud rock with fossils shown at Pleasant Valley,
Rochdale and at Sleight’s farm near Manchester Bridge gives
way to this coarser silicious sand rock. ‘Close folding and prob-
able thrusting have brought these two phases of contemporaneous
deposition into closer areal relations than they had originally.

It seems likely that the epoch of limestone formation during

the Trenton transgression within this quadrangle was of short |

duration. Much of the slate is probably of Trenton age.

Surficial geology

Some reference has already been made to these features in
Saratoga county and additional work was done on the general
field of the lower Mohawk valley region over the Broadalbin,
Gloversville, Amsterdam and Fonda quadrangles by Professor
Brigham. This continued field work has brought to an essential
completion the classification and distribution of the surface
' deposits in this region and the necessary maps and report have
been rendered. Extension of this survey was carried into the
area north of Gloversville, a district belonging to the southern
Adirondack forest and lying in the towns of Mayfield, Bleecker
and Garoga in Fulton county, and including the southern parts
of Benson and Arietta in Herkimer county.

The region is rugged, in large part wooded and attains a maxi-
mum altitude in Pinnacle mountain, of 2514 feet. Many other
elevations approximate this altitude. The valleys and slopes are
covered with a massive and fairly constant mantle of glacial
drift. Rock outcrops are frequent, but the average thickness
of the drift is large. Distinctly morainic accumulations are,
however, not important though some low hills of this nature
occur about Bleecker, Bleecker Center and Lindsley Corners. Lakes
and ponds are numerous, and belong in the main to the glacial
blockade type, though it would often be hazardous to affirm that
glacial erosion did not enter as a component factor.

ee

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q09Q 21

The chief interest from the point of view of the glacial geology
is in the direction of the striae, records of this nature being |
found in about 24 localities. It is known that the movement a
few miles to the south, about Gloversville and Johnstown, was
westward, while the latest. movement on the east, or about
Northville, was southward. The average movement in the dis-
trict now studied proved to be southwest, showing that the
higher grounds, well into the southern Adirondacks, felt the
influence of the great westward movement up the Mohawk
valley. The direct southward flow at Northville seems to have
been late and in the control of the local trend of the Sacandaga
valley. The top of the Pinnacle, on account of weathering, does
not show distinct gravings, but the molding shows clearly a
southwest trend. One mile north of Rockwood, on the edge of
the Lassellsville quadrangle, the striae even show a direction of
w. 20°-25° n. So at Wheelerville, near Canada lake, and by
Middle Stink lake, also on the Lassellsville area, readings are
approximately west. Aqueo-glacial drift was very nearly absent,
the chief exception being in some interesting glacial terraces
about Bleecker Center.

The further extension of these Mohawk glacial waters was
studied in a broad way by Professor Fairchild from Taberg in the
Ontario basin to Coxsackie in the Hudson valley. The work was
partly in review of critical localities and partly new mapping of
the glacio-lacustrine features.

It was found that a series of glacial stream channels lie along
the west side of the Hudson valley, in continuation of the stream
' flow across the northeast face of the Helderberg scarp.

Special problems

Clinton formation. The value of this term in the geological
nomenclature of America has been a matter of some general
interest and discussion and as the term is an historic one, based
on a rock section at and near the village of Clinton, the signifi-
cance of the name and its proper definition may be briefly referred
to. It would be a matter of slender and local importance if this
rock series and the fauna it contains were confined to the State
of New York, but as the division was early established by the
New York geologists and the formation extends very widely
beyond the boundaries of the State, northeast, southwest along
the Appalachians, and broadly through the west and northwest,
its definition assumes an importance of some magnitude.

22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The Clinton formation was first called, by Vanuxem, the
Protean group, on account of the variable character of its sedi-
ments and their colors. When, soon after, the geographic term
Clinton was substituted for the formation, it was based on the
rock section referred to at Clinton village, its lower limit being
recognized as bounded by the Medina sandstone there present,
but its upper limit being undefined, or in other words, the entire
section there exposed above the Medina formation being left as
the exponent of the Clinton formation. In the Genesee valley
the Clinton term was also recognized and used contempora-
neously by Hall. There the formation is much more advantage-
ously and completely expressed, and over it lies without inter-
ruption a bed of gray shale which was separately designated by
Hall as the Rochester shale.

Our knowledge of the fauna of the Clinton unit, as well as
of the Rochester shale, has been essentially derived from the
Genesee section. With the progress of knowledge it is satis-
-factorily determined that at the Clinton section at ‘Clinton is
a weak development of the Rochester shale and this was included
by inference in Vanuxem’s definition of the Clinton formation.

In actual date of establishment the term Rochester shale is
older than Clinton, but only the work of later years has shown
the! presence of the earlier named) formation in) them smgpems
section of the latter. The question has, from these acknowledged
conditions, arisen in this form: Shall the Clinton formation be
made to include the deposits and fauna of the Rochester shale?

In New York we have felt disposed to hold the view that the
early geologists, of course totally unaware of the sharp and pre-
cise requirements of an advanced knowledge, employed forma-
tional terms with some degree of elasticity, even of laxity, and
in the particular case in hand, that the rock succession in the

Genesee valley is a truer demonstration of actual relationships —

and its early denominations a more faithful expression of suc-
cessive geological events than either section or names in the
Clinton section. It seems to us doubtful whether ancient and
loosely defined names can wisely be resuscitated, in defiance of
advances in knowledge, or whether such attempts at resuscita-
tion are not virtually new definitions, thus lacking wholly the
merit claimed for their age.

The stratigraphic contrast in these two sections is very pro-
nounced. In the Rochester or Genesee river section »the Clinton

a

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IgOQ 23

beds from below are as follows: (1) Sodus shale, (2) Furnace-

ville ore, (3,.) Wolcott limestone, (4) Williamson shale, (5) Ironde-

quoit limestone. In the Clinton section no entirely satisfactory
division of the strata has yet been made. How far the divisions
of the Rochester section can be correlated with or applied to the
Clinton section is still to be determined, but they now seem to have
little in common. The Wolcott limestone is certainly not repeated
in the section at Clinton, and the presence and extent of the other
divisions can be determined only by careful study of the intervening
area,

At Clinton there is an important stratigraphic and faunal break
at the top of the green shale overlying the lower or oolitic ore bed.
the shale is here overlain by heavy limestones showing traces of
ore and g feet higher is the upper ore or red flux bed.

The fauna of this section indicates the presence of species of the
Rochester member well down in the strata and in paleontology it
may be unwise to separate the Rochester member and its fauna from
the series with which it is so intimately bound in this typical sec-
tion. To expand the group value of the term Clinton by the ad-
dition of the member Rochester involves a subtraction from the
Niagaran group in like degree. This procedure may be necessary
however as it is evident that final resolution of the original Clinton
will leave no element that can serve as a Clinton member, except
perhaps the ore beds which have long held wide recognition in
the Appalachian region as the Clinton tron ores.

Dikes near Clintonville, Onondaga co. Dr Burnett Smith of
the geological department of Syracuse University has recorded
in Science (Nov. 19, 1909) his recent discovery of heretofore
unknown igneous dikes in the sedimentary rocks of Onondaga
county. Dr Smith’s notice follows:

The presence of a few igneous intrusions in the almost undis-
turbed Paleozoic strata of central New York has long been known
to geologists. Their extreme rarity, however, has always invested
them with a peculiar interest.

Excluding the Manheim dike, near Little Falls, which lies about .

75 miles east of Syracuse and which cuts Ordovician strata, we
find that these igneous rocks may be grouped geographically into
(1) those occurring in the vicinity of Ithaca and Ludlowville and
(2) those occurring in the vicinity of Syracuse. In both regions
the intrusions are peridotite and are mostly true dikes cutting in
the first case such Upper Devonian formations as the Genesee
shale and the Portage and Ithaca shales and sandstones, and in
the second case cutting the Salina beds of Silurian age.

24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

As far as the writer has been able to learn, the geologically
intermediate Hamilton shale has, until now, yielded no dikes and
the recent discovery of two in this formation at a locality about
12 miles southwest of Syracuse and about 40 miles northeasterly
from Ithaca is believed to be a matter of interest.

The dikes in question are exposed on the south wall of the
Clintonville ravine at a point approximately 50 feet above the
level of the Marietta road. The more western is a fine grained
porphyritic rock resembling peridotite. What appear to be ser-
pentine grains, produced by the alteration of olivin, protrude
from the weathered surface and have the appearance of small
pebbles. Another conspicuous feature is furnished by large scales
of a bronzy mica. This dike has a uniform width of from 7 to
8 inches and is displayed for about 12 feet on the south bank of
the ravine. On the north side it is obscured by talus. Its plane
is vertical, while its direction is north and south, agreeing in this
latter respect with the Ithaca dikes. Wherever examined it
presents a very uniform texture, is apparently free from frag-
ments of the sedimentary rocks through which it passed, and has
produced little contact metamorphism.

The second dike discovered by the writer lies about 2 feet and
4 inches to the east of the first and was not observed until the
wall at this point had been cleaned- It has a width of about 8
inches. Like the first dike, it is vertical and north and south in
direction. It differs, however, from the first dike in being much
weathered in places and in containing many shale fragments some
of which have a long diameter of 3 inches or more.

Dr Smith has, at my request, supplied specimens from these
interesting occurrences for examination by Prof. C. H. Smyth jr,
whose acquaintance with the other dikes on the sedimentaries
of central New York is intimate, and the latter has supplied some
notes thereupon, essentially as follows:

They are greatly altered alnoites. The olivin is completely
broken down into serpentine, magnetite and, often, carbonates.
At the same time, the mica remains surprisingly fresh, as it does
in other dikes of the region. Perofskite, so abundant in the
Manheim dike, is much less conspicuous here, while the critical
mineral, so far as classification is concerned, melilite, is almost
obliterated. One section from each dike, however, shows what
I consider quite unmistakable traces of melilite, in one case a
good deal of it, and I have no doubt that if the material were
entirely fresh, the rock would prove to be quite typical alnoite.

At first glance, it may appear that the presence or absence
of melilite is a trifling ma‘ter, since, at most, it probably would
be only a minor constituent, the rock consisting chiefly of olivin
and mica, and thus, for the most part, resembling, if not belong-
ing to, the peridotites. But, really, the question is of more than
ordinary interest, for as soon as melilite appears in an olivin rock

a ape Pe ee ee

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 25

_ of this type, we are dealing with a rare variety, which is rarely
- found except in association with nepheline-syenite.

From this it follows that the presence or absence of melilite,

instead of being a mere matter of one mineral more or less in

the rock, determines the la:ter as belonging in the alkaline or

_ subalkaline. group, as the case may be, the peridotites belonging
in the latter class, the alnoites in the former. Now as this dis-

tinction, recognized by Iddings nearly 20 years ago, and recently
emphasized by Harker, is probably the most fundamental and far-

_ reaching subdivision of igneous rocks that we have, it is, of course,

a vital matter in the history of these dikes to determine in which

_ group they belong, and the whole matter turns upon the one mineral
_—moelilite. If the rocks contain melilite, they are alnoites and in

the alkaline, or, to use Harker’s term, Atlantic group. On the
other hand, if they contain no melilite, they are peridotites and
belong to the subalkaline or Pacific group. As these groups are
not only of the first order of magnitude, but, as shown by Harker,
may be genetically connected with major types of crustal move-
ment, there is a heavy responsibility resting upon this one re-
grettably unstable mineral.

Rock cities of Cattaraugus county. It is not generally known
that these singularly picturesque exhibits of rock decay are en-
tirely unique among the scenic features of this State. New York
is well supplied with striking scenic effects resulting from the
more usual procedures of natural forces; cataracts and erosion
gorges, ravines and chasms, mountains of grandeur and stock-
aded cliffs; natural rock bridges and subterranean caverns.
These rock cities, however, particularly that situated a few
miles south of Olean, Cattaraugus co., are phenomena of an-
other order, wherein the decomposition of the rock beds under
meteoric agencies has broken and gashed the rock beds into
extraordinary picturesque effects. Their unusual features at-

_ tracted the special attention of the geologists at the time of the

original survey, 1836-42, and Professor Hall made an extended
reference to them, accompanied by a series of effective sketches
drawn by Prof. Eben N. Hosford, then his field assistant.
These rock cities are situated high on the summits of the
hills and in the days of the pioneer survey were accessible only

with difficulty. The growth of population and facilities of inter-

course have now brought the most striking of these, that near
Olean, into easy reach of the public, by means of a trolley
system running thence to Bradford, Pa. over a route of rare pictur-
esqueness. The Olean rock city is happily under control and
protection from the encroachments of timber cutting and oil drill-
ing which had begun to attack it.

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

EVRI ‘JOIIsIq
YjInoy 94} JO yodsy [eIsopoor) oy} ul paystjqnd ‘proysi1oqT ‘N “WY “Jorg Aq YoJoys & WoOlY
‘AjUNOD AULSIT[V UI ‘Uvo[Q JO YyNos satu g ‘o}VIgWIO[SUOD IY} JO ISpod UTOYJAOU 9Y} FO YOJaAS

SS

———————

5 — — — -
7 ——S ———
Pt
——S—

Sah

———

SSM

— = | “ S . ‘
= “WI - \ = S= SS

SOMADIO JUIOL YIM o}VAWMIOTSUOD oy} Jo doy ‘AyD YoY uvso

ee

ae

« ce
Pree say

Pree Age pete

; ~ sie
her Cones
Nong
Dat «
Apeaitn
j
/
’
ry
a
¢ 4
if * :
p ‘

IVIMUOPLSUOS ofqqod zJivnd o}IYM OY} FO 9dVFING “A}IO, YOOX UvojO

be
‘ Pass

vidia

« UV OU y,,, “Ais 3209

€ 93eI¢d

uea]O

Olean Rock city. The bottom of a joint crevice due to decay ~-

Plate 5

Olean Rock city. Weathered crevice in the conglomerate

Olean Rock city.

Plate 6

The jointed conglomerate partly undermined by decay

R ‘
z
~
‘
ae
erase
. d -

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 27

hese rock cities consist of immense quadratic blocks of con-
omerate (Olean conglomerate of the geological series) which
the capstone of the broken plateau whereon they rest.
Olean rock city lies at 2400 feet above tide and is highest
hem all. The procedure of erosion in cutting out the bound-
valleys of these hills has left only remnants of this sheet of
e€ quartz conglomerate, now broken up into giant parallel-
eda by the slow action of atmospheric agencies working
g original lines of structure. These structural lines are the
ttical series of joint faces produced by shrinkage in and
ral strains upon the rock beds. The Olean conglomerate
lich composes the Olean rock city, is represented here in
y nearly its entire thickness in this State and although for
arge part a conglomerate of rounded milk-white quartz
bles, yet the intervening bands of deposits are fine quartz

_ There is nothing above this conglomerate except a few feet
of sandy shale which are now embraced within the same geo-
gical unit. This Olean conglomerate not only forms the cap-
one of these southern hills, but also the capstone of the New
ork series of geological formations, it being the highest and
latest term in the Carbonic rocks of the State, corresponding in
rt to the Pottsville division of the Pennsylvania coal measure
eries,

& The easy decomposition of this rock is due to the fact of its
singular weakness of cementation. The pebbles and sand grains
ire held together, not by any calcareous binder, but by a faint
md tenuous deposit of silica derived from the solution and
redeposition of the quartz pebbles themselves. So feebly are
th conglomerate and sandstones bound that an easy blow,
ten no more than a hand pressure, will separate a frag-
ment. It would appear therefore that time has still been want-
ng for a firm cementation by redeposition of a secondary silica,

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

— jin ie en
* . .

fvgt “L4sIq YysNoy ayy Jo Woday [eosojoar) ay} ut peysiiqnd

‘PIOFSIOH “N “A “Fog Aq yoyays e wo.s7 TAOS FO YMos sop L ‘kyr YOoy ur morA

Mn
i

i
I
i

I
|

———

———— =

|

|
ea
i

So

l
|

|

cS

i

VA
|
i)

—

SSS SS

|
I
|

== (, me
te ih} is

Sa eet
{}i

ff, p

ear

AY

ws ZZ eee =
s i Ee GET4VwyEA
Ss Ze
SSS LEV
STS x La
SS Ue Za ES
SNAG 2 ie a —<———_ ~~
SNH —— :

Olean Rock city. A weathered joint crevice

Plate 8

Olean Rock city. Swine’s Snout”

SULIOYJVOM [LJUOZIIOY pur [eojtoA “AID YOY uvojo F

» ‘
: .
'
i ”
M4 4
‘
-< 7 . S

SEE

SSBUL [VUINPISoOt PpoJVyTOst ue

¢ ars
MOOYY suo

6G be

OL 93¥[q

Plate 11

“Lone Rock ”

Rock city.

@

Oleat

‘ a ry
.
4 ’
:
i
“
-
vi .

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 29

Bor that, the secondary silica has of itself been less resistant to
atmospheric decomposition than the primary vein quartz of
_ which the pebbles are apparently constituted. Yet it is not
_ necessary to regard this secondary deposition as a large factor
_ in cementation. Indeed cementation here has chiefly been
q effected by secondary crystal growth of the constituent pebbles.
- Some investigators have thought that the conglomerate pebbles
_ displayed general evidence of etching under the action of organic

acids. The eye is attracted at once by the glistening surface of

3 these pebbles, reflecting the light from a multitude of facets,
and these facets are all of crystal growth. Indeed pebbles are
_ easily found wherein this crystal enlargement has gone forward

to almost complete construction of the simple prism and pyramid
with the original rounded pebble visible as a nucleus. This
enlargement is general throughout the deposit and implies room
between the pebbles for such growth; hence a very loosely
cemented mass chiefly now held together by the locking of the

_ secondary deposit. This general condition of weakness has been

the cause of breaking down the rock beds wherever there are
lines of slight resistance; thus principally along the almost rect-
angular series of vertical joints the dissolution here resulting in
quadrate blocks standing like masses of floe ice floating on the sea.
Again easy passage through or between the strata has weak-
ened and undermined the support of the blocks so that they
have been tilted over at various angles. Thus the picturesque
chasms, the sunken grassy walks, the rock bridges and the danger-
ous clefts are to be accounted for.
Examination of the original quartz pebbles under the crust of
secondary growth shows sufficient evidence of the dynamic
strains to which they were subjected in the formation of the
rock masses from which they were derived, but of the geo-
graphical origin of these pebbles, what land it was that furnished
them and by what lines of transportation they were brought
hither are problems still remaining to be solved.
_ Supposed gold sands of the Adirondacks. The past year has
witnessed a recrudescence of interest in the alleged gold-bearing
sands of the Adirondacks. This office is frequently called upon
for information on this subject, as weil as for an expression of
opinion regarding certain enterprises which have been inaugurated
for the purpose of working such deposits on a commercial basis.
The occasion seems opportune, therefore, to publish a general
statement for the consideration of those who may have little

30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

familiarity with the geology and mineral resources of that region.
It is not within our province to offer personal advice to prospective
investors, but it is proper to set forth the results of investigation
and other matters of record that bear upon the matter.

There have been many attempts to promulgate a gold-mining in-
dustry in the region. The thoroughness with which the prospector
for precious metals has covered the ground is to be seen in the
abandoned pits and diggings that are scattered over every section.
During the Klondike excitement, 10 or 12 years ago, the Adiron-
dacks became the scene of a veritable rush for gold and practically
every available sand heap was taken up for exploration. In the
year 1898 alone there were filed nearly 4000 claims to gold and
silver discoveries in the State, mainly within the Adirondacks.

The basis of all this activity is the alluvial and glacial sands
which occur in almost every stream valley. These sands are not
derived from remote regions to the north— though the opinion
seems common that they have been transported by ice from Canada
and even from as far away as Alaska— but are the result of
erosive agents working upon the local rocks. They consist entirely
of the minerals of the country formations which are chiefly gran-
ites, syenites, gabbros and gneissoid rocks of very ancient origin.
Along with the lighter components, quartz and feldspar, there is
a small proportion of the heavy minerals like garnet, pyroxene,
hornblende and magnetite which have sometimes been separated
by water action into distinct layers and which are found as black
sands along the shores of the Adirondack lakes.

It is in these heavier concentrated portions of the sands that
gold should be found if present anywhere in the region. Assays
by reputable firms have occasionally shown a small quantity of
gold, ranging from a mere trace to perhaps $1 a ton. The
examination of innumerable samples under the microscope has
failed to reveal any of the precious metals, though of course such
evidence is not conclusive as to their absolute presence or absence.
On the other hand the claim has often been put forth that the
common quartz sands in certain places carry from $2 to $20 a
ton, which, if true, would under ordinary circumstances bring them
into the zone of practical exploitation.

The statement is commonly made by interested parties that the
fire assay is unsuited to the determination of gold in these sands
and special analytical methods must be employed. To this it can
only be said that the fire assay has stood the test of long practice

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909Q 31

°

~ in all the mining regions of the world. No reasonable explanation
for its failure in the present instance has been forthcoming, though
B by the use of such vague terms as “ volatile gold,” “atomic con-
dition” and “chemically combined gold,” there seems to be an
implication that the gold is driven off or left untouched by the fire.
As a rule the gold found by fire assay is several per cent more
than the. amount extractable by the most refined commercial
processes.

The exact methods for the recovery of the gold have usually
been kept secret, out of the reach of scientific inquiry. They,
rather than the mines themselves, seem to be the principal con-
sideration in the organization of these ventures. From such in-
formation as has been given to the public, it would appear that
they are generally based on some variation of well known methods
or are a combination of processes in use elsewhere for gold
recovery.

A good example of Adirondack practice, if it may be called
such, is to be found in the so called Sutphen process which was
in vogue about 10 years ago. Mulls of ambitious design were
erected at Hadley and Glens Falls for its exploitation. It involved
pulverization of the sand, treatment with a secret solution, and
amalgamation. The necessity for grinding the sand, already in a
fine state, was alleged to be the distribution of the gold in the
interior of the quartz grains. The success of the treatment, how-
ever, hinged on the character of the chemical solution, since the
metal was stated to exist in combination with bromine and had to
be set free before it would amalgamate. So much information
was vouchsafed by the principals of the enterprise in an investiga-
tion by this Survey. A sample of sand taken from the bank from
which the mill at Hadley was supplied showed by fire assay only
a trace of gold, or less than 25 cents a ton, and no bromine. The
enterprise received a great deal of attention during its brief career.
The yield from the mill was said to have been as high as $7 a
ton, and the working costs only $2.50—a handsome margin of
profit for gold mines of the present day.

It would appear as a matter of general experience that a neces-
sary condition for the supposed widespread distribution of aurifer-
ous sands is the existence of quartz veins or other deposits of
primary nature to which the sources of the gold could be traced.
So far these have not been found, and in view of present knowledge
of the Adirondacks, it seems very unlikely that they ever will be
discovered. The quartz veins that occur in the region partake little

»

32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

of the characters of those found in gold-bearing sections, being
essentially destitute of iron sulfids and other minerals with which
. the precious metals are most generally associated. That they con-
tain traces of gold is likely, but they do not afford any adequate
basis for mining enterprise (except as possible sources of quartz)
or for the accumulation of secondary deposits like placer sands
and gravels.

There is little need for going further into details in this matter,
though it may be said briefly that the Adirondacks form an inde-
pendent geological and mineral province, only remotely related to
the other mountain ranges of the eastern United States. The fact
of the existence of gold deposits along the Appalachians from
Nova Scotia to Alabama can scarcely be quoted, therefore, as an
argument for the presence of analogous deposits in the Adirondack
region,

While deficient in the precious metals, the region possesses the
elements of large mineral wealth. Its production of iron ores,
talc, garnet, graphite, pyrite and building and monumental stones
of various character is a very important contribution to the mineral
output of the country. There is abundant opportunity for future
development of such resources and it is in that direction rather
than in the seeking of the precious metals that energy and capital
can be best employed.

The fact that the profits of mining are not to be gaged by the
relative value of the mineral produced is a commonplace. If a
balance could be struck, it would show probably that the homely
iron ores better reward industry than all the gold and _ silver
wherever found.

Industrial geology

Gypsum resources. With the growth of interest in gypsum
and its products that has taken place in recent years, there has
developed a need for a more thorough consideration of the New .
York deposits, commensurate with their commercial importance.
Previous studies have afforded scarcely more than an outline of
their field distribution and insufficient information of their char-
acter and utility, as in fact for a long time they were considered
of small value except for local agricultural requirements. The
discovery that the gypsum can be employed in the manufacture
of calcined plasters has led, in the last decade, to the establish-
ment of numerous enterprises, and there is every promise of a
continued expansion in the industry for years to come.

Recent field investigations have extended from Madison county

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9QO0Q 33

est to Erie. The gypsum deposits are found in the upper part
‘the Salina formation which outcrops as far east as Albany
nty, but they attain workable dimensions only in the central
d western areas where the Salina beds are thickest. Within
is section which measures over 150 miles east and west they
ow a wide range of character, as one might expect; while there
also considerable variation in the size and sequence of the
odies.

Chemical analysis of various selected rock samples indicates

centages of gypsum substance amid a commecgentine improve-
ment in physical qualities as the deposits are traced to the west.
This relation may be the expression of original conditions sur-
rounding their accumulation which will later be considered. In
the eastern counties the gypsum is admixed with clay, lime and
n agnesian carbonates and silica, the proportion of these impuri-
ties ranging up to 25 per cent or more of the whole mass. On
the other hand the deposits in the western part of the belt show
as little as 5 per cent of foreign ingredients and are much lighter
in color.

' The valuable bodies occur interbedded in the Upper Salina
‘shales. They occupy usually large areas, as compared with
‘their vertical dimensions, or in other words are stratiform.
‘There are, of course, variations and irregularities to be found,
“put the stratiform type is the predominant and original one;
he extreme departures from that type such as have been de-
‘scribed and figured in the reports of James Hall and in Dana’s
“Manual are in most instances to be regarded as modifications
brought about by the solvent effects of ground waters. Besides
the larger beds small seams of crystallized transparent gypsum,
‘which appear to be secondary depositions, occur through the
shales, so abundantly distributed in some places that the mixed
= and gypsum has been worked during times past to supply

local needs for land plaster.

d The forthcoming report will include a consideration of the
origin of the gypsum, a subject that has economic bearings as
well as geologic interest. Without entering into details of evi-
dence here, it may be said that the gypsum is considered an
accumulation from sea water evaporation contemporaneous in

- sind i vs triacs

34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

general with the deposition of the accompanying shales and
limestones.) The “rocks salty. which wocenrenilonmer down in the
Salina is a product of similar conditions. Owing to the seem-
ingly abnormal position of the main gypsum beds with respect
to the salt and to the occurrence of irregular discontinuous
masses near the surface, the view has sometimes been taken
that the deposits represent former limestones which after their
uplift were altered to gypsum by underground circulations carry-
ing sulfuric acid. If this explanation were true the resources
might prove to be limited, since their existence would be depend-
ent upon purely local conditions. It is to be doubted, however,
if such methods of origin can be applied to the valuable beds
of rock gypsum.

Up to the present time the deposits have been attacked only at
the more advantageous places on or near the outcrop. In the
eastern section where they are thickest Open-cut operations are.
the rule, while in Monroe county and farther west, they are
commonly worked underground either from an adit driven from
the face of a hill or by means of a vertical shaft. ‘There has
been little systematic exploration, but the need of it vill come
with the progress of the industry, particularly in the western
counties which are the centers of plaster manufacture. “The
report will contain maps and other matter to indicate the more
promising fields for future development.

Review of mines and quarries. The canvass of the mining
and quarrying enterprises of the State, relative to the year 1908,
showed that conditions were less prosperous than in the few
years immediately preceding which were reviewed in former
reports. The total value of the mineral production, itemized
under 34 materials, was $29,519,785. The corresponding figures
for the year 1907 were $37,141,006, so that the decrease amounted
to about 20 per cent. The lessened activity was not, however,
attributable to factors of local import, but to the wide-reaching
depression that affected all lines of business. An improvement
will doubtless be shown by the statistics for the current year,
though the industry can hardly be expected to regan fully its
former activity in so short a time. The iron mines perhaps suf-
fered most from the financial stress owing to the fact that many
of the properties were still in the developmental stage and without
the resources of established enterprises.

The collection of the mineral statistics for the year was accom-

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 35

plished with the cooperation of the United States Geological -

. ‘Survey, under the agreement published in my last report, the

two offices sharing the work and the use of the results.

Iron ore explorations. The Lake Sanford region, Essex co.,
was visited for the purpose of recording the recent develop-
ments that have taken place since the issue of the report on the
Adirondack magnetites. Exploration with the diamond drill has
demonstrated the presence of many millions of tons of ore, thus
confirming the general opinion relative to the resources of the
region. Experiments in the reduction of the ores are still under
way and their favorable outcome will mean a very large incre-
ment to the mining industry of the Adirondacks.

Examinations have also been made of the Forest of Dean mine
near Fort Montgomery and of the arsenical pyrites mined near
Carmel, Putnam co.

SEISMOLOGICAL STATION

The seismographs in the basement of the State Museum have
continued to render efficient service, with only occasional stop-
pages of short duration for the purpose of slight repairs or
treadjustments. Since their installation in March 1906 they have
registered 54 different disturbances. The number registered
during the year ending September 30, Ig09, was 19 as compared’

_. with 9 inthe preceding year. The seismic frequency has thus

been rather notable, equalling in fact the record for the year
1907-8 which was distinguished by a series of very heavy earth-
quakes in Mexico, the West Indies and Central Asia, that in-
volved many minor readjustments in their train.

_ The sources of the shocks in the past year have been fairly
well distributed over the different seismic zones. The Cordil-
leran region, after the repeated rackings that followed the San
Francisco earthquake and extended from ‘Alaska to Chile, seems
now to have settled down to a more normal condition. Slight
tremors only have been reported from that region. The loci
of pronounced activity have shifted to the east-west zone
which extends from the Mediterranean coast to Central Asia
where there have been several heavy earthquakes; of the num-
ber the Messina earthquake of December 28, 1908, involved the
most appalling catastrophe that has ever been inflicted upon a
civilized country. The shock itself does not appear to have
been commensurate with the enormity of the destruction, the
tracing obtained at Albany as well as at other stations showing

36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

no remarkable features. Within the same zone belong the dis-
turbances of India, Persia and western Europe of which records
are included in the accompanying table. :

As usual the local station has freely communicated its obser-
vations to those engaged in seismological investigation and to
the press. Facsimile reproductions of the San Francisco records
are included in the final report of the California Earthquake
Commission recently published by the Carnegie Institute. It is
hoped that a systematic exchange of records may be inaugurated
between the several stations in the eastern United States and
Canada; the comparison and coordination of data from a number
of observational centers would be highly desirable.

In reference to the accompanying records it may be stated
that the Albany station is equipped with two Bosch-Omori
horizontal pendulums. One of these is set in the meridian and
the other at right angles. The weight of each pendulum, includ-
ing arm, 1s 11.283 kilograms and the distance of center of gravity
from rotating axis is 84.6 centimeters. Their period is main-
tained at about 30 seconds; their multiplying ratio is 10. They
have no artificial damping device. Albany is situated in latitude
N. 42° 30’ 6”, longitude W. 73° 45’ 18”. The base of the instru-
ments is 21 meters above sea level.

RECORD OF EARTHQUAKES AT ALBANY STATION, OCTOBER I, 1908 TO
OCTOBER I, 1909

Standard time

; Beginning Beginning Max.
DATE prelim- principal Maximum End ampli-
inaries part tude
1908 h. m. Jol, “Saal, heme Jay ial mm.
October iugieeee. 12} ifs}, Bly eal. |] A Wl) Bla Goal 12 32ifa. m I 07 a.m 2
November 6........ CHSC RE sag eRe ica eh at a eae keg aE a Ted ad 3 Pavan cial eee ee
November 30....... 4 50% p.m. 4 574 p.m 4 58ip. m 5 33 p.m 2
December 27—28....| 12 40 p.m. | ........... I2 oo noon I2 19 a.m 4
1909
Jewelery; BPoccosowos 10°31} p.m. | ro 47 p.m. | 10 474p.m. | ro 56%p. m. 2
February 16........ rR) HEIR aR Pe sete Rea aa eae || Cee pen as 1.2) ng eae |
February 26........ I2 00 noon | 12 05 p.m I2 05 p.m. | 12 30p. m. 1%
Aipseil TO_ og ocas00072 206 p.m. 2°18 p.m 219 p.m. 2 30p.m., Is
IAD TiMa Anns os sists es fH ides Yea Tal NAUSEA ENE Neral (re. [ete aset cM ll 2) 38) pe Ts yl eee
IMlaiy Mrigin i onec anatanateuere 3 I9 a.m. GOR) Bo tas BA 2, iam 3 48a. m. 5
Mia yr Bis 5 ha saicbere Boose s LZ) NOS p Oe vnaery (resem. se ie ees ll aay op ter ai ed pile T)2\ 022 eaten |
June 8 hON oXo) Mies ay wo aley ella... eer aDeg Nncnd (ate eu ncgertea Care Ti Aovan any |) eee
aly reas st sescosrereeate 4 54 p.m. 5 or p.m 5 05 p.m. 5 45 p.m. 2
UWIKE GOSGoS nha ous 5 58 a.m. 6 12 a.m © OB, sal, 7 09 a. m. 24
NI pels bess Aces. ese Bh Sisk 0), 10901 2 4% p.m 2 43 p.m. 3 20 p.m, 6
PGA W5)5 55006006 205 a.m. 215 a.m 2 sf} 2), ial, 2 44 a.m. 20
AUSuSth gr .2. 2. as G hue) cvar= Wend Chest || acl Quran oem tacos 7 16 a.m. 7. (AsE Saks oe aa | eee eee
September 8...... E2 OOF TOOT syle ee een han eS aeeee g HAO) fO, Tea, |} nso os5e .
September 22...... 9 544 a.m. ]}] Io 02 a.m Io 03 a.m Tes \onaeenmas 2
k

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I90Q 37

October 13. The vibrations continued for nearly an hour
and their east-west component was the stronger. They appear
to have been set up by a distant shock, perhaps originating in
central Europe, which was in a state of unrest at about that time.
_ November 6. Very small vibrations of which only an east-
_ west component was recorded. Severe earthquakes were felt
in Italy, central Europe and southwestern Asia at correspond-
ing times. They were probably preliminary to the Messina dis-
turbance of December 28th.
_ November 30. Well marked though small vibrations of about
equal magnitude on both instruments. Origin unknown.
_ December 27-28. A record of the disastrous earthquake at
Messina, Italy. The vibrations at this station lasted about 40
_ minutes'and reached a maximum amplitude of 2 millimeters at
12 midnight. Only very faint movements were shown by the
east-west pendulum. Other stations in this country and in
_ Europe reported the wave motion to have been of moderate
dimensions. The earthquake was due probably to crustal dis-
' location along the depression occupied by the straits of Messina.
4 January 22. Record of devastating earthquake in the province
_ of Luristan, Persia, in which 60 villages were wholly or partially
4 destroyed: The shock was of world-wide compass and was re-
_ ported by almost all stations. No direct news of its effects in
4 Persia was received till February 17. The vibrations at this
7 station were of about the same intensity as those set up by the
Messina earthquake, though they traveled a much greater dis-
‘tance. No vibrations were indicated on the pendulum recording
the north-south component.
K February 16. The shock traveled apparently in an east-west
} direction. The movements lasted for 17 minutes with oscillations
of small amplitude. They may be referred to the violent shock
q that was felt throughout Alaska on the same day and reported
; from Skagway Lynn canal at 7.30 a.m.
_ February 26. Record more clearly indicated on ike east-west
instrument. The epicenter is estimated at 2500 miles distant. The
“4 shock was also recorded by the Ottawa station.
_ April ro. Record obtained only on the north-south instru-
a ment. The shock was of moderate intensity, with a maximum
_ amplitude of 1% millimeters. Its origin is unknown but appears
‘to have been about 6000 miles distant, possibly in the eastern
- Mediterranean region.

|
q

he

38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

April 24. Slight oscillations of unknown origin recorded by
- both pendulums.

May 17. Vibrations of moderate intensity; recorded also at
Washington and Toronto. The origin is uncertain but has been
assigned to Chile where earthquakes were felt at this time.

May 18. A series of vibrations of moderate intensity travel-
ing in an east-west direction. Their origin is unknown.

June 8. Record of a slight earthquake which occurred in |
Copiapo, Chile.

July 7. The disturbance can be traced to the shock reported
from various parts of India. The vibrations began at 4.54 p.m.,
which, with due allowance for difference in longitude and time of
transmission, would correspond to about 3 a.m. at Bombay or be-
tween 3 and 4 o'clock a.m. in central India. The movements were
of small amplitude and continued for about an hour. As India
is on the opposite side of the globe, the movements were probably
transmitted across the polar regions as well as in an east-west
direction. Stations in Russia, Germany, Spain and Canada also
reported the same earthquake.

July 30. A record showing vibrations of unusual intensity
with a maximum amplitude of 24 millimeters. Both pendulums
were affected equally and owing to the similarity of this record
to other Mexican ones and to the calculated epicentral distance,
it is believed that the epicenter was in Mexico or South America.
The shock was also recorded at Ottawa and its epicenter placed:
in Mexico.

July 31. Vibrations very similar to those of July 30, but of
much less amplitude. This record probably represents the earth-
quake felt in Mexico City.

August 16. The record of a small earthquake reported near
Mexico City. The record which is unusually distinct and regular,
shows an amplitude of 20 millimeters and a duration of movement
of about 40 minutes. Records were also obtained at the Ottawa,
Baltimore and Washington stations.

August 31. Very small vibrations recorded on both pen-
dulums. Possibly represents the vibrations from a slight eons
quake reported in Rome, Italy. —

September 8. A small movement indicated on the seismo-
graphs at this station, Ottawa and at Washington. The origin was
calculated to have been 4000 miles distant.

September 22. A vibration of moderate intensity and con-

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 39

_ tinuing for about 2 hours. This origin can possibly be assigned .
a to southern Europe since earthquakes were reported from France
/ and Italy on this date.
E ; MINERALOGY
In the section of mineralogy the work of investigation for the
past year has included the completion of the memoir on the crystal
_ forms of New York calcite, now in press, and several short papers
on New York occurrences as well as two short crystallographic
notes on the calcite from the New Jersey trap region, closely
extralimital. oY |

The rapid advances of crystallographic knowledge in recent
years, resulting in the publication of a very considerable number
of papers in all languages, has created the necessity for a system-
atic arrangement of the new forms added to all the important
mineral species since the publication of Goldschmidt’s Index der
Krystallformen der Minerahen in 1891. So essential to the work
of crystallographic investigation has this tabulated knowledge be-
come that a card catalogue of the new crystal forms recorded since
1891 has been undertaken. This catalogue which has been com-
pleted through the letter I, indexes up to that point 1107 new forms.
The catalogue records the letter, symbol, author, publication and
date and has been compiled from all available sources.

The work of cleaning and preparing for exhibition the large
suite of calcite from Sterlingbush, Lewis co., has been undertaken
and is now well in progress. The exceptional quality of this ma-
terial, when freed from the incrusting layer of stalactitic carbon-
ate of lime, fully justifies the high estimate of its beauty and value
formed from its appearance in the rough. Most of the large
crystals show beautiful coloring and interesting multiple twinning.
It is hoped that the many duplicate specimens of this enormous
and valuable series will prove to be highly profitable exchange
material.

Many valuable specimens have been acquired during the past
year by purchase and exchange, including a fine specimen of the
new species natrochalcite and representative specimens of the rare
minerals cabrerite, kr6hnkite and newberryite. A fine series of trap
minerals from the new Erie Railroad cut at Bergen Hill, N. J.,
has been added to the already representative collection from that
region. This latter series which includes beautifully crystallized
specimens of apophyllite, analcite, natrolite, datolite, stilbite and
calcite, has furnished material for investigation under the last

40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

_ named species. A collection rich in minerals from the Sterling
iron mine at Antwerp, Jefferson co., has been acquired by pur-
chase from R. S. Hodge of Antwerp. This contains many fine
specimens of millerite from this locality, an occurrence now fast
becoming rare by reason of the closing of the mine; as. well as a
highly representative series of crystallized hematite, dolomite, an-
kerite, quartz and calcite. A series of pseudomorphs of serpen-
tine after garnet was collected from a locality about 2 miles north
of Saratoga.
PALEONTOLOGY

Monograph of the Eurypterida. In my report of last year
reference was made to this undertaking, which was inaugurated
because of the amazing profusion of these extinct creatures in the
rocks of this State. No other part of the world has afforded
such variety and abundance of these ancient arachnids and our
large collections have supplied much exact and unrecorded knowl-
edge of their morphology and bionomy. Some time has been spent
in the acquisition of additional supplies of material desired before
bringing the monograph to its conclusion and about one thousand
pounds of specimens were taken from the localities in Herkimer
county.

The localities which have afforded the extensive suites of these
fossils are, under present conditions, not accessible and some of
them do not promise much for the future.

1 The celebrated development of the fauna in the Bertie water-
limes on the property of the Buffalo Cement Company, seems to
be now approaching exhaustion. The eurypterids here have oc-
curred in great numbers and splendid preservation, constituting
some of the most striking fossil remains in the rocks of the State.
Specimens from these quarries became scattered through the mu-
seums of the world, but fortunately before they were too freely
dispersed the owners of the quarries determined to keep future
discoveries of the kind together in the museum of the Buffalo. So-
ciety of Natural Sciences, where today the Bennett Collection
affords the most extensive series of these fossils from that locality.
This occurrence in the waterlimes of Erie county seems to have
represented a shore pool where the mature animals resorted for
feeding or burrowing, but that it was not a breeding ground iS
suggested by the general absence of immature remains.

* Whitlock, H. P. Calcite from Jersey City, N. J. Fifth Report Director
of Science Division, p. 219.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q0Q 41

2 The black Pittsford shale of the same Salina formation which
was exposed only by operations in widening the Erie canal, has
no known surface outcrop. All the remarkable specimens recovered
here were taken when the rock was fresh and there is little hope
of adding to this material until the formation is again opened by
civic improvements.

3 The historic localities of eurypterids in Herkimer county, in
the region from Sauquoit to Wheelock’s hill, have been so care-
fully searched that even the stone walls of the region have been
quite fully overhauled. There are no known outcrops of thé water-
limes in this region that now promise very much additional ma-
terial or knowledge. Last year an old barn was found near Crane’s
Corners, whose foundation wall was largely composed of thin
waterlime Eurypterus slabs taken from an outcrop no longer ac-
cessible. This foundation we removed without disturbing the build-
ing, replacing it with concrete as the removal progressed and it
seems probable that the large material thus acquired is the last
extensive series of these fossils to be hoped for from this region
for some years to come.

4 The black shales in the Shawangunk grits at Otisville,
Orange co., from which the very remarkable and extensive
series of development stages were derived a few years ago,
are now no longer exposed. These were shown mostly in a
quarry where the sandstone was being torn out for construction
of a branch of the Erie Railroad. That work is now finished and
the sandstone wall stands sheer and steep with the thin Euryp-
terus shale beds tight in between its layers.

Aside from these four occurrences, specially noteworthy be-
cause of the abundance of their specimens, there are occasional
examples to be found along the line of Salina outcrops in western _
New York, as at Union Springs, but these are rare and usually
individual occurrences.

The-monograph on these fossils is now brought to completion
and early publication is hoped for.

Herein, in the chapter on morphology, a restoration of the
muscular system is attempted and evidence brought forward in
support of the view that the scales of the integument are muscle
scars; the structure of the compound eye of Pterygotus is recog-
nized as consisting of an outer smooth cornea with an inner system
of papillary prolongations of the cornea serving as lenses, and
thereby the homology of the eye of Pterygotus with that of

42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Limulus is demonstrated; it is shown that the chelicerae of
Pterygotus consist of but three joints as those of the other
eurypterids, the long proximal joint being undivided.

The probable mode of life of these strange creatures has been
subjected to a thorough discussion and the conclusion reached
that their life habits were not always uniform; on this basis
they can be divided into four groups, as evinced by the form of
their bodies and appendages; these groups being typically
represented by Pterygotus, Eusarcus, Eurypterus and Stylonu-
rus. In the first, forms of principally the swimming habit pre-
vailed; the second were mud-grovelers and crawlers; the third
are slightly specialized forms that were crawlers, burrowers and
swimmers; the fourth were crawlers.

From the character of the rocks in which the Eurypterida
occur and from the associate faunas, it is inferred that the euryp-
terids were originally marine animals, but at the time of their
climacteric development in the Upper Siluric had become in-
habitants of the lagoons and estuaries and were typically eury-
haline, i. e. able to live in both salt and brackish water, and that
this habit which they held throughout the Devonic, led them finally
into the evident fresh-water habit of the expiring species in the
coal lagoons of the Carbonic and Permic.

The collection of larval stages (some but 1 millimeter long)
of the genera Eurypterus, Eusarcus, Stylonurus, Hughmilleria
and Pterygotus has furnished data on the ontogeny of these
genera which allow the following general inferences: (1) that
the carapace is relatively larger in the larval stages, (2) that
the compound and lateral eyes are relatively much larger than
in the mature stage; (3) that they are nearer the margin; (4)
the ocellar mound is large and more prominent; (5) the swim-
ming feet are larger; (6) the abdomen lacks the distinct differ-
entiation into pre- and postabdomen; (7) the number of seg-
ments is less; and (8) the telson spine appears to have been less
developed.

Of these characters the relatively larger size of the carapace,
compound eyes and swimming feet, and the smaller number of
the abdominal segments are considered as cenogenetic or purely
larval characters, while the approximation of the compound eyes
to the margin, the prominence of the ocelli and their tume-
scences, the lack of differentiation of the abdomen and the smaller
size of the telson, are held to be palingenetic and of phylogenetic

5 Diy

ate Tee Le ™
oe 7 ie ae

i a a

ae

>

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9QOQ 43

significance. In these palingenetic characters the nepionic stage ~
resembles the Cambric eurypterid Strabops (Strabops stage).

The relationship to Limulus is indicated by a number of
larval characters common to both the eurypterids and Limulus.

The prototype of the eurypterids has been reconstructed from
the palingenetic characters of the nepionic specimens and the
Cambric Strabops. By comparison of the later genera with this
prototype the conclusion is reached that two separate families
have been developed, the Eurypteridae and the Pterygotidae.
In the latter family the genus Hughmilleria evinces the most
primitive structure and Pterygotus and Slimonia have developed
in different directions. The main stem of the stock in the family
Eurypteridae is found by the genus Eurypterus which appears
as the earliest in the Clinton.and persists into the Permic. From
it branch off Eusarcus and the subgenus Onychopterus which
points the way to Dolichopterus, Drepanopterus and through
the latter to Stylonurus.

The observations of the larval stages have been used in the
investigation of the taxonomic relations of the Eurypterida. It
has been found that the larval stages of the eurypterids and
Limulus have all important characters in common, and that the
differential characters are due to purely adaptive changes or
are cenogenetic. While thus the close relationship of the two
is also supported by ontogenetic facts, evidence is brought for-
ward for the conclusion of a Precambric separation of the
Xiphosurans and eurypterids. ‘The larval stages of the euryp-
terids are further compared with those of the scorpions and
evidence of relationship found through descent from a common
ancestor. A comparison of the larvae of all three, the euryp-
terids, Limulus and the scorpion, has shown that both the latter
have lost the primitive form of the abdomen by acceleration in
which the eurypterids have best preserved the original gradual
and uniform contraction, and that all three are derivable from a
common ancestor to which the eurypterids are still nearest in
their general aspect. It is further inferred that this common
ancestor 1s more primitive than the crustaceans and may have
to be sought among the annelids.

Monograph of the Devonic Crinoidea. Opportunity for the
prosecution of this undertaking is limited to the few weeks each
year that can be controlled by Mr Kirk who has been carrying on
the study for several years under the conditions indicated. The

44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

work as a whole is well advanced and as it covers a field of essen-
tially new knowledge in this State, may constitute a substantial con-
‘tribution to paleontologic science. During the past two seasons
quite extensive discoveries of crinoids have been made by Mr Lu-
ther in the Chemung shale of the town of Italy, Yates co., all of
which prove to be new and noteworthy additions to the crinoid
fauna of the rocks. The progress made in these studies is indicated
by the statement of the families represented and the species
recognized.

INADUNATA

Family Cy ATHOCRINIDAE
Arachnocrinus bulbosus Hall. Onondaga limestone
A. sp. nov. Onondaga limestone
A. sp. nov. Onondaga limestone

Family DENDROCRINIDAB

Cosmocrinus ornatissimus (Hall). Portage fauna
Maragnicrinus portlandicus (Wiuitfeld). Portage fauna

Family PISOCRINIDAE (?)
Hypsocrinus fieldi Springer & Slocum. Hamilton shale

Family CALCKOCRINIDAEB

Halysiocrinus secundus (Hall). Onondaga limestone

ADUNATA

Family PLATYCRINIDAE
Cordylocrinus plumosus (Hall). Coeymans limestone
C. plumosus var. parvus (Hall). Coeymans limestone
C. plumosus var. ramulosus (Hall). Coeymans limestone
Platyerinus eriensis Hall. Hamilton shale

Family MARSIPOCRINIDAE
Marsipocrinus tentaculatus (Hall). Coeymans limestone

Family HEX ACRINIDAE
Hystricrinus eboraceus (Hall). WHamilton shales
H. sp. nov. Chemung fauna
H. sp. nov. Portage fauna

CAMERATA
Family RHODOCRINIDAE
Acanthocrinus spinosus (Hall). Hamilton shale
Rhodocrinus nodulosus (Hall). Hamilton shale
Thylacocrinus gracilis. (Hall). Hamilton shale

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR Ig0Q 45

Family DIME ROCRINIDAB

_ Thysanocrinus arborescens Talbot. Coeymans limestone
_ T. sp. nov. Hamilton shale

Family MELOC RINIDAE

+ Mariacrinus nobilissimus Hall. Coeymans limestone
_M. pachydactylus Halil. Cceymans limestone

_M. paucidactylus Hall. Coeymans limestone

- Melocrinus breviradiatus Hall. Hamilton (?)

_ Mz. clarkei Williams. Genesee-Portage faunas

Family DOLATOCRINIDAEB

Dolatocrinus glyptus (Hall). Hamilton shale
D. lamellosus (Hail). Onondaga limestone
4 D. liratus (Hall). Hamilton shale

_D. speciosus (Hall). Onondaga limestone

' D. sp. nov. Hamilton shale

_ D. sp. nov, Hamilton shale

Gen. nov. -
; troosti (Hall). Hamilton shale
- Gen, nov.

sp. nov, Onondaga

sp. nov. New Scotland

Family BATOCRINIDAE

_ Coelocrinus cauliculus (Hall). Hamilton shale
i C. praecursus (Hall). Hamilton shale

_ C. sp. nov. Hamilton shale

C. sp. nov. Hamilton shale

_Gennaeocrinus carinatus Wood. MWHamilton shale
_ G, eucharis (Hall). Hamilton shale

G. nyssa (Hall). Hamilton shale

1G. sp; nov. Hamilton shale

_ Megistocrinus depressus Hall. Hamilton shale
_M. ontario Hall. Hamilton shale

Gen. nov.

sp. nov, Hamilton shale
- Gen. nov.
ie: sp. nov. Hamilton shale

a Postglacial mammalian remains

ee

q Mastodons. In my report for 1903, a summary was given of
_ the recorded discoveries of the mastodon in this State since the
F first finding of such relics in 1705, and it was accompanied by a
| map indicating their geographical distribution. The list there
ig given afforded evidence of about 60 distinct occurrences.

is In my report for 1906 the record was supplemented by 4 items,
- and in 1907 by 2 more. In order to keep this record as complete

4 .

46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

as practicable there are now added the following items which have

' either escaped notice or are more recent discoveries.

1884 Perry, Wyoming co. The Museum of the Wyoming Pio-
neer and Historical Association at the Silver Lake Assembly,
contains two teeth found on the farm of William Olin, town
of Perry, in the year indicated. int

1908 ‘Kill Buck, Cattaraugus co. A single tusk has been reported
as found at this date near the banks of the Great Valley
creek. Details are wanting.

1908 Batavia, Genesee co. Discovery of a part of a skeleton on
Willow street in this village has been reported. The bones
found consisted of a few ribs, vertebrae and leg bones and it
is stated that a jaw bearing teeth was also uncovered.

1908 Manchester, Ontario co. A tooth on the property of
Leonard S. Lyke.

Bison. Some teeth obtained in the postglacial clays of the
Hudson valley a few miles below Albany, in deposits commonly
regarded as laid down during that stage of the Mohawk drainage
of the Great Lakes, termed Lake Albany, have been! identified by
Dr O. P. Hay as those of the bison. Although entirely exact data
concerning the date and location of this discovery are wanting,
‘these teeth have come into the museum within the writer’s recol-
lection and have been kept in association with a series of other
mammal relics from this vicinity. The occurrence is of interest
and the only instance we can now refer to of the presence of the
buffalo in eastern New York during this epoch of postglacial
waters.

Moose. The Barge canal prism northwest of Waterford,
Saratoga co., passes along side the site of a buried Mohawk
channel. In the course of construction of foundations for guide
piers between the proposed locks a number of deep potholes have
been encountered, similar in date and origin to, and only a mile
and a half away from, those on the Mohawk at Cohoes, in one
of which the Cohoes mastodon, now in the museum, was found in
1866. The largest pothole encountered at Waterford measured
16’ by 20’ in diameter and was excavated to a depth of 14’; no
attempt was made to reach the bottom of the hole. The rock
surface at the top of the potholes lay buried under 10’ of laminated
clays (Lake Albany clay). At 14’ vertebrae and ribs were found
which have been identified by Dr F. A. Lucas as those of the
moose. With them in the clays, were shells of the genus Planor-
bis, moss (Sphagnum), wood and cones. The cones have been

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 . 47

_ examined by the State Botanist who identifies them as the white
_ spruce (Picea canadensis) and states that the nearest
_ point known to him where this tree now grows is Olmsteadville,
_ Essex co. This is very interesting evidence of the change in life

and climate which has passed since the moose wandered through

forests of white spruce in the vicinity of Waterford.

III

Pepe ie sO iy StAdh BOLANIST

The work of the State Botanist during the season of 1909
has been chiefly devoted to the collection and preparation of
specimens of plants for the State herbarium, the preparation
of descriptions and in some cases of colored illustrations of
those considered new or edible species, the trial of the edible
qualities of those which gave promise of edibility and the iden-
tification of specimens sent or brought to the office for that
purpose.

Specimens of plants have been collected in Io counties of
the State and specimens have been received that were collected
in 18 other counties and sent or brought to the office by corre-
spondents or others. These specimens represent 56 species not
previously represented in the herbarium and 77 species new
to the State flora. Some of these were alreddy present in the
herbarium as varieties of species from which they are now
separated as distinct. The total additions to the herbarium
represent 255 species. The number of contributors is 66. The
number of those for whom identifications of plants have been
made is 152, the number of identifications made is 1717.

Notwithstanding the unfavorable character of the past sea-
son to the development of fleshy mushrooms, five species have
been found, tried and approved as edible. This makes the num-

__ ber of New York species, now known to be edible, 200.

The climatic similarity between the growing season of 1908
and 1909 was very noticeable. Both were unusually dry and
yet both were marked by an unusualiy abundant crop of the
common edible mushroom, Agaricus campester L.
In the latter season, however, the autumnal rains were much
less severe and indicated a more favorable condition even for
mushroom growth than the former. Besides the common edi-
ble mushroom an abundant and quite persistent crop appeared

48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

of the garden mushroom, Agaricus campester hor-
‘tensis Cke., which ordinarily is rarely seen growing wild.
This indicates that gentle rains are better than severe ones, for
this variety at least.

No evidence has been seen or received indicating any advance
northward in the State of the chestnut tree disease, Valso-
nectria parasitica (Murr.), which proved so destructive
to chestnut trees in the vicinity of New York city and Brooklyn
two or three years ago. It is very probable that it has already
reached its northern inland limit. Ca

The favor with which the limited monographs of certain New
York genera of fleshy fungi has been received has led to a
continuance of this work. Accordingly descriptions of the New
York species of the closely related genera Inocybe and Hebe-
loma have been prepared, together with synoptical keys to their
subgenera and species.

A list of the genera of fungi previously treated in this way
together with references to their respective places of publica-
tion, has been prepared by Mr S. H. Burnham, the assistant
botanist. He has also prepared a list of the edible, poisonous
and unwholesome fungi already published with their biblio-
graphic references.

IV

REPOR? OF THE STALE ENTOMOLCGIS

The State Entomologist reports that during the year thou-
sands of young brown tail moth caterpillars in their winter
nests were imported on shipments of nursery stock from France.
The middle of June a small colony of nearly full-grown cater-
pillars of this species was discovered at Port Chester, N. Y.
The thoroughgoing measures adopted in these instances appear
to have resulted in the temporary extermination of these pests
from this State.

Fruit tree pests. The most conspicuous injury to fruit the
past season was undoubtedly caused by the hordes of plant lice
which not only abounded upon apple trees but were exceedingly
numerous on the cherry and more or less destructive to the
plum. In consequence of the attack on the apple, the trees pro-
duced large numbers of small, gnarly fruit, which formed 35
to 45 per cent of the total fruit in some orchards. The exact
records of the injury in the two experimental orchards will be

eS ee ey ee
ed Le ce =i

2 2 tee eee

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9OQ 49

found in the full report of the State Entomologist. One apple
grower estimated his loss at 50 per cent. This phenomenal outbreak
coincided with unusually cool weather and was undoubtedly greatly
favored by climatic conditions. The cigar case bearer was somewhat
abundant in orchards in the western part of the State, though it was
not so numerous as in 1908. The blister mite continued its in-
juries of last season and in some localities was much more prev-
alent, this being particularly true of the Hudson valley.

The San José scale continues to be one of the annoying
pests of the horticulturist though progressive fruit growers
have little difficulty in controlling it. The general experience
with lime-sulfur washes has been highly satisfactory. A num-
ber of the commercial preparations of this material have given
good results. Fruit growers are now beginning to use this
wash in a more diluted form as a summer spray for plant lice
and fungous diseases.

Codling moth. The codling moth is one of tke very serious
enemies of the fruit grower. A series of practical experiments
were carried on through the season for the purpose of ascer-
taining the actual benefit resulting from the application of ar-
senical poisons, and also the relative efficacy of insecticides
applied with a coarse or a fine spray. These experiments were con-
ducted in the orchard of Mr W. H. Hart of Poughkeepsie and
that of Mr Edward Van Alstyne at Kinderhook, N. Y. Great
care was taken at the outset to secure an infested orchard with
an ample number of trees likely to bear a nearly uniform amount
of fruit. Each plot consisted of 42 trees, the fruit from the
central six alone being counted. The others were used as
barriers to prevent the treatment of one plot reacting upon the
trees in another. These experiments ‘involved considerable
labor, since three sprayings were given in the case of the orchard
at Poughkeepsie. It was furthermore necessary to sort and
classify over 100,000 apples in this orchard alone. A reference
to the data in the full report of the State Entomologist shows a
most striking difference between the fruit from the sprayed and
the unsprayed trees and indicates in no tincertain manner the su-
preme importance of thorough work.

Small fruits. The unusually severe injury by the grape blos-
som midge noted in 1908 was continued the past season though
the insect may not have been quite so prevalent throughout the
grape belt. The acre of early Moore grapes recorded as seri-

50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

ously injured the previous year was badly damaged the past
‘season. We were fortunate enough in early spring to rear the
adult of this fragile midge which has hitherto escaped notice
although the blighted blossom buds have been common for
several years. Owing to the delay in issuing the report for
1908 it was possible to give, in that publication, a full account
of the pest.

The grape root worm, though generally prevalent in the
Chautauqua region, has not caused much alarm. ‘This is due
in part to a more thorough understanding of the insect and
methods of controlling it, and also to better cultivation and
fertilization. The latter are important factors in producing
vines capable of withstanding injury.

Shade tree pests. The protection of our shade trees from
the ravages of insect pests has continued, as it most assuredly
should, to receive much attention. It is gratifying to record
that the general public is displaying a very commendable in-
terest in this phase of economic entomology. There have been
numerous demands for information in regard to these pests and
methods of controlling them. The supplying of such informa-
tion has been an important part of the office work.

The elm leaf beetle has been somewhat prevalent in the Hud-
son and Mohawk valleys. It caused extensive injury for the
first time in the city of Amsterdam and was quite destructive
at Schenectady and also at Sandy Hill. There was general —
though not very severe injury in both Albany and Troy, while
judging from reports this pest has been exceedingly destructive
to elms on Long Island.

The spruce gall aphid, noticed in the preceding report, has
continued abundant and rather injurious in widely separated
portions of the State. It is a species which should be watched.
closely, since it is capable of causing severe damage, not only
by destroying the terminal twigs and thus stunting the growth
but also, as pointed out iast year, by blasting the buds.

The sugar maple borer continues to be a serious enemy of
maples. It was particularly abundant the past summer at
Fulton, N. Y. A number of trees in that village were badly
affected and a few were dying as a result of the recent work
of this pernicious borer.

Forest insects. The ravages of forest insects are increasing
in severity with the lapse of time. Our forest trees have suf-

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 51

| fered greatly in recent years from outbreaks by leaf-feeding _

baal a

ra

a

Pa al a SE i eet iT at

SPs aa

> se
re

caterpillars. The snow-white linden moth has been one of the
chief offenders. The past season was marked by extensive
depredations by this pest. The flight of hosts of white moths
about city and village lights, so generally noticed in 1908 was
observed the past season. :

The small, modest, grayish and olive-brown moths of the
spruce bud worm attracted unusual notice in midsummer on
account of their prevalence at street lights in a number of
widely separated cities. These flights, judging from reports re-
ceived, have been preceded by serious injuries to spruce trees in
the Adirondacks.

The hickory bark borer, a most pernicious enemy of hick-
ories, has been very injurious to the magnificent trees of Pros-
pect Park, Brooklyn. Injuries by this pest. have also been re-
ported from the central portion of the State. This nefarious
insect has in recent years destroyed thousands of valuable trees
in this State. Its potentialities for evil amply justify the prompt
destruction of infested trees.

Gipsy and brown tail moths. The appearance of the latter
species in this State has already been mentioned and must be
regarded as but the precursor of similar visitations. This in-
sect has not, to our knowledge, become established west of the
Connecticut valley, and it is to be hoped that the repressive
measures, prosecuted jointly by the State of Massachusetts and
the federal government will result in keeping this destructive
form at a distance for some years to come.

The finding of numerous winter nests of the brown tail tothe
upon imported French stock last winter resulted in our con-
ducting a series of experiments for the purpose of determining’
the efficiency of hydrocyanic acid gas as an agent in the destruction
of the caterpillars. Though this most deadly gas has given ex-
cellent results with other species, it proved of no service in

killing brown tail moth caterpillars within their nests, and

could not be relied upon to destroy free caterpillars in a dor-
mant condition at any reasonable strength and without an un-
duly prolonged exposure. The details of these experiments,
showing the unreliability of this gas, are given in the full report of
the Entomologist. On the other hand, dipping the caterpillars in a
miscible oil placed upon the market under the commercial name of
scalecide, was invariably followed by death.

52 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

There is still no authentic record of the gypsy moth having
‘become established in New York State. The pest has not made
its way nearer than the outlying small colonies known to exist
at Springfield and Greenfield, Mass. The Entomologist has
sent out a number of warning placards to places where these
insects would be most likely to become established and as yet
nothing suspicious has been discovered.

Miscellaneous. ‘The large, steely blue insect jenosce as Say’s
blister beetle was unusually abundant in the vicinity of Albany
and occasioned some anxiety lest it prove a serious pest. There
was a restricted outbreak of the army worm at Oakdale. Con-
ditions were evidently rather favorable for more extended mis-
chief by this insect, since the Entomologist found the caterpillars at
Port Chester numerous though not very evident on account of
the large amount of provender upon which they could subsist.

House fly. This insect, with its acknowledged potentiality for
evil, is one of the most momentous of our injurious species.
The present great interest in the house fly and methods for its
control led to the devising of a vivarium or special house for
the purpose of testing the behavior of this insect in relation to
light and in particular to ascertain whether darkness or partial
darkness could not be used as a barrier to keep this ubiquitous
creature from breeding materials of various kinds. The house
was a light-proof structure with partitions arranged in about the
same way as those in the photographer’s dark room, and flies
were given a free opportunity to enter as far as they would
with a constantly decreasing illumination and deposit eggs upon
moist horse manure. The details of the experiments, given in the
full report of the State Entomologist, show that this insect will not
invade moderately dark places for the purpose of depositing eggs.
It should be comparatively easy and very practical to store all such
materials in dark or nearly dark places.

Gall midges. The work upon this group has been pushed as
rapidly as possible consistent with the discharge of other duties.
We have been able to make material additions to our knowl-
edge of the biology of the group. This was particularly marked
in the case of Sackenomyia, originally described from a female
taken on the wing and now represented in addition by two
reared species, of which both sexes, larvae and galls are known.
The life histories of a number of species of Caryomyia, forms
responsible for the peculiar and varied hickory leaf midge galls,

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 53)

have been worked out. Likewise, a number of species of Cinc-

ticornia, a genus confined to oak, has been reared and some
very gratifying data obtained. These by no means exhaust
possibilities with this group, since material has come in so
rapidly in recent months that it has been practically impossible
to classify it adequately and at the same time collect or rear
additional forms. Over 50 species have been reared during the
year, most of them new and making a total in the collections
of probably over 800 species, about 350 having been reared.
This large number of specimens, in some instances species are
represented by a hundred midges, is practically classified and
only requires a relatively small amount of descriptive and col-
lative work before being made available to the public.

Special acknowledgments in this connection are due Miss
Cora H. Clarke of Boston, Mass., who has collected and for-
warded to us large series of galls from which we were able to
rear a number of previously unknown species. The care of
this material devolved largely upon Mr D. B. Young, who has
met with exceptional success in rearing the flies. Miss Fanny
T. Hartman has assisted in caring for the biological material
and has made excellent microscopical mounts of many of these
extremely delicate midges.

Publications. Many brief, popular accounts dealing with in-
jurious insects have been prepared by the Entomologist for the
agricultural and local press and a few notices of more than
general interest have been disseminated as press bulletins or
through the agency of the Associated Press. A comprehensive popu-
lar bulletin on the Control of Household Insects, made advisable
by the recent great advances in our knowledge of the relation of
insects to the dissemination of disease in particular, was issued
in May and is now, due to the great demand for such information,
practically out of print. The report for last year, owing to delays
incident to publication, was not issued till the last of the present

year. A popular account summarizing one phase of our studies of

gall midges and entitled: “ Gall Midges of the Goldenrod,” appeared
in the Ottawa Naturalist for February. Biological data and brief
descriptions of nearly s0 reared species of Cecidomyiidae were
published in the issue of the Journal of Economic Entomology for
August. |

Collections. The additions to the collections have not been
very extensive, since the amount of material already at hand de-

54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

mands the expenditure of much time before it can be properly
classified. Particularly gratifying additions have been made by
rearing large series of Caryomyia, Cincticornia and Sackenomyia,
the biology of these genera being previously unknown.

The general work on the arrangement and classification of the
collection has been pushed as rapidly as possible. D. B. Young
has identified practically all our species of Bombylidae, has done
considerable work upon the Empididae and made substantial prog-
ress in classifying the Sapromyzidae, the Tabanidae and the
Sciomyzidae. Mr Young is also responsible in large measure for
the preparation of the list of insect types in the New York State
collection given elsewhere. Much of Miss Hartman’s time has
been devoted to the care of breeding material, to mounting and
labeling, to interpolating specimens, particularly Microlepidoptera
in the general collections, and to bibliographic work.

Several greatly enlarged models representing injurious insects
or portions of such forms have added very much to the educational
value of the entomologic exhibit. A list of these models is given in
the full report of the State Entomologist. This is only the begin-
ning of what should be done along this line, since if one may judge |
from the work of other museums, the practical value of the exhibit
collections has been greatly enhanced by accurate and tastefully ex-
ecuted models of important species. It is to be hoped that provi-
sion can be made shortly for the continuance of this work along
broad and comprehensive lines.

General. As in past years, the work of this office has been
greatly facilitated by identifications of certain species through the
courtesy of Dr L. O. Howard, Chief of the Bureau of Entomology,
United States Department of Agriculture and his associates. Sevy-
eral correspondents have been of material service in securing valu-
able specimens of one kind or another and as heretofore there
has been a most helpful cooperation on the part of all interested in
the work of this office.

V

REPORT ON THE ZOOLOGY SECTION

During the past year, in accordance with the policy stated in the
last report, attention has been given entirely to the collections,
and while the actual additions are not as great as might be desired,
considerable work is under way that should be completed during
the coming year.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 85

The large group of black bear mentioned in my last report has |

been completed and the result makes a very effective exhibit.
Through the courtesy of Pres. William J. Milne it has been tem-
porarily placed in one of the new buildings of the State Normal
College and will remain in its present quarters until the completion
of the Education Building gives it a permanent home.

A group of moose has also been obtained consisting of a bull,
a cow and a yearling. This is at present in storage as we have no
place suitable for exhibiting it.

The taxidermist has prepared a habitat group of mink showing
the animals by a pool of water in the foreground, the background
representing an Adirondack scene which was painted by Mr D. C.
Lithgow.

A group of sunfish and perch, of the same type, is also ready.
This exhibits the fish swimming in the water among pond lily
stems and weeds. The pond lilies themselves are shown on the
surface of the water. This is the only fish group in which a suc-
cessful attempt has been made to show both the surface of the
water and a section through it. The exhibition of these groups
has. been delayed awaiting the procuring of cases, but they should
be ready for public display by the beginning of the year.

The museum has also secured the necessary material for groups
of porcupine, black rats, white-footed mice and several birds;
while groups of wolf, puma, fisher and Canada lynx are in course
of preparation.

The museum has been particularly fortunate in securing from Mr
Austin Corbin, president of the Blue Mountain Forest Association,
the promise of the material necessary for making up a group of
buffalo, which has already been redeemed in part by the gift of
two specimens from his herd. This opportunity is taken of publicly
expressing an appreciation of Mr Corbin’s kindness and generosity
in this matter.

The ornithological collection which is in far better and more
complete condition than the other zoological sections, has been
allowed to remain except for such specimens as were kindly fur-
nished by friends of the museum.

The taxidermist has also been working upon wax casts of some
of the batrachians, two of which are now on exhibition, namely,
- one of the spring peeper and one of the common wood frog. This
method of exhibiting these soft bodied animals seems as satisfac-
tory as any yet devised and the Zoologist hopes to have a series
of these casts completed during the coming year.

56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Considerable work has been done on the collections of Mollusca
with the end in view of making them accessible. This work in-
eludes the making of a card catalogue, as the museum possesses
much molluscan material, including the very valuable Gould col-
lection of types, and it is very desirable that this be so arranged
and indexed as to become available to those interested: in the
subject.

Monograph cf the Mollusca. A very wide public interest exists
in the terrestrial, fresh-water and marine mollusks and to meet
demands for exact information as well as to bring our acquaint-
ance with the New York molluscan fauna up to present standards,
a monograph of this group was inaugurated a few years ago, Prog-
tess on this work was made, though slow, and at the present time
it is in charge of Dr H. A. Pilsbry of the Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia, a leading authority on the Mollusca.

Dr Pilsbry’s work thus far has been directed almost entirely
to certain groups of small or minute forms upon which nothing
had been done at the time the monograph was placed in his hands,
either in manuscript or illustration, viz, the Pupillidae, the Zoni-
tidae, the smaller Endodontidae, the genus Strobilops, the Val-
lontidae and Cochlicopidac. The work on these groups is practi-
cally completed except for the subject of distribution. It is
hoped that by collections and correspondence, substantial additions
to the New York records of many species may be made, and some
additional species may be found in the State. Several species not
hitherto reported from New York have already turned up in the
niateriai examined.

Considerable work has been done in tabulating existing records,
with the view of ascertaining what districts in the State have not
been closely examined for recent mollusks.

In appropriate connection with this work on the Mollusca a
preliminary investigation has been undertaken of the occurrences
of pearls in our streams and lakes and a general inquiry into the
possibilities of the development of this interest and expansion
of the pearl shell industry. The presence of pearls in our waters
is less a matter of record than, at least so far as recent occurrences
are concerned, of report and news. Their discovery, however, is
ancient. The fresh-water clams which are known as the Unios,
Anodontas etc. occur very freely in all our lime-bearing waters
and it is well known that these mollusks were used for food by
the aborigines, as witnessed by the shell heaps which have been

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 57

found near Binghamton and in other inland localities. The Indians

- also recognized and valued the fresh-water pearls, for these have ~
been taken sometimes in large nuinbers from Indian graves, usu-
ally perforated for stringing on a necklace and “‘ more than three
score and ten” pearls of unusual size, now unfortunately discol-
'ored and partially decomposed, were taken from one of the burial
_ sites in the Genesee valley. The list of these occurrences among
the excavated remains of the aborigines is rather surprising.

The earliest historic records of the discovery of pearls here are
of altogether recent date. The finding of the Queen pearl at Notch
Brook, N. J. in 1857 is usually regarded as the first noteworthy
discovery of the kind in recent times. In 1868 pearls were found
in the fresh-water clam shells of the Mohawk valley near the city
of Rome and one of them is known to have brought the price of
$100 in the market.

The lakes and streams of central, northern and northeastern
New York, specially those draining into the St Lawrence river,
have yielded the largest, finest and most numerous pearls. 63
grains is the weight of the largest known New York pearl. It
was found in the Grasse river in 1897 and sold for $800. Most
of the pearls from northern New York are of a peculiar trans-
lucent white, often highly lustrous. Others are of a light pink or
rose color. Asa rule the pearls of the streams are more abundant
and of finer quality than are those of the lakes, the latter being
usually milky in color, lacking in luster and hence of inferior
quality. While it is not at all likely that these pearls are now to be
had in sufficient quantity as to justify any extended operations that
would involve much expense, yet it is most desirable to have defi-
nite data in regard to their occurrence and the conditions govern-
ing them. Pearl culture has been attempted with various degrees
of success in many countries, though seldom on the fresh-water
mollusks. The results attained do not give promise of culture
pearls of high quality, but nevertheless they have had a commer-
cial value, and may, even here, be made to form an important
accessory to the cultivation of the shells themselves.

Another economic phase of this subject is the market value
of certain varieties of these clam shells for the manufacture of
pearl buttons. There are at present more than a score of button
factories in the State which annually consume thousands of tons
of shells in their operations. At present their supply of fresh-
water shells is almost entirely obtained from the Mississippi

58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

valley at considerable expense, and the expense is further aug-
mented by the extreme percentage of waste of the raw material
‘in the process of button making. Indeed it often runs as high
as 90%, and averages more than 80%, upon all of which transpor-
tation charges have to be paid from the western source of sup-
ply. It is not unlikely that the natural supplies of the New
York streams would help to alleviate this situation, as experl-
ment has shown that several of the New York varieties are suit-
able for button manufacture. There is no obstacle to the arti-
ficial propagation of these varieties in the streams that are by
nature specially adapted to their growth. Indeed it is altogether
as practical a proposition as the artificial propagation of fish.
Probably all of the fresh-water mussels in our rivers are or may
be capable of pearl production, but it is an interesting fact that
the three or four varieties most suitable for button manufacture
are also those which have yielded most frequently the best grades
of pearls, and it is also entirely reasonable to assume that the
propagation of the pearls themselves is within the scope of arti-
ficial methods, though so far as experience in other countries
in this artificial creation of pearl secretions has gone, the results
are of inferior grade. It follows, however, as a natural conclu-
sion that if the number of mussels with pearl-producing possi-
bilities is increased by artificial propagation, the chances are
also greatly augmented for increase in the production of the
pearls themselves.

This line of investigation has been taken up by Prof. Philip
FP. Schneider and will be continued in the hope of bringing it to
a conclusion that may justify recommendations of public use-
fulness.

Birds of New York. In several previous reports I have made
reference to progress on a monograph of the Birds of New York,
last year giving a summary statement of the contents of the
first volume. This volume is now leaving the press. Volume
2 is complete in manuscript and its printing will be forwarded
as rapidly as the character of the work justifies.

On account of the widespread interest in this publication and
in view of the general demand for copies of it, this occasion is
taken to announce that, in accordance with the requirements of
the Department, the work will be held for sale at the following
price:

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9O09 59

Volume 1 Introductory chapters; Local lists, Water
birds and Game birds (Pygopodes, Paludicolae,

Limicolae, Gallinae and Columbae), 42 plates in color...... $3
Volume 2 Land birds (Accipitres, Striges, Coccyges, |
Pici, Macrochires and Passeres), 60 plates in color........ $4

Purchasers of volume 1 will be at liberty to buy volume 2,

_ when issued, at the price of $3.

Vie
“REPORT ON THE ARCHEOLOGY SECTION -

Collecting in all of the various branches of this section of the
museum has been necessarily subordinated to the work of pro-
curing models and superintending the work of casting the fig-
ures and making the preliminary field sketches for backgrounds ©
for the ethnological groups. The pressure of this undertaking
made it impossible for the Archeologist to engage in active field
work in archeology, although he made preliminary surveys of

‘certain sites in central and southeastern New York.

In September the assistant in archeology was sent to Port
Jervis to excavate the site of a Minsi village and burial ground
which the Archeologist had previously examined at the sugges-
tion of the Director. Little or nothing is known regarding the
archeology of the Minsis nor was it possible to determine from
an examination of the Port Jervis site much concerning their
culture except in the line of their mortuary customs.

The Van Etten site, the site of the Minsi village and burial
place is found on the Levi Van Etten farm on the east bank of
the Minisink river, 2 miles from Port Jervis. It has been known
for many years to the people of the region. Tradition as well
as material evidence kept it constantly in the minds of inter-
ested persons. The annual spring freshets of the Neversink cut
away the alluvial hill upon which the burial ground was situ-
ated and bones with accompanying relics would roll down the
eroded bank and either be caught upon the sand bars or fall in
the waters to be swept away and lost forever. A considerable
number of collectors have visited the site and picked up the
relics brought to light by rains and flood and several have exca-
vated certain portions of it but with little success.

Excavations conducted during the months of September and
October 1909 by the assistant in archeology resulted in the dis-
covery of 30 graves and several hearths and refuse pits. The

60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

latter contained little of interest, only a few potsherds and rude
flints being found in them.

An examination of the burials proved that the Minsis had for
some time been influenced by the white men about them. Some

of the skeletons seem to have been buried in rough wooden

boxes. The position of all skeletons found in what appeared to
be the remains of boxes was the extended position instead of
the: flexed position generally found in old burials in this State. |

Most of the objects found in the graves were of European
origin. These objects include beads of several sizes and shapes,
brass and iron finger rings, brass bracelets, brass bells of two
forms, one bronze soup spoon, one clay pipe stamped R. Tippet,
and brass buttons. The aboriginal artifacts found in the graves
were all shell ornaments, probably pendants or gorgets.

Several of the skeletons present interesting features for study.
There are several fractures and cases of ankylosis worthy of
careful examination. Osteological studies of these skeletons are
reserved for a future time.

The skulls are unlike any others which are found at present
in our collections. They are flattened at the occiput evidently
by artificial means, probably in early infancy by the agency of
the baby-board. This occipital flattening gives the skull, as
-viewed from the front, a peculiar bulging appearance at the back.

An interesting series of stone articles from the lower Hudson
valley has been received from the American Museum of Natural
History in exchange for a collection embracing a number of
duplicate specimens from western New York. The Hudson val-
ley collection contains some good specimens of chipped and
polished stone articles.

Through the activity of Mr D. D. Luther, the field geologist,
an unusually good lot of articles has come to us from two an-
cient graves on the east slope of Bare hill, Canandaigua lake,
near the village of Middlesex. The collection includes a knife
of rhyolite, to inches in length. The chipping is good and the
knife thin considering the poor quality of the material. With
this knife was found a rude pipe of pottery. It has no decora-
tions. In the same grave was a long string of shell and elk tooth
beads, a copper chisel and two finely made stone tubes. A second
grave contained a broken tube and a broken bar amulet. All of
these objects are relics of a Pre-Iroquoian people and are similar to
specimens found in mounds.

i
oe dine ie a anal

‘Q0URISIP I[PpIut st}
Ul UMOYS 1B S}I9} UCTpedxe oy], ‘SIAJof JJOq JvoU pPUNOIS [eLInd ISUTJ| OY} JO MoTA [VIOM~)

€I 9}e[d

Plate 14

Landslip caused by the underwashings of the substratum of sand at the
water level. The landslides here frequently exposed skeletons and relics.
The amount of land lost in five years can be measured by the fence posts
in the middle distance.

Plate 15

Typical aboriginal burial of the Minsis. The camera was pointed directly
down and over the grave. No specimens were found in this burial.

"SpPoq apes} sstis jusosoyedo oS81e] o1v YOU IY} WO UMOYS sprog oy y, “UoJoTOys
OY} YIM PetIAOISIP 919M SjIefqo UvadoIM| o1oyM sjeling [je poeziseyoesieyO YIM uotsod poepusxy

bets > OTST ET CL ,

C-juoWeUIO Jays B pue [joq ssviq ev ‘Woods ozuOIg L ‘oI UOJoTOYS OY} YPM ALIS
aq} Ul UMOYS s}efqo sy, “UoTIsod popuoyxo Yriinq p[IyD “ops ISUIT SIAJof JIOG ‘gz DAVIN

“YOR IOYJIE] SEM SIS OSUTIIA IY} PUL JOVIIO} 9} JO OSpo OY} SUOTR PUNOF o19M SyeIING 9Y,L
‘JOALI YUISIOADN OY} JO Urleyd poo oy} oAOGL 99110} OY} UO PayeNnys St punoIs [eLing Isulpy oy

ZI 93¥Iq .

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 61

Ethnology

In collecting ethnological specimens the policy of the Department
is to acquire all that illustrates the Iroquois culture. Many of the
specimens are old and have been preserved for years as heirlooms
or keepsakes. Some of the specimens however are absolutely
new, but their value is not lessened thereby. Such objects
serve to illustrate the persistency of Iroquois material culture
and are similar in all respects, save age, to specimens which have
been kept through the years. Our aim is not to collect objects
merely because they are relics, but to collect specimens which
illustrate a material culture.

Some of the old arts of the Iroquois exist merely in the mem-
ory of a few aged persons and we have been seeking to revive
these arts where we have few or no specimens of them.

Silver working and certain forms of basketry, weaving, por-
-cupine quill and moose hair decoration, skin working, carving

and beading have become almost lost arts and it is hoped that
a revival of these arts by a few individuals will furnish our col-
lections with certain specimens now impossible to obtain. If
we were merely collecting antiquities this policy would not be
feasible.

Notable additions to the collection. Several masks of the
False Face Company (Ja‘di’go"’sa sho”’o‘) have been added to the
collection. Some of these are of unusual interest. One large
mask representing the “ash blower” was purchased by the
Director. This mask is one of the old and unusual varieties.
_ Other masks are a “doctor” face, a “wolf mouth” and one
h having the eye-plates cut in semilunar form and the lips in the
_ form of the figure 8 laid horizontally. The three masks last
mentioned were obtained on the Cattaraugus Reservation during
the midwinter ceremonies of the Senecas in January 1909.
me Phere are yet many facts to be collected before a complete
_ description of the Iroquois False Face Company can be written.

This statement indeed holds good for the various folk so-

a

LF tion Sina
i aio

eae
Se

t= 72 It
ae ei

ae Sy

~

:

3

cieties. The Archeologist is using every opportunity to get at .

the facts and already has a large amount of data on hand.
During the Strawberry Thanksgiving in late June, the Arche-
ologist made a special effort to get some additional information
and succeeded in getting photographs of the officers of the False
Face Company carving a “medicine” or “doctor face.” Such

faces are carved upon a living basswood tree and when com- -

62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

_pleted the tree is chopped down. Its life is believed to enter
the face which is chopped from the trunk and finished by the
carver. During the process of carving an officer of the company
throws tobacco, oyéf’kwa‘o’we'’, (Nicotina rustica) upon
a small fire and chants the rite that makes the face. a living
potency. A photograph of the carving ceremony is shown in
plate 18. The Archeologist obtained:the false face on the tree-
trunk carving and added it to the State Museum collection.
So far it forms a unique specimen in collections of Iroquois
artifacts.

One other carving, that of a wolf head used for placing over a
door, was purchased. The head represents the token of the
mother and children living within the house.

The Senecas have not used bark barrels for storage for more
than 40 years. Barrels of elm bark once formed the chief means
for storing corn and other provisions as well as goods of other
kinds. Early in the year one of these elm bark storage barrels
was found on the ‘Cattaraugus Reservation and purchased by the
Archeologist. It had recently been made by a Seneca whose mother
had instructed him in the all but forgotten art. It is about 18
inches in diameter and 30 inches high and has a cover. The
bark is sewed with the inner bark of the elm. In the entire
object there is not a nail or a peg. The Algonquin Indians of
Canada, particularly the Abenakis make barrels similar to this
of birch bark but they are not as strong as the elm bark barrels
of the Iroquois. <A birch bark storage basket was purchased for
comparison.

A good set of baskets used in ileum: harvesting and food
preparation was purchased from Mrs Edward Cornplanter of
Newtown on the Cattaraugus Reservation. A paddle which was
included in the collection had been promised for several years.
This paddle had a number of grotesque figures carved upon the
handle but some of the most significant from the standpoint
of symbolism had been cut away.

An interesting war club made from the knot of a sapling root
was secured from the Senecas. It has carved upon it representa-
tions of all the clan animals and two Indians engaged in combat.

Other unusual pieces are an Eagle Society speaker’s pole,
examples of modern silver work, wocden spoons, and several
beaded articles, two of them old and very fine. Several charms
and amulets were added to the already interesting series,

Plate 18

False faces are carved upon the living trunks of basswood trees by a
wood carver chosen by the False Face Company. While he carves an
officer of the company chants the carving song, casting native tobacco on
the ceremonial fire as he sings. When the mask is rudely formed the tree
is cut and the mask taken from the log to be finished elsewhere.

- *
;
t ,
: i ° EMIT Sh
‘ tas
J =
iB EB

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 63

‘Folklore. Work ‘in recording the folklore and ceremonials
“has been retarded this season by activity in other lines. Some
a notes, however, were taken and a very important manuscript
secured through the courtesy of Rev. A. J. Farney of Ohsweken,
Ontario. This manuscript is the ver sion of the code of Dagano-
wida, the founder of the Five Nations’ League as adopted and
_ written by the Six Nations’ Council. The story describes the
_ meeting of Daganowida and Hiawatha and gives a history of their
subsequent activities. It concludes with a version of the Con-
_ dolence ceremony extracted verbatim from Horatio Hale’s Iroquois
Book of Rites, a seeming tribute to the accuracy of Hale’s work.
There is much work in the line of collecting lore of this
_ character. It is becoming more and more difficult to get. The
old people who have memorized the various rituals and legends
are rapidly passing away and but few of the younger people have
. taken the pains to burden themselves with a knowledge of the
old ways of their fathers. Some knowledge of this vast un-
written literature will undoubtedly pass down to the descendants
of the New York Iroquois but much will be lost unless provisions
‘are made for its preservation within the immediate future.
Public interest. Interest in the present and past Indian life
of our State seems to be fast increasing. Students are turning
with renewed activity to the subject of the ethnology of the
New York Indians. Artists and sculptors are seeking accurate
- information in regard to the costumes and the customs of the
Iroquois. Many hundred inquiries along these and similar lines

;
We
=
a
A
‘-
:

J have been directed to this section of the State Museum.

3 _ With a limited exhibition space, limited quarters, insufficient
2 equipment, and the great bulk of our material in storage, we
_ have been at great disadvantage. Students from many quarters
q representing well known institutions have made personal visits
a to our office and collections only to be disappointed in a large meas-

ure because of our limitations.

y During the fiscal year just passed special attention has been
directed to the Indians of our State through various historical
celebrations, and yet with a great store of material, consisting
of both facts and relics of Iroquois and Algonquin culture we
had neither facilities nor time for bringing these things to public
notice, so great was the demand of other things.

ern ons

64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The Governor Myron H. Clark Museum of Iroquois Ethnology

To illustrate the culture history of the Troquois we have
designed a series of six ethnological groups.

To formulate plans and to select proper models, sites for
painting and to carry out the numerous details incident to so
large an undertaking has consumed the greater part of the past
12 months and has required constant activity.

The object is to portray in a material way the characteristic
habits of Iroquois life. These life activities it will be realized
in general were similar to those of other peoples living in the
eastern forest areas and in the same cultural stage.

Ethnological groups have been installed in most of the larger
educational museums in the United States and elsewhere and
have universally proven most instructive exhibits. They add
an element of realism impossible to secure by any other method.
A group of casts properly arranged shows at a glance what
would take many pages to describe and a great deal of shelf
room to illustrate. The virtue of such groups is that the cos-
tumes, ornaments, implements and utensils are all properly cor-
related and their uses shown.

The most primitive activity of any people is the food quest.
The greater part of savage man’s food was secured by hunting.
The hunting stage is one of the most romantic in the develop-
ment of mankind. Its influence is so strong because of its
character, and its period so extended in the history of all races
that it has left an indelible impress upon the minds of all races,
even those whose cultural stage is far above it. To this day the
gratification of the hunting instinct gives enlightened men a
great amount of pleasure.

A second activity of races is warfare. The conflict of man
with man in warfare has gone on for thousands of years and
until now there has been no thought of its abandonment. War-
fare, cruel as it is and destructive as it is, has seemed a necessary
part of human development. Art and inventions, heroism and
intellect seem to have been stimulated by it. ‘This is probably
because each party in the conflict saw his own life and the exist-
ence of his tribe or nation in immediate peril and sought every
means to avert it.

The logical outcome of any emergency is a council. Men
congregate to discuss the means of warding off danger, defeating

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 65

emies, OF accomplishing desires which affect the entire body
The council would thus beget leadership and govern-

Be acht to secure its attainment. A belief in supernatural
ncies and the development of men who assume and are as-
med to know something of these supernatural potencies, gives
rise to certain rites and ceremonies thought to be conducive
of welfare —luck or health as the case may be. Ceremony and
religion thus enter into the life of ethnic groups with all their
concomitants.

Social iife so far advanced ‘presupposes the existence of pro-

1 ethods of ae production differ as the cultural stage, the
cultural degree and the individual group development differ.

_ Up to this point the social group has nothing to localize it. The
group may be nomadic for neither hunting, warfare, counciling,
ceremony nor industry postulate sedentary life. Such life com-
mences with some activity thought vital to group welfare and in-
separable | because of its character from a locality. Agriculture is
such an activity and in agriculture we have the basis of group
‘stability and group sedentarism. It confines a group of families
to a certain general locality for at least a season. It creates com-
“munity interest and crystalizes the group. With this development
the people would cling to a locality for an appreciable period unless
‘driven out by hostile groups or other causes.

_ In the lower stages of culture where agriculture has developed
we find that villages take growth. Instead of a place of wanderers’
‘tents or hunters’ tepees we find houses of more or less stability.
Trails or roads are built from village to village. Travel and traffic
commence; civilization is now a mere matter of growth.

_ Upon the foregoing hypotheses the Archeologist has planned the
‘i -character of the figure groups by which the ethnology of the Iro-
q “quois will be illustrated. Casts of the Iroquois Indians in various
F positions are being made and arranged in groups. These groups
will illustrate the various life activities incident to the Iroquois
culture. Our groups will differ from other ethnological groups in
4 other museums in that a cycloramic painting will form the back-

66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

ground. Months of study and visits to large museums have been
made to establish the feasibility of this plan. The cases in which
the groups are to be installed have a front of a little more than
20 feet and a hight of about 17. The depth of the case and the
foreground in which the group is to be installed is about 12 feet.
The glass front will be about gv feet in hight and 15 feet long.
The case is so planned that when the visitor views the group no
part of the interior of the case is visible. The point where the
painting meets the top can not be seen, neither can the points where
the sides meet the front of the case be observed. The object is
to create the illusion that one is looking out through a large win-
dow at nature itself. The painting is made in such a way that the
foreground with its artificial foliage and natural work meets almost
imperceptibly with the painting — one seems a continuation of the
other. ‘ane

To illustrate the activities of hunting six Seneca Indians were
selected as models and brought to New York city where they were
posed in characteristic attitude and cast in plaster. Such figures
show the tree chopper with his stone ax busy felling a tree by the
charring and chopping process, the old hunter bringing in a deer,
a boy with his traps and birds he has killed, a hunter with bow
pulled back in the act of shooting a flying partridge, and two
women one of whom is skiving a deer pelt and the other cutting
venison into strips for jerking. These figures it must be borne
in mind are exact casts from life, limb for limb, feature for fea-
ture, and even pore for pore, so exactly does the plaster reproduce
the living model. As a background for this group of Seneca
hunters a scene on Canandaigua lake was chosen. The Archeolo-
gist in company with an artist made a trip up the lake above men-
tioned and chose a site where a good view of Bare hill, the ances--
tral hill of the Senecas, might be had. Early Seneca history and
tradition is so inseparably interwoven with associations with Bare
hill and Canandaigua lake that it seems most appropriate to em-
ploy the scene as a background for the group of “ primitive ”
Senecas.

As hunting is the most primitive activity of savage life, the
hunting group will be the first of the series.

The second group for which casts have been made is that which
illustrates some of the characteristic war customs of the Mohawks.
The group is called The Return of the Warriors. It embraces six
cast and modeled figures with others in the painted background.
The group shows the advance party of warriors bringing in two

o

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IGOQ 67

EA Igonquin captives. One of them labors under a heavy load of

| examining a pack of skins, trinkets and seeds which has been
brought in by the party but his interest is diverted to one of the
captives who has thrown down his burden in defiance. A warrior
with uplifted club is about to dispatch the haughty captive when
a matron from the village asserting her right to adopt touches him
and holds out a protecting hand. The angered warrior relaxes
and has rested his club om his shoulder. In the presence of a
| woman his emotion is concealed.. His brow only shows a ques-
tioning wrinkle. Another warrior who has seen the affair turns
| on the brow of the hill and haloos down the valley to the chiefs
| who are leading the rest of the warriors back to the stockade.
_ The scene is laid at Tionnontogen the capital of the Mohawk
| Nation in 1667. Tionnontogen' was the town and stockade de-
| stroyed by De Tracey. The site of this old stronghold is found
| on the Mitchell farm near Sprakers Basin, Montgomery co. The
old village and stockade was situated on a little plateau that juts
| out into the flood plain of the river. On one side is a deep ravine
that forms the east bank of Flat creek. Copious springs of pure
| water make the place an ideal one for an Indian town and the
steep hills on three sides render it a good site for a fortification.
| The site of Tionnontogen commands one of the finest views of the
“Mohawk valley to be had. Just to the east, the high limestone
i“ Noses” bar the vista, but to the north and west the river, the
| hills and the valley may be seen stretching far into a blue mist
| that covers the distant horizon.
_ There are many romantic events peeoce ted with J oasaaliagee
| and the deep ravines and rugged hills and great stone “ Noses”’
| which give the spot its name only intensify the romance.
_ In making the sketches for this scene the artist took his position
| on a jutting ridge just over the ancient site. The scene is one of
| late autumn and in the large painting the artist will attempt to show
_ it as‘it might have been when it was the center of Mohawk life.
| To get casts of the Mohawks the Archeologist went with the
| sculptor to the Six Nations Reservation in Ontario where a month
| was expended in selecting proper models and in making molds. _
_ Casts for a third group, the sixth in the series, were made: dur-
| ing September. This group will portray the agriculture and har-
| vesting activities of the Seneca-Iroquois. An old man strolls in
| from the right, holding his clay pipe in one hand and a bunch of

68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
4

Indian tobacco (Nicotina rustica) in the other. Before”

a
i
{
4
uh

him is a group of women engaged in gathering and preparing the :
crops. One is braiding corn, one is shelling beans and putting
them in a bark storage basket, one is baking bread and watching ©
a pot, another is pounding meal in a wooden mortar, and still
another is carrying in a heavy load of corn. The scene is laid on ©

the flats of the Genesee just below Squakie hill near Mount Morris,
Livingston co. The painted sketch which was made on the spot
shows a cornfield in the foreground, the river to the left with the
cliffs just beyond. ‘To the right is the steep slope of Squakie hill

covered by oaks, hemlocks and maples, all resplendent in their

briliant autumn foliage. The spot is one associated with the later
history of the Senecas and by some is said to have been regarded
as their Olympus.

The Senecas were always extensive agriculturists and today pre-
serve certain primitive features of agriculture better than the other
Iroquois. The flat lands of the Genesee were cleared in wide
tracts and given up to their great cornfields. These reasons with
others lead to the choice of the Senecas and their beautiful valley,
the Genesee, as the actors and the scene for the harvest group.

The Onondaga Council group, the Oneida Arts and Industry
group and the Cayuga Ceremony group are still undeveloped be-
yond the plan stage.

The work of making and superintending the making of these
remaining groups will consume another year. There are many
unavoidable obstacles which impede progress of this undertaking
and yet to those quite familiar with similar work our preg has
seemed rapid.

It is difficult to get proper models, especially females whose
natural modesty leads them to shrink from the casting process.
The eight female figures which we have are without doubt the

only life casts of Iroquois women ever made. Our casts of male.

figures likewise are, for the most part, phenomenally expressive.

In carrying out our plan the idea is to have every possible
feature of it genuine. The casts are to be genuine life casts of
Iroquois Indians, their costumes genuine Iroquois costumes,
Iroquois made and decorated, and the paintings are to be accu-
rate representations of scenery intimately connected with Iro-
quois history.

When installed each group as viewed from the front of the
case will present the illusion of an actual view of nature. The
foreground will be made to look as natural as possible by expert

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 69

leaf makers. Each group will form a unit around which will
be clustered cases of implements, ornaments or utensils, the
use of which is shown in the group.

The whole scheme when completed will furnish a comprehen-

sive picture of Iroquois life in the precolonial period so far as

that life can be interpreted through history, tradition and the
present day survivals of the Iroquois culture.

For some years past the remains of the ancient Indian settle-
ments in the Naples valley near the south end of Canandaigua
lake, have been closely studied by Mr D. D. Luther, who has,
in spite of the fact that the fields where these settlements stood
have been ploughed over for more than a century, been able to
acquire very positive evidence of their extent and of their early
age. Mr Luther has given an account of this village on follow-
ing pages of this report.

- VII
PUBLICATIONS

A list of the scientific publications issued during the year
1g08-9 with those now in press and treatises ready for printing
is attached hereto. The publications issued are 13 in number on
a variety of topics covering the whole range of our scientific
activities. They embrace 1780 pages of text, 171 plates and 22
maps.

The labor of preparing fae matter, verifying, editing and cor-
recting is onerous and exacting. Taken altogether it excellently
indicates the activity and diligence of the staff of this division.

Annual report

-4

E
3
7

1 Fifth Report of the Director, State Geologist and Paleontolo-

‘gist for the fiscal year ending September 30, pee 234p.
3op!. map.
Contents: III Report of the State Botanist
Introduction IV Report of the State Ento-
I Condition of the — scientific mologist
collections V Report on the zoology sec-
II Report on the geological: tion -
survey VI Historical Museum

Geological survey

VII Archeology

Seismological station Ethnology
Mineralogy VIII The protection of natural
Paleontology monuments

FO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Contents (continued)

IX Publications
X Staff
XI Accessions-

One Hundred Years of New York
State Geologic Maps 1809-1900.
Henry LEIGHTON

A Peculiar Landslip in the Hud-
son River Clays. D. H. New-
LAND

Some Items Concerning a New
and an Old Coast Line of Lake
Champlain. GrorcE H. Hupson

Types of Inliers Observed in New
York. Ruporr RUEDEMANN

Marine Algae from the
Trenton Limestone of New York.
RuDOLF RUEDEMANN ;

Some Parallel Groupings of Cal-

Some

cite Crystals from the New
jersey ‘Trap. “Restones same
W HITLOCK

The Last of the Iroquois Potters.
M. R. HarrincTon
Index

Memoirs

2 No. 9 pt 2 Early Devonic of New York and Eastern North

America.

Contents:
Introduction
Dalhousie formation
Description of species
Arenaceous Devonic faunas of
Somerset, Piscataquis and
Penobscot counties, Maine

By John M. Clarke.

250p. 36pl.
~Notes on the Oriskany fauna at
Highland Mills
Table of the Oriskany fauna of
New York-New Jersey region
General conclusion

4 maps.

Supplementary notes

Pee ; Fault and infall at L’Anse au
Description of species :
Devonic faunas of the Chapman Sauvage on the Forillon,
Plantation, Aroostook county, Gaspe
Maine Crinoid from Grande Gréve
Description of species limestone
Early Devonic in eastern New | Explanation of plates
York Index
Bulletins
Geology
3 No. 126 Geology of the Remsen Quadrangle. By W. J. Miller.
54p. ipl. map.
Contents: The Precambric surface
Introduction Absence of the Dolgeville

General geologic features
Topography and drainage
Rocks of the region
Structural features

‘The Paleozoic overlap

(Upper Trenton) shales
Glacial geology
Economic geology
Index

een NWA \- BN Dee

w Ne SS. §UAU4HUA
C \\y A
ON =

\ \y HEV YN SubVetSNE 5|
\ SaauL GNVIGOOM UNV <

1892

\ — = = e on 2
\\|SLOGSNI ILWnoW \ese ene ale \\ 1 rel
\\ quo Mt acsah= \\y Muvd ONLLOdY SLOASNI |
0 ee
\ z —— — =

nee HOA an A Stove |
\ /SSAIVN TWNYTHORVS _—— ——

==

Val Wd ©
SNOLLIRTION TV3I9 010A) &
EA \|SHIOLUY BNOLS GHHSIIOg 20

ae STYIUELVA GVOU &

a LLaae

\ | cuaava TWols010g)

\ YE SS
\

ICH WHOA AEN

Bulletins and memoirs.

ae

SHONOdS MLW INOMLHH OZOA TWA
\)VO0d0OVUG NVINTIS 0 INGO TENGC—

\\| HEOM LOOd ENING) = N ne

\SNOLLIAT10 WO TWHENINGS

\ETLAe AVA Woe
Al dvi 000d) HIVISS

STZ
_OT Bs =A

ase

\\\ NNSA AD 9 LIvVs =
Q\|ENOLS ONICTING S

a7 CINOINn ©

IO doo

————— ==

\ iol JSTIOTOLNOS Td ‘Lda

NQ
Dp

\\) aNOLS ONIGTING™
BM aLOm a
SVONOINA

TSIQOTOWOING Ldddabe

SiOTWS 9 chvin =
Sdag WANE Nosana S
\\ STOLE TRHS Pana =
TWYNS io AWNOIVNY S

\ \Favnd_ NaS.

\\_ ADO TOLNOM Ive
WV iN ISvar

\\\| SHLAW. SIONOOUT E
\\ |LSPOOTONOLNG ‘Lam stas
\ \| SHO NOH NOLNITO &
\ 06) LSINVLOG Ldau &
Lo6l Lda SHOLOGHIG &
206] ABLSAGNT ONINIAS
THO _NOW Yovanourqye

\\) ESISOTOWOING “LddY nx6l2

HOW TTA NVIGNI Alda =
\ 906! LSINVLOS “Ld ays

\_ AMV SNOT 40 AN0TOAIS
HELSHHOOU A X90 I0G) =

\\|SENGDIVNYO ONTIVLGLISS
\\\ TOM LOO GNI AVEO

Ve HIMON JO SINVId

\e Wau. WAVASS
\\

SIOASNI 20 NOLMANAISSUaS
9681 LSINVLOG das
| \aEWAN
\" a \ o10gyS
HILYae AVAT Woda S&S \Ye : ——
\\ |SNOILIE1109 TYOIDO TOR & Tt

SLOASNI OLLVNOV 2

HONINITVE 0 SalTS

\\ | ISTOIOWOING Ldau x2

Va TIVE NOUS BASIS:
\

COG] AKLSNGNI SNINIWS

WASGAS ¥ LIVS =
JOLS DNICG TING &

7061 AULSNGNI ONIN

HTUVHOHIS Jo A9N0TOND &

i>)

SOTILEY NOE? NUOHS
ADNOTIOLNODTvd 2

\\ pos
(2)
\ HOWMAN dO) SALITOLAVHD —

YHOAAAN dd SHHSIL OINOAMC S

N

—————

WIHANY HIYON NUILCWY pS
HOA MEN dO JINONECL tiny

SHHUL GNVIGOOM UNV =
Wulvd ONILOGEY SLOASNIS

fe ©)

(\\) HOA NEN J SELLITOLAVED =

OLIN

SBONOES ALVINOILEH IOZOPTVA cw
\ vooaonayue NENTS ap JNNaHdOTASO—

New York State Museum

1892-1909

Bulletins and memoirs.

‘aU

pie rata

0%: ATAMOITA BONGIAT

pit
ag.

Jeida NAG’

ATAPI
oui T pute

eta VL

Contents:

Introduction

General description; preliminary

- outline

* Detailed description

: Batavia to Genesee valley

Genesee valley to Irondequoit
valley

Irondequoit valley to the Ca-
yuga depression

Cayuga depression: Clyde
channels
Jordan-Skaneateles meridian to
Syracuse

Marcellus channels: Lake War-
ren escape

Birth of Niagara Falls and Lake
Erie

Onondaga valley to Limestone
valley

Contents:

_ - Preface

Introduction
Mineral Production in New

York

Cement

Clay
Production of clay materials
Manufacture of building brick
Other clay materials
Pottery
Crude clay

Emery

Feldspar

Garnet

Graphite

Gypsum

Iron ore

Millstones

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR Ig09 71

4 No. 127 Glacial Waters in Central New York. By H. a
. Fairchild. 64p. 27pl. 15 maps.

Limestone valley to Chitte-
nango valley

Chittenango valley to Oneida
valley

Deltas

Principles in delta construc-
tion

Description

Theoretic sticcession: sum- °

mary
Oscillations of the ice front:
Warren waters
Warren outflow
Lake Dana
Theoretic lake succession
Description of the maps of
glacial lake succession
Summary of the glacial drainage
history
Bibliography
Index

5 No. 132 The Mining and Quarry Industry of New York State.
By D. H. Newland. o8p.

Mineral paint

Mineral waters

Natural gas

Peat

Petroleum

Pyrite

Salt

Sand and gravel. Henry LEIcH-
TON

Sand-lime brick

- Slate

Stone. Henry LEIGHTON
Production of stone
Granite
Limestone
Marble
Sandstone
Trap

Tale Ble ian i te

Index

72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Paleontology

6 No. 128 Geology of the Geneva-Ovid Quadrangles. By

D. Dana Luther. 44p. map.

Contents:

Stratigraphy

Siluric
Camillus shale
Bertie waterlime
Cobleskill waterlime
Rondout waterlime
Manlius limestone

Devonic
Oriskany sandstone
Onondaga limestone
Marcellus shale
Cardiff shale
Skaneateles shale »
Ludlowville shale
Tichenor limestone
Moscow shale

Tully limestone

Genesee shale

Genundewa limestone horizon
West River shale

Cashaqua shale

Rhinestreet shale

Hatch shale and flags

Grimes sandstone

West Hill (Gardeau) flags and

shale
High Point sandstone
Prattsburg sandstone — Wis-
coy shale, Chemung sand-
stone
Dip
' Index

Insects. By Ephraim Porter

Fabric pests

Entomology
7 No. 129 Control of Household
Felt. 48p.
Contents:
Introduction

Disease carriers
Typhoid or house fly
Fruit flies
Malarial mosquito
Yellow fever mosquito

Annoying forms
Cluster fly
Wasps and hornets
House or rain barrel mosquito
Salt marsh mosquito
House fleas
Bedbug
Bedbug hunter
House centipede

Clothes moths

Carpet beetles

Silver fish, bristle tail or fish

moth

Book louse

White ants

Crickets
Food pests

House ants

Cockroaches ~

Larder beetle

Cheese skipper

Cereal and seed pests
Fumigation with hydrocyanic

acid gas
Index

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR Ig09 73

. 134 Report of the State Entomologist for the fiscal year
ending September 30, 1908. 208p. 17pl.

y nts : Miscellaneous
roduction Publications of the Entomolo-
urious insects gist
aan aes midge Additions to collections 7s
Gladioli aphid Appendix A: Studies of Aquatic

Insects. J. G. NEEDHAM
Appendix B: Catalogue of the
Described Scolytidae of Amer-

Green cockroach
Typhoid or house fly and dis-

ease
otes for the year ica, north of Mexico. J. M.
Fruit tree insects . SWAINE

_ Small fruit insects Explanation of plates

_ Shade tree insects Index

; Botany
No. 131 Report of the State Botanist for the fiscal year ending
September 30, 1908. 202p. 4pl.

Contents: _ New extralimital species of fungi

- Introduction New York species of Lentinus
_ Plants added to the herbarium New York species of Entoloma
- Contributors and their contribu- List of species and varieties of

— tions fungi described by C. H. Peck
Species not before reported Explanation of plates
Remarks and observations Index

Analytical summary Explanation of plates
Relationships Coccystes glandarius
Addenda : Bibliography
Explanation of plates Index

Zoology
No. 130 Osteology of Birds. By R. W. Shufeldt. 382p.
26pl.
Contents: Anseres
Accipitres Anatinae
Preface Modification of the larynx and
Introduction — trachea
Cathartidae Appendicular skeleton
Falconidae Anserinae
Osteological characters synop- Trunk skeleton of the Anse-
tically arranged rinae
Relationships Cygninae
me lctcrice, Notes on fossil Anseres
‘Explanation of plates Remarks on the classification
Gallinae of the North American An-
Gallus bankiva Ree ht
|

74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Archeology

11 No. 125 Myths and Legends of the New York State Iroquois.
By Harriet Maxwell Converse. Edited and annotated by
Arthur Caswell Parker. 196p. 11pl.

Contents:

Prefatory note

Introduction

Biography of Harriet Maxwell
Converse

Pt «t Iroquois Myths and Le-
gends. Harrier MAxweELi Con-
VERSE

Pt 2 Myths and Legends. Har-

_ riet Maxwell Converse (Re-
vised from rough drafts)

Pt 3 Miscellaneous papers. Har-
RIET MAXWELL CONVERSE

Neh Ho-noh-tci-noh-gah, the
Guardians of the Little Waters,
a Seneca Medicine Society.
A. C. PARKER

Appendix A. Origin of Good and
Evil.

Appendix B. The Stone Giants

Appendix C. The De-o-ha-ko

Appendix D. The Legendary
— Origin of Wampum
Index —

Geological maps
12 Remsen Quadrangle
13 Geneva-Ovid Quadrangles

IN PRESS

Memoirs

14 Birds of New York, volume 1
15 Calcites of New York

Bulletins

Geology

16 Geology of the Port Leyden Quadrangle

17 Geology of the Thousand Island Region

18 Geology of the Auburn-Genoa Quadrangles -

19 Geology of the Elizabethtown and Port Henry Quadrangles

Entomology
20 Report of the State Entomologist for the fiscal year ending
September 30, 1909
Botany

21 Report of the State Botanist for the fiscal year ending. Sep-
tember 30, 1909

=

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 75

Vit

STAFF OF Sih SCIENCE DIVISION AND “STATE
MUSEUM

The ‘members of the staff, permanent and temporary, of this
division as at present constituted are:

% ,
y

ADMINISTRATION

| Be i. Clarke, Director
ob Van Deloo, Director's clerk

GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY

Jc hn M. Clarke, State Geologist and Paleontologist
avid H. Newland, Assistant State Geologist

lf Ruedemann Ph.D., Assistant State Paleontologist
A. Hartnagel B.S. M.A., Assistant in Geology
ty Leighton, Assistant in Economic Geology
Dana Luther, Field Geologist

ert P. Whitlock C.E., Mineralogist

ge S. Barkentin, Draftsman

seph Morje, First clerk

C. Wardell, Preparator

ul E. Reynolds, S tenographer

lartin Sheehy, Machinist

J Berh Bylancik, Page

Temporary assistants

2 Areal geology

Prof. H. P. Cushing, Adelbert College

of. J. F. Kemp, Columbia University

4 C. P. Berkey, Columbia University

Prof. C. E. Gordon, Massachusetts Agricultural College
G. H. Hudson, Plattsburg State Normal School

Prof. W. J. Miller, Hamilton College

Prof. H. O. Whitnall, Colgate University

Burton W. Clark, Washington, D. C.

as

Geographic geology
Prof. Herman L. Fairchild, Rochester University

2 Paleontology
Edwin Kirk, Columbia University

76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

BOTANY

Charles H. Peck M.A., State Botanist
Stewart H. Burnham, Assistant, Glens Falls

ENTOMOLOGY
Ephraim P. Felt B.S. D.Se., State Entomologist
D. B. Young, Assistant State Entomologist
Fanny T. Hartman, Assistant
Anna M. Tolhurst, Stenographer
J. Shafer Bartlett, Clerk

ZOOLOGY
Frank H. Ward, Zoologist
Alfred J. Klein, Tasxidermist

Temporary assistants
E. Howard Eaton, Canandaigua
Dr H. A. Pilsbury, Philadelphia
Prof. Philip F. Schneider, Syracuse

ARCHEOLOGY
Arthur C. Parker, Archeologist

Temporary assistant

BK. R. Burmaster, Irving

IX
NEECESSIONS
ECONOMIC GEOLOGY
Collection
Assistant in Economic Geology
Gypsum, Akron: 2.0 cee ss fae ced ok oo ba Sie fa tie De eo eee
o Camillus oc occee seals ao elt hbtcn oe onl oR Oe
f Glockville ocho ia Son sale Oa eh eee
= Garbuttairs 4 ass aedme <o.08 creeps oat oe oils auenertle Senge ae
‘ Jamieswallles co ts ces co tees (abu ade)
s 1 ai cala\oha) aa Re ar NE OR mA oG doch oo odc0.c ce
5 WMartis@o: 2c Ro ean ee elas ae edaoe aa Oe
H Oak held eee epee Sele iss Oe :
PHel ps sss coe eee ores baal ie Oa Fe es he PS he
s WiCtor Seer cee ie eto earn ase ee ee ee See

m= SE oe oe

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q0Q

a Reema en rOd Cts casio. cfc tev tis 'scls aves Gace ce ossesiscgevcsueesee
Seemetmcstone associated with gypsum... ........ 2 eee eee scene ern e esas
4 Clarke, John M.

Mecwecum, Macdalen Islands, Quebec..........6..000000cccccveseccccosis

PALEONTOLOGY
Donation

¥ The following fossils and minerals from Falkland Islands

me Casts of trilobites...... BONG ease on nae HOEIt SCRE Mee ie a Joe cone PEE RO :
SMe CMA SOS Suan acest een tess Ss hot cciatcne 22 Valoserareis siiecalar era's: elaine
ER Ig DUMP er Ae ae oy far ace Are aoe os Ero lw hw ae, weep Nie eed aw ao
_ Mansuy, H. Hanoi (Tonkin) Indo-China

__ Spirifer tonkinensis. Lower Devonic from Ban Lan, French China..
“ LELATSE los dee eee Goel egies SoU ee ogee Ne eS ale ae ene nn eee
_ Schuchert, Prof. Charles

SeeGraptolites from Point Levis; P. Q., Canada............cceceeeeees
iseaptolites trom Anticosti island, P. Q:, Canada.........see0sc ess eees
4 von Koenen, Prof. Dr A. Gottingen, Germany. Devonic fossils
from Martenberg and Enkeberg, Germany

From Martenberg, Germany
Agoniatites inconstans ........ Bae EEN PER eo Ree ORE EE
Pe MEONSEMISE VO7n EXPAlISUS WOW i tarcicv oss oc0 boca seiod esas clones cles
EMRIEOUS EAS! Ole TOG OSS sate sretee tio'c vc ak cioiaxe Gajguve avis Coase 4s be
A. inconstans var. obliquus Whitb........ SR Ane a re are
Anarcestes nuculiformis Holzg:.:......... Mc These eee chat tya here woe Nice Ueistonsas
Sepuyrocerds calculiforme ..6..5.5... hee. sees Silat eT oa Neal's
MORPHITVIIMIESCENS) sf 6 5.5 cee cs wet ase od Buhay dnaeaoe AS SIS Econ a a ar
Kophinoceras alatum Holz........... tad Atlee aunt Mere ea represen meagan
MCMC SEASMCHCOLALIIII moe rat ace fe s.seienis martian caesar cc a sald aie he dlaleies
SSMICOCE MAIS DUEIM fa. 2. ce thes sess cacev ee eee obese Skit Rai
DS HE@GSRIS: Sieaatia) oie een nine ae es ere nye a eA

From Enkeberg
PNATITG ESS CALS MVIMISEEN 2 oc vs 0s rece ince eee ts a ees ot eee mene cen
Brctloceras Cikctimple xt: SMG . 0 osld sole see e veces clases csaeesces oe
PMRVERIC UOC acer criat in seisais aconlscbenneveeues SPR ot ERR
ePoverioceras subfusiforme Wed. ........5.6.6.6-- Fe IN cic cee eS
Prolobites delphinus Sand ...........-..-.0+5 An he ss ee
PMG CHAINS UF ALAN EHEC, oaeiy ae sicicig sin bs cece vais we tislsc'sle came ees
P. delphinus var. ellipticum Wed............ rh Ao es Becks es toler suet ater
BEGitdoceras aAnenstisellatimae MC oss... castes cscs ccscsecoececeesaaee
SeLIMunster! VOM Buch) so. ..cce seks ce ee a Uden ORO eucheen none

13
7

et RD Din HW eH Re

a]

78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Purchase
Wilson, John D. Syracuse, N. Y.

Tully limestone

Brachiopodss i:4)/.25c ce eestor tee ee ee 12
Gastropods. .iiocecere Saves disse on eee raree ecu ae Reagan oe
Cephalopo disse. s5 cic eek ute re iaee conteneysents ane eet te ares 2. iste ah en I
Hamilton :
Coral seine cis ceca jad mickatneiene Sioa ee elie, Se teen e COTTE ee 6
Brachiopods)- 2a tae vias ous one seein gee nese aie Ae 16
Gastropod's) se.e.aie anton odes eile gee EE ee eee 27
uamellibramehis? Se hks vee ef bcos eerie eee eee 38
Cephalopods oc cic cote ica aleih waive ans eda en eee 2
Trilobites; Loved cane eer eae Voces Hades, ehete late ee 10
Agoniatite limestone
Brachiopod's...5-6..5.3 30s seers eee See eee a6)
Eeplialopods iss weicsiesce ost eee ove Get Cael te eee d eee 57
Onondaga limestone
GASEROPOU Sori slags eee cee ee oe eee eee: i hee ame
Cephalopodis ny a2 cis ile cee tiene ettke Sits us censor eee ee 3
DrilODpeeswe saree nc che eee ae eee hain ah. Sac he el I
Cambric
PAUMIOMEES es saenpaoe wp GMa dl sae Wiese wel helo te ab ole See ea ee 2
Total i. cn. Seis ees ens hick enledas ditee antler 213
Collection
Assistant State Paleontologist. Graptolites from Lower Siluric -
shales of. Saratoga county. 2.)4...0. 052 Sus 5 eerie «ce ee eee 216
Clarke, John M.
Carboniferous fossils, Magdalen Islands, Quebec................. bbls. 4
Geological specimens, Magdalen Islands, Quebec.....................-- 50

Cushing, Prof. H. P., Ruedemann, R. & Miller, Prof. W. J. Fossils,
mostly trilobites, from the Saratogan (Hoyt’s quarry), Saratoga

CO ie Ra PNP Sites ae ete Oe le A a ee a aie See 400
Fossils from Beekmantown limestone of Mohawk valley.............. 31
Fossils from Trenton limestone, Saratoga cO.........-..-eceecesserees 32

Hartnagel, C. A. Eurypterids from Bertie waterlime, Herkimer co. 30
Hartnagel, C. A. & Van Deloo, Jacob. Eurypterids from Bertie

waterlime, Herkimer coi). 00.0. bes be fetes ee nile eee 500
Luther, D. D. Crinoids from Grimes sandstone near Naples...... 20
Crinoids and starfishes from Grimes sandstone, Italy Hollow gully,
near Naples; NAY. Os!) en Sink. nae eee ee ee ee boxes 5
Crinoids from Hamilton formation near West Alden, Erie co..... 8
Wardell, H. C. Graptolites from Rural Cemetery, Albany......... 25

Oriskany. fossils from Glenerie, Wister co. ..2 2.25 ae ace eee 500

——-

; SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR Igog 79
MINERALOGY
Donation |
elley, F. W. Albany
Memmeaicie in limestone, Howe Cave... 20... i sees cece eens esaceneens 2
Magill, C. M. Albany

>

eode contains goethite, Keokuk, lowa...........0..2ceeseseceeeses I

oss, J. McCormick, S. C.
_ Psilomelane and barite replacing asbestos, McCormick, S. S Hive ace mueas I
Serpentine (asbestos), McCormack, S. C ae erandane tener ay ct steamer: ae ear
Be mrrretenes NicCormicl S.C. acllsk seca ces cseiduceucsseevectedes 1
' Barite on psilomelane........... IRN Site stig rae iat sear, W gawe: ee cae) Be 8

Eiibore, E. L. Port Byron, N. Y.

Meevicstivianite and epidote, Fassathal, Tyrol..............00.0000ccs nee I
Rempraieme umber and, Fe feiss sis «cesses w Male myeic ded ora cid ca, Av bees wie I
Paaeendcudicopyrite,, Colorad@s(?).....cchsS cee eee wan ack sees awe bs I

; ‘Snyder, W. S. Watervliet

a Exchange
Canfield, F. A. Dover, N. J.

Pico nercalcive beroem Etill ON 2 Je th jscse ca aeln a eee eee ae Tt
Seeeteeerom catolitc. bergen: Fill Ne Pics. Bis ae oe sine cies wees I
Beepophyilite, analcite and atolite, Bergen Hill, N. J.............. I
_ Natrolite and apophyllite, Bergen Hill, N. J........ Sete cae e ai) 2h I
See vatrolite and datolite, Bergen Hill, N. J.............. See Boe wet OS I
& Manchester, J. G. New York
Sueeaicite and datolite, Bergen: Hill, N.-Jiiss. sc. 3. lees dec eet IO
Seee@alcite and apophyllite, Bergen Hill, N. J........0..0.....0ecceeee ces 4
Sees pophyllite and datolite; Bergen Hill, NJ J...2... 000.00 cece eet cee eeee 3
- mpophyliite and natrolite, Bergen: Hill, N: J... 0.00.05... c eee ees 2
Seeeapoephyllite and analcite, Bergen Hill, N. J... 0... 2 0c 3
eee pophyliite and calcite, Bergen Hill, N. J.....0.......... Fae Sees Sara I
Renraybiiccwmmneroen tags IN: Jol aoadcccs coeds ces bh ecnaee uss cckwee ee 9
Beenophyllite on stilbite, Bergen Hill, NJ... 22.2.5. 0. eect eee eee eee I
Seeecialcite on calcite, Bergen Hill, N; J...... 0.00. ieee eee ce cece cee I
Bemeeveolite Bercem sbi oN: Jaci cts tee eee shots eeekees cavleseeeeagess 3

SeErahieiter cere Hale is Jee cee es se See ea dak ewe c ce eke 5
memetiioite on datolite, Bergen Hill, N. J... 2.0... sce cece ee cess ee ence I
Mee Chalcopyrite on datolite, Bergen Hill, N. J..............2.0deececeeee I

maalcopynte on calcite, Beroen Hull, N.iJ.. 2.62... eves. cede e eee I
See spusicrite on stilbite (large), Bergen Hill, N. J..........6.. 202200000. I
_ -Sphalerite and datolite, Bergen Hill, N. J........... MS et oA I
LRIGIe* TRiereeern STE MNT | Sie le heer I
_ Foote Mineral Co. Philadelphia, Pa.
se cemis emia Oe tank. deca odo k ek Soe dan ev ds dawe te iu bas Bee

hun terkanedrite, Wingham, Utalt. 2... 6.6. sceccs cea deeobulecaes I

Pee Ciniven Enlace (WEAR acd ved ss Ges va vn dieie dns vee ve's ROMS SEDs Prats

Biker ign inaemelycisicea Vilemm mete annie am anys avcle we See ctr wie ae Me ee nee buat 2

Bea cinema de plilerite-cArizOnd uc sieecc-- cscs ssc cccecerecseecdescsecss 5.

80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Pentlandite, Sudbury. Ontatione-saeeeee een eee o odaet eee
Sphalerite, Kokomo, Coli: ic. eine eso taee ens ao
~ Covellite, Summitville, Col..... Ridin Seta aed leer gach oe 2 eee oe
Opal Copalized wood); Clover Creek, Idaho: .. «222 =- ses oe aoe
Wollastonite, Blount Mt) Tex ..%. ce s.cc. scene tone eee
Natrochalcites Chuquicamata Ghiliteecsecseeere ene eee eee
Krohnkite, “Chuquicamata, Chiliga-a4.4-0- oe nee eee Saws
Brochantite, Chuquicamata,“ C@hili- os... a. + ese eee
Orthoclase (valencianite);” Guanajuato, Miex.: .2:).-452 sees
Quartz (twinverystal), Guanajuato; Miex..s. 2. oh as. 7 eee
Nadorite, Djebel-Nador, Algeriac2.. ere see oe eae eee
Chabazite,” Melbourne; Victoria: o.25 32a. acess: so eee
New berryates mean Ballarat. WActonianaeas en see eee eee
Amblygonite, Port Darwink SwAUst...+ 46420 seo cae eee ee eee
Anelesite on cerussite Broken veil No S) Wiese ee eee eee
Cabrerite, LLaurium) ‘Greece: ©. .gn.5 <6: sels 0) aclos-is hee
Peck, H. C. Albany.
Zoisite, Chester, Mass0s'.. .uiiecisrete ote sess soa ea ee eee
Octahedrite, Somerville, Mass. o.210.0 20a «ss vole eiel ce ee

Purchase

Comptoir Mineralogique Suisse, Geneva, Switz.
Phenacite, San Miguel do Piracicava, Minas Geraes, Brazil
Hodge, R. S. Antwerp
Millerite on hematite, Antwerpe...s--a-0 os 00-2 ocr eee
Hematite: (botryordal) Amtwetprenensse cre cncee scene eee
Hematite (specular) on quartz, Antwerp..../).....-..+-.e)eeeeeeeeee
Hematite (stalactitic); Antwerp... .c:...s.6..+ 00. + ae eee
Chalcopyrite ‘on quartz, Antwerp... ..2.)... 2. «ge 6. .- 2-4.
Pyrite and calcite, “Antwerp i.. = n./eo. these = choc oes eee Eee
Pyrite and ankerite, Antwerp... .)..525.2.cossc0e eee eee
Calcite on hematite, Antwerp: .. 0.2/0. .... 0: 0. 2-5 a ae
Calcite and dolomite, Antwerfp.......cc0.s.. 0000.0. ¢ 0G eee
Calcite on chalcodite: (arge), Antwerp...........5....0025e eee
Dolomite and ankerite, Antwerp
Dolomite (stalactitic), Antwerp
Ankerite on hematite, “Antwerp. ......:05 0 esc. dose ee
Ankerite (stalactitic), Antwerp
Ankerite on quartz, Antwetpis..c. Jccaciisd. s.slte odo eee
Quartz (drusy stalactite) Antwerp... .-.2.......:..<.62 eee
Quartz.on: hematite, Antwerp... ic. sole. oiec. occ see ee
Chalcodite on stalactitic quartz, Antwerp
Chalcodite on quartz, Antwerp

eee ee eee

CO

eee eee eee eee ee ee eee eee eee eee ee et ee we

eeoeeee reece sce ec eee oe eee ee se tw

Chaleodite on calcite’ Antwerp. oc... 2c nance: 00s soe 0 eee
Chaleodite on hematite, Antwerp... .: s+ ..c-00 02s «sae eee
Chaleoditerand ankenite, Antwenp.-ncs- > oe ace ae eeeee Paine
Goethite on ankerite and quartz, Antwerp................. BETS gat -
Fluorite, Macomb icc cctosion scboetee l ee eee she

Quartz in matrix, Little Falls.......

HH HH AAR RRR Oe

48

Io

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 81

MMM In LOUN CRM CUT aeay Seis aixd cc ao ares ohn dv a Se ence awed ae ved wfaba we I
@emactz, Ellenville ......... Panes car evan aha raietey sede cperst acatagegeite,t 6's: a Uh oes eater orstanas I

(Fh BIN) Oran gai WA SUR ARS ra carn re rae a
Sn Bilsicne GS yeild FEATS 0215 5s Weer er SP Sr a
Para ecalcite, Girgenti, Sicily. 6.6.5. ck was sees ce ccwebenecus
mire PURGES VII ccreh shee lererc'o 'whh..6. 3 sien sora ciqieia Wes sigraie aie) Meier eaeneee

De oe Ee oe A)

ace
30
er
BS
a
ae
QO.
S 99
(o)
1)
Qo.
a, 8
BA.
ee
> W
bd w&

Serenemesicer ey Vein. Weel. descents sleideesidcee sss sey ecdeus tse es
Vesuvianite in epidote, Minot, Me........ ee ore Mice meta STS oN trees
eee Mate ree iT, VCore csi Sse saays a sein cs piss eo Saves e nec sine sade rs foe
PREM CUBIC IEC NT CIG LE EN eee ajc oe seis do) Gniein olkie ce Saeed esc ava
Semcon, Litchfield, Me..............-..- Bape crates Rt ee As Shae estes ek
Mmetagciase, Maitic ........c.seeeccesues Re a eee f Re est Fae Bey Deis on"
pe en TECISSE lle WVlaSS 0: So's eoSuip tle nie cece inee sue bee ed ey Ae Opa ee
ME En MOT CSLCT © IASG sc aoccio.c s.cic-aics wisi esis oodio.eie vei dinie deca’ ¥isiaialaipiwe%
SeraGditisite (chiastolite), Lancaster, Mass............ 000.000 cece ees
EEE er cuifelnn Conn eh to. aa aa) Sk Leister vw ccs sce h sac ans
Seiabantite, Farmington, Conn.................2.260%- Se re Ae
Berolusite and limonite, Ore Hill, Conm..............--22: 20. seen eee
eieieena tlt tiaddam, Conn... 2.2050 sede cc ccne ence acs denscenens
PALS MC OMMECEICUIES 5.00675 xo Sierginislals od ote ge oN eiag Soles seedes wise vec

on
bee
cot
oOo
=
(@)
—
oO
iat)
<
(a)
i
ro)
fe!
A.
ar
=
o
4
>
fon
oa
fery
4
3
(o}
HHA a

kd
ce
Lay
ae
Cou
@
hy
in)
@
=)
Q
(Sy
Q
o
©
(@)
nn
a)
©
On FA ee FAR HF RR RS RR Re eR Oe

Q
=
fot)
a
Q
fe)
cS}
tet
lea)
a
cr
&
hy
Lea}
@)
(=)
Q
=
@
€
(a)
@
ton,
ino]
je)
HH WN

mere De Are) CO;, Paras fe cine wee atielsho des ais tid See Vee Sue bee ves
Serena res Dea VCO PAN ow loeih vine bs Jeane salve teiajneateoiad a -sdlews
elaumontite, Frankford, Pa.......... Ne ara A A ERR ON AS a
Reese Tice ENOCMII, AG 2 ace alee canine astute vee veld ooo cdieise ne con oils
mmm EC eet by eT ome factors oi ctes as vic. c voce sy atcie's Si cosvelaterm vispesale bale auede as
Pettit eo m@ WestChield .COm Sin Gee ce sc cis ce es vclee ove cates bale eerepes
Seetemasteatite)... Miantahalay IN. \@o.s.. eiec ks ok lees eee eee Slee ees
ile, (Gireaeqe thie (Ce ms: Seacrest oan ea ec
Mee emO crustal eit Ack, oes cae. kn caleciaa es eiainc vse sseeaedeea ees
SC aitez TETSE Se iS os eo
Memeteseetitrem Garland (COAT). cis ies sons cisuetieicccs seat alviecneseadeee
SRP Mra Coe IOP ITs NNO lc spasoccrtcie ies wile ols oinc'e.e elecors aie cle o'eieielaveyels #lejmisicie
MiPneisite on sphalerite, Jopliny Mot... . 2... cece esse esc s nescence.
Sobre Mini i osensere (loa Oh on ee ae a ea ce cere
Purine CPCOUE mma VVALSAW lll. 2.8. s sce eeiare oie Oe Sue oS niwiee site apes alors 9

ae eR

Le ee oe

eS eS fe

8&2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Microcline (amazon stone), Pikes Peak, Col........... Pees
Halite, Lincoln co} Neévi2 sees oo eee
Proustite and! stephanite, Lander co. Nev.) 5.5.25. 02 eee
Wulfenite, Nevada iv...) sdeetussan oes eee
Galena, Utah

01.0.8, 08 (ee: © [6-0 (a0 (a) « ‘00, (0: \e'(e\e" ¢ 0; © [v\le/ 6 |e) 0s | © /e\{o) (0) ee) «in| (elfellaniote/iniintiaiieneiteientene

Tetrahedrite, California
Quartz (geyserite), Yellowstone Park, Wyo..+4 0058 -eeeee
Wultenite; “ Yumia co, vAtiZ 2. d-o00c sens 2 oe ee

© 0, ©) 0 e\(ejie| 0) s' 0 0.6 (0 0/0 © (00 » 2 =e 0 (0 elle) © Jee ee sis! a) \aliule) aliutalinlaicunl

Malachite, Bisbée, Ariz.v0 i. 20 ase oe ine eee
Chrysocolla; Toe) (Pil iek2hacd fs Leute oe eee
Calamine | Woche 4 eee ene acinee sone seb ower eniseie. oa
Beryl (large), Loc. 2 i. j26.chsdn es cok soe eee
Quartz & chalcedony; Loc: 220. -ose05. 2.0. 3. o- oe
Quartz (large); Loc. °?.. A.C aes ae cee eee
Wavianite: Ic06! <2 jain att oar oe eee ne Fiese) CCopemaae

(Seta ea el al Pett beth tat tat Tel) pes] 1S)

Ll

Collection

Assistant in Economic Geology
Gypsum, ‘Garbutt .3....2024.50 Sis. awe dou oe 15

Mineralogist
Serpentine pseudomorph after garnet (loose crystals), Saratoga....... its
Serpentine pseudomorph after garnet in matrix (large), Saratoga..... 8
Serpentine pseudomorph after garnet in matrix (small), Saratoga.... 10

Garnet-in gneiss, Saratoga. 3.2.2.2 oc cndis ces Jone ee 4

BOTANY
Plants added to the herbarium

New to the herbarium

D. hamamelidis Fairm.
D. tamariscina Sacc.
Dothiorella divergens Pk

Ascochyta solani-nigri Diedicke
Belonidium glyceriae PR.
Biatora cupreo-rosella (Nyl.) Tuck.

Bidens tenuisecta Gray

Boletus viridarius Frost
Carduus crispus L.

Chaenactis stevioides H. & A.
Ciboria luteo-virescens R. & D.
Clitocybe candida Bres.
Cortinarius subsalmoneus Kauff.
Crataegus brevipes PR.

C. efferata S.

C. letchworthiana S.
Diplocladium penicilloides Sace.
Diplodia cercidis E. & E.

Epipactis tesselata (Lodd.) Eaton

Fenestella amorpha E. & E.

Hypholoma boughtoni P&,

H. rigidipes PR.

Leontodon nudicaulis (L.) Banks

Ligusticum scoticum L.

Lophiotrema hysterioides E. & E.

L. littorale Speg.

Marasmius alienus Pk.

Melanopsamma confertissima
(Plowr.)

Microcera coccophila Desm.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 83

wa Bitidotis irregularis (Schw.) Che. Puccinia epiphylla (L.) Wettst.
- Monolepis nuttalliana (R. & S.) Ribes triste albinervium (Mv-x.)
_ Morchella crispa Karst. Rubia tinctorium L.
EM. pe Pes DC. Rumex pallidus Bigel.
_ Nardia crenulata (Sw.) Lindb. © dismalings: anemia IL
N. hyalina (Lyell) Carr. Septoria sedicola Pk
Peridermium strobi Kleb. : pate
Solidago aspera Ait.

Pezizella lanc.-paraphysata Rehm S : dj “fol;
Phaeopezia fuscocarpa (EB Ge Ee ) Pp See raat tie 2 ium Graebn.
Stachys sieboldii Mig.

Pholiota aurivella Batsch
Phomopsis stewartii Ph. Stephanoma strigosum Wallr.

Picris echinoides L. Trametes merisma Pk.
Polyporus giganteus (Pers.) Fr. Verticillium rexianum Sacc.
_ Psilocybe nigrella Pk. Volvaria volvacea (Bull.) Fr.

ENTOMOLOGY
Donation
Hymenoptera

Cockerell, T. D. A. Boulder, Col..Sphecodes fragariae Ckll.,
wEsopiitac ck var, Halactus serophulartra, Ckll, Au-
Soeckwlora neslectula Ckil Andrena prunorum gil-
letti Ckll, Panarginus cressoniellus CkIll., February 16

Rohwer, S. A. Boulder, Col. Steniolia obliqua Say, Trypoxy-
totecrecidum sm, EPhyreopus latipes Sm Andrena
géranii Rob, A. porterae Ckll, A. prunorum CkIl, Nomada
Emiiamsiana Chil, Osmia fulgida Cress, Dianthidium
parvum Cress, Megachile pugnata Say, Ceratina neo-
mextcada Chi Melissodes obliqwa Say, M.: agilis
Cress, Anthophora simillima Cress., November 12

Batly, Miss M. A. Schaghticoke. Xylocopa virginica Dru,
large carpenter bee, adult, June 28

Doubleday, Page & Co. New York. Agapostemum viridula
Fabr., solitary digger bee, adult, from Rutland, Vt., July 9

Patterson, O. D. Richburg. Thalessa atrata Fabr., black long
sting, adult, June 24

Hasbrouck, Miss L. M. Ogdensburg. Rhodites rosae Linn., rose
bedegar, gall on rose, July Io ;

Brost, HL. & Co. White Plains. Andricus clavula. Bass., oak
tip gall on white oak, October 23

-Goldmark, Miss Josephine. St Huberts. Lophyrus lecontei
Fitch, pine sawfly, larvae on pine, July 31 ;

‘Huested, Percy L. Rochester. Emphytus cinctus Linn. coiled
rose slug, larva on rose, January 30

Thomson, J. A. Rochester. Amauronematus azaleae Marlt.,
larvae on azalea, June 8

Livingston, J. H. Tivoli. Kaliosysphinga ulmi Sund., elm leaf
miner, larvae on elm, June 7

Thomson, J. A. Rochester. Same as preceding, June 17

84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Thompson, Miss Rhoda. Ballston Spa. Lygaeonematus erich-
sonii Hart., larch sawfly, larvae on larch, June 28
Hoover, D. D. Syracuse. Tremex columba Linn. pigeon Tre-
mex, adult, September 13
Closson, R. Addison. Same as preceding, adult on maple, Septem-
bere22
Coleoptera

Forest, Fish & Game Commission. Hylesinus aculeatus Say,
ash bark beetle, adults, eggs and larvae on ash, from Cornwall, May 18

Levison, J. J. Brooklyn. Eccoptogaster quadrispinosus
Say, hickory bark borer, larvae on hickory, October 28

Hoover, D. D. Syracuse. Eccoptogaster rugulosus Ratz
hickory bark borer, adult and larvae on hickory, September 17

Roach, Paul. Quaker Street. Pomphopoea sayi Lec. Say’s
blister beetle, adults on rose, June 28

Niles, T. F. State Department of Agriculture. Epicauta ? punc-
ticollis Mann., blister beetle, adults, from Chatham, July 24

Norris, E. B. Sodus. Disonycha pennsylvanica II, adult
on apple trees, March 31

Zabriskie, George. Nissequogue, St James, L.I. Galerucella
luteola Mull. elm leaf beetle, larvae on elm, July 12

Forest, Fish & Game Commission. Same as preceding, from Green-
port, July 8

Fish, J. H. Greenport. Same as preceding, July 14

Delafield, Mrs Albert. Greenport. Larvae and pupae of preceding,
August 18

McKensie, P. B. Northport. Same as preceding, July 23

VanClefe, John O. Oakdale. Same as preceding, July 26

White, E. M. Sag Harbor. Same as preceding, August 5

Simpson, C. L. Amsterdam. Same as preceding, August 24

Miller, Mrs W. S. Boonville. Trichius affinis Gory, adult,
July 15

Chatfield, Frederick. Troy. Euphoria inda Linn, flower beetle,
adults, September 21

Schaible, G. C. Brooklyn. Macrodactylus subspinosus
Fabr., rose beetle, adults, June 19

Lindquist, F. Brooklyn. Same as preceding, June 21

Blunt, Miss Eliza 8. New Russia. Chalcophora liberta Germ,
smaller flat-headed pine borer, adult, June 3

Country Gentleman. Phengodes plumosa _ Oliv. larva, from
Ridgefield, Conn., August 9

Nash, C. W. Toronto, Can. Asaphes decoloratus Say, larvae
killed by a fungus, Cordyceps acicularis Rav. (© caro lume
ensis B. & R,, Ravenel’s Exsiccati) November 27

Patterson, Mrs J. D. Pattersonvillee Alaus oculatus Linn. owl
beetle or eyed elater, adult, June 23

Hepworth, J. A. Marlborough. Silvanus surinamensis Linn,
saw-toothed grain beetle, adult in flour, April 20

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 85

inchester, Milo F. South Amenia. Anatis ocellata Linn,
rva, pupa and adult on apple, July 1
tris, S. B. Upper Saranac. Nomius pygmaeus Dej., August 21

Diptera

Brisbin, C. E. Schuylerville Rhagoletis pomonella Walsh,
many adults on apple; R. suavis Loew, adult on apple, September
= TO
‘Baldwin, L. F. Albany. Bombyliomyia abrupta Wied, adult,
August 25
Clarke, Miss Cora H. Numerous Cecidomyiid galls were received from
- Boston and Magnolia, Mass. and a number of new species reared from
_ the material contributed. [See Econ. Ent. Jour. 1909, 2:286-93]
Alexander, C. P. Johnstown. A number of Cecidomyiids were re-
_ ceived during the season.
Dimmock Dr George. Springfield, Mass). Rhopalomyia hirtipes
a O. S., numerous subterranean galls on Solidago, September 2
Packard, Winthrop. Canton, Mass. Sackenomyia packardi
_ Felt, larvae in willow shoots, April 15 :
Webster, Heaives \Washineton, Dir € liasiteptera.tripsaci Felt,
_ adults reared from Tripsacum dactyloides, from Texas
Nash, George V. Bronx Park, New York. Cecidomyia opun-
_tiae Felt, reared from Opuntia leaves
4g _A number of other gall midges have been received from various parties
-and will be duly acknowledged in subsequent descriptions or discussions
of the species.
a Lepidoptera

Call, Miss Emma S. Northport. Sphecodina abbotii Swain,

_ Abbot’s sphinx, larvae on woodbine, July 30

_ Openhym, Mrs A. St Huberts. Same as preceding, August 12

_ Bell & Smith Nursery Seed Co. Castleton. Deilephila lineata

_ Fabr., white lined sphinx, moth, September 11

@eonuits, Ezra. Fort Plain. Sphinx drupiferarum Sm. & Abb.,

plum sphinx, adult, June 7

Fitch, H. H. West Winfield. Sphinx chersis Hubn,, ash sphinx,

— adult, July 26 :

Delafield, Mrs Albert. Greenport. Halisidota caryae Harr. on

elm, August 18

_ Slade, George P. New York city. Heliophila unipuncta Haw,

army worm, larvae, from Oakdale, June 17

_ Frispell, Dr C. W. Shelter Island Heights. Heliothis armiger
Hubn., corn worm, larvae on corn, October 19

Baxter, Jarvis W. Adams Corners. Melalopha inclusa Hubn,

3 poplar tentmaker, larvae on poplar, August 2

_ Dillingham, E. Ogdensburg. Notolophus antiqua Linn. dark
_or rusty tussock moth, larvae, June 29

Burbank, Charles. LaGrangeville Tolype velleda Stoll., larch
lappet, larva, July 23 :

86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Emans, Ernest. LaGrangeville. Paleacrita vernata Peck,

spring canker worm, larvae on apple trees, May 31 q
Floyd, Augustus. Moriches. Alsophila pometaria Harr., fall
canker worm, adults, November 30 and December 2

Jackson, Mrs A. M. A. Warner. Acrobasis larvae on hickory, June 12

Huested, P. L. Blauvelt. Archips cerasivorana Fitch, ugly nest
cherry worm, nest, July 17

Bailey, G. A. Syracuse. Tortrix fumiferana Clem, spruce bud
worm, adults, July 21

Lohrmann, Richard. Utica. Same as preceding, July 22

Fitch, F. A. Randolph. Coleophora fletcherella Fern., cigar
case bearer, larvae on apple, June 16

VanClefe, John O. Oakdale. Coleophora limo sipennella
Dup., European elm case bearer, cases and adults, August 4

Latham, Roy. Orient Point. Antispila nyssaefoliella Clem., —
larvae and work on pepperidge, September 25 -

Corrodentia

Burnham, S. H. Vaughn. Psocus salicis? Fitch, nymph in house,
November 4 i
Hemiptera

Cook, Paul. Troy. Enchenopa binotata Say, 2-spotted tree
hopper, egg masses on bittersweet, August 25

Gillett, J. R. Kingston. Belostoma americanum Leidy, ‘elec-
tric light bug, adult, October 26

Thomson, J. A. Rochester. Le ptobyrsa explanata seems
lace-winged bug, larvae on Rhododendron, June 8

Huested, P. L. Blauvelt. Same as preceding, adult, July 5

O’Mara, J. F. Cornwall. Aleyrodes citri Riley & Howard, white
fly on orange leaf, from Florida, June I5

Livingston, J. H. Tivoli. Ph yllaphis fagi Linn, woolly beech
leaf aphis, adults on beech, May 15

Huested, P.L. Blauvelt’ Chermes strobilabpin s Kalt., spruce
gall aphid, galls on spruce, May 3

Ray, Mrs George W. Norwich. Chermes Pini con tileiseebited
pine bark aphid, adults on pine, March 30

Breithaupt, E. & W. G. Phoenicia. Same as preceding, adults and eggs on
balsam, September 11

Livingston, J. H. Tivoli. Adults of preceding on pine, September 14

May, William B. Irvington. Chermes abietis Linn., spruce
gall aphid, galls on spruce, March 8

Pettis, C. R. Lake Clear Junction. Same as preceding, August 14

Witherbee, F. S. Port Henry. Phylloxera caryaecaulis
Fitch, hickory gall aphid, adults and young on hickory, June 30

Ackley, Henry. Cambridge. Pemphi gus vagabundus Walsh,
galls on poplar, July 30

McCulloch, C. H. Schenectady. Same as preceding, August It.

Ackley, Henry. Cambridge. Pemphigus populi-transversus
Riley, galls on poplar, July 30

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 87

Donan, W. C. LeRoy. Colopha ulmicola Fitch, cockscomb

Im gall on elm, July 19

es, H. W. State Department of Agriculture Schizoneura

mericana Riley, woolly elm leaf aphid, adults on elm, from Rye,

July 6 ©

; Graves, Mrs H. D. Ausable Forks. Same as preceding, June 25
Foulk, Theodore. Flushing Lachnus dentatus LeBaron, adult

on willow, September 23

jones, H. G. Dunkirk. Callipterus ulmifolii Monell, elm

leaf aphid, badly infested leaves of elm, June 29

‘Thomson, J. A. Rochester. Psyllid, June 17

‘Menand, L. Albany. Chrysomphalus dictyospermi. Morg,,

_ Morgan’s scale, all stages, abundant and causing serious damage on

palm, December 28

Livingston, J. H. Tivoli Eulecanium tulipiferae Cook, tulip

tree scale, adults on tulip, September 14

VanAlstyne, H. Chatham Center. Coccus hesperidum Linn,

soft scale, young and adults on begonia, December 12

Dummett, Arthur. Mt Vernon. Phenacoccus acericola King,

is false maple scale, young on maple, November Io

Thomson, J. A. Rochester. Pulvinaria vitis Linn., cottony maple

scale, adults on maple, June 21

_Huested, P. L. Blauvelt. Gossyparia spuria Modeer, elm bark

louse, adult on elm, from Catskill, June 21

_ Foley, Miss Frances. Cornwall. Aulacaspis rosae Sandbg., rose

scale, eggs on blackberry, April 22

Niles, T. F. State Department of Agriculture. Aulacaspis pen-

_ tagona Targ., West Indian peach scale on Prunus pseudo-

_ cerasus, from New Rochelle

_ Gibson, Arthur. Ottawa, Can. Chionaspis pinifoliae Fitch,

pine leaf scale on spruce, January 5
_Foulk, Theodore. Flushing. Same as preceding, on Austrian pine,

September 11

_ Richmond, Charles A. East Aurora. Aspidiotus forbesi John,

é on apple, November 6

_ Cunningham, Thomas. Vancouver, B. C. Aspidiotus ostreae-

- formis Curt. on apple, pear and plum, October 29

Burt, A. C. Owego. Aspidiotus perniciosus Comst., San

___. José scale, adults on apple, April 10

a Smith, A. J. Rexford Flats. Same as preceding, June 1

_ Windsor, Mrs P. L. Austin, Tex. Very kindly determined -by E. P.

_ VanDuzee, Buffalo. Draeculacephala reticulata Sign, Del-
Eocephalus sonorus Ball, D. flavicosta Stal., D. nigri-
maoms Korbes, D. obtectus O. & B.. D. inimicus Say,
Xestocephalus pulicarius VanD, X. brunneus VanD,,
mmbebtiac i Strobt Mitch. EE. stricta Ball, Acinopterus

-acuminatus VanD., Phlepsius spatulatus VanD., Athy-
sanus exitiosus Uhler, Platymetopius near loricatus
VanD., Scaphoideus consors Uhler, typical, S. immistus
Mwely pikocypa vilmerata Fitch, Tr. comes Say, VT. sp.
Mmtetriiaseilata), Cc. comes var..vitis Harr, ~ I tri-

88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

cimcta Fitch, Qliarus complectus Ball, Pissonotus —

delicatms VanDi, P. basalis VanD.j atier Van. D. 2%
Liburnia pellucida Fabr. ?, L. consimilis VanD., Empo-
asca mali LeBaron, E. flavescens Fabr., E. sp. new, Bal-
clutha abdominalis VanD. ?, Nysius minutus Uhler,
Reuteroscopus ornatus Reut, Atomoscelis Seriatus
INGwE, PB
Orthoptera

Appleby, Lansing. Clarksville Oecanthus niveus DeG, snowy
tree cricket, eggs on raspberry, April 3

Thompson, J. A. Syracuse. Periplaneta americana Linn.,
American cockroach, adult, April 10

Adams, Louis H. Canandaigua. Mantis religiosa Linn, Euro-
pean Mantis, egg mass, February 15

Thysanura

Jackson & Perkins. Newark. Achorutes nivicola? Fitch, very
abundant on sand, April 8
Isoptera

VanDenburg, M. W. Mt Vernon. Termes flavipes Linn., white
ants, adults, April 19
Exchange

Hymenoptera

Tucker, E.S. Manhattan, Kan. Trypoxylon carinifrons Fox,
Polistes minor Beauy.

Coleoptera

Berosus subsignatus Lec, Psyllobora taedata Lec,
Conotelus stenoides Murr, Scaptolenus lecontei
Salle) Photinus benignus Lec. Lobetus abdominalis
ec

Diptera
Beskia aelops Walk, Sturmia distincta Wied, Sarco-
phaga assidua Walk, S. quadrisetosa Coq, Pseudo-
pyrellia comicina Fabr. Pachycerina clavipenmuis
Coq.

Lepidoptera
Chlorochlamys phyllinaria Zell, Loxostege mancalis
Led, Lineodes integra Zell, Crambus teterrellus Zink,
C. mutabilis Clem, Saluria tetradella Zell, Pterophorus
inquinatus Zell, Platynota nigrocervina Wals. Ana-
Phora popeanella Clem.

Purchase

Kny-Scheerer Co. New York city
House fly, Musca domestica Linn. (x 30), model
Malarial mosquito, Anopheles, dissectible model of head (x 800)
House mosquito, Culex pipiens Linn. dissectible model of head
(x 800)

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909

ZOOLOGY

Donation

Mammals
Alexander, Charles P. Johnstown. Say’s bat, Myotis subu-
entALIES Ie (Sasya) SoS KAT es sorae cee. Sion biec ararotsd so nia.e Apelor seater eee
Baumer, J. H. Cedar Hill. Virginia deer, Odocoileus vir-
Pee sh ChOudaert), £OSsil Skully ccs kaw ciceas voces oem eee
Scace, William. Schenectady road. Otter, Lutra canadensis
SVELLIRSTDEIP ICES cere ee eR ne aa Re

Woodruff, E. S. Albany. Raccoon, Procyon lotor (Linn),
EIL 25 5 a SRE Reine Gr coerce RUE Sle ic ea Par ea ar
Birds

Alexander, Charles P. Johnstown
White-winged crossbill Loxia leucoptera Gmel., skins....

Reepilereca mt hiseliinar ia Chinn ie skine 2. o es sce be eee eae eS
Bincusiskin, Spinus pints CWilson), skins. oo. c..e..00. 00...
Nashville warbler, Vermivora rubricapilla (Wils.), skin..
Yellow warbler, Dendroica aéstiva (Gmel.), skin.............
Black-throated blue warbler, Dendroica caerulescens
Gr ES Kattan teste cece ahs Acie ee ee Sle aes se eimene aea'e'd so Se ee
Chestnut-sided warbler, Dendroica pennsylvanica (Linn),
SIE Sat ee de SRS Nit as AE CR lear
Eme warbler, Dendroica vigorsii (Aud.), skin. ........5..
Mourning warbler, Oporornis philadelphia (Wils.), skin..
Maryland yellowthroat, Geothlypis trichas (Linn.), skin.....
Wilsen’s warbler, Wilsonia pusilla (Wis.), skin.........
Canadian warbler, Wilsonia canadensis (Limnn.), skin.......
Delavan, Dr E. H. Round Lake. Four-legged chicken, spec......
Diumm, Jimmy. Albany. Canary, Carduelis -canaria
(Linn.), skin .............. bee e cence eee e teen eee e ee ee eee e tenes
Friend, William. New Baltimore. Turkey vulture, Cathartes
Pic SIe Unie eC itt toma lis e(Wied.), (SKIN... 6c b.06. cwenen ae ote ve

Forest, Fish & Game Commission. Albany. Wood duck, Aix
EPDOMS A ACL TS Galilean Soci ao COE ROE DG Ae REO Oe Orne nea o pr
Hall, Charles. Albany
American goshawk, Astur atricapillus (Wilson), skin........
Red-shouldered hawk, Buteo lineatus (Gmel.), skin..........
‘Helm, Harry. Sharon Springs. Four-legged chicken, spec........
Klein, A. J. Albany
Water turkey, Anhinga anhinga (Linn.), skin................
Florida cormorant, Phalacrocorax dr tews floridanus
(UASTEGIS) lee SIRIEMIS cass aiske ee Sic EEC Ca anne oe a Pree
Red-shouldered hawk, Buteo lineatus (Gat ) Slkiniies fetes
Peiehe maw lo Saini ae ua lia AGEOM, SKitls <<<. sil nace ae dee ent aes
Short-eared owl, Asio flammeus (Pontop.), skins...............
Leighton, Henry. Albany
Eved polbe nc den teains ola nea 1a, - (Linn, ) “Skins... «sc <ebcceosece po
Eiie Siskin as. pam sup rma Ss: (Wils:)), skin. 2.2... ...0oee chess cs vee

go : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Parker, A. C. Albany

- Phoebe, S/atyolg nus p hioveib en @eath)) ec cStian s es eee 4
Fish crow, Corvus 20:8 s1 fara 2 Ss Waals) Neogene I
Red-winged blackbird, Agelaius phoenicius (Linn.), eggs.. 4
Bullock’s oriole, [cterus bullocki (Swains.), 68 8S ilgie ehaeeee 6
Red-eyed vireo, Vireosylva olivacea (Linn.), eggs...... MEE ee. Si
Maryland yellowthroat, Geothlypis trichas (Linn.), eggs..... 3
Long-billed marsh wren, Telmatodytes palustris (Wils.),

OMS. oe a DES cielo eae dk rig he MeL Se 2
Woodthrush, Hylociehia mustelina’ (Gmel))veccsha ees 4
Fishes
Bean, Dr Tarleton H. Albany
White bass; Roceus chrysops (Rat) espec eee 3
New York Aquarium. New York
Drum, Pogonias cromis® (linn.), specs. ...:5.. eee eee I
Sunfish, En pomotis. gibbosus (Guinn) spec... see 5
Perch, Perca flavesiens (Mitch) spec. 3... coon eee 5
Pearl roach, Abramis crysolencas roses Bean asnceueee 5
Reptiles

Klein, A. J. Albany. Python, Python sebae Gmel., skull... 1

Batrachians
McCann, Mr. Albany. Bullfrog, Rana catesbiana Shaw,spec. 2

Crustacea

Alexander, Charles P. Johnstown
O naisicms: ase las! Binns spec situs Sacer eae eee
Cyclusttcus conwexus (De Greer) specha-- eee I
Metaponorthus pruinosus (Brandt), spec.s.sssseeee 2

Anonymous. Limulus polyphemus inn. *.-.----.- eee I

Arachnida

Alexander, Charles P. Johnstown
Prothesima ecellesisiastica = (CElentz)) = specsese eee I
Gniap hiois.a) scion spies aie shore specs eeeeree RE Ce At I
Cluwbion a: riba: Keys, “specs: shen. 25. c eee i
TPheridium fhreomidie was kentz specs. c- sone eee I
Steatodes bomealase @elentz) = specs... c5- Coenen I
Lyniphwia ansien is. Blackw. ispecsc-5-: .) soot eee I
L. manda bablatiay imitans ee eee I
L.. pler ye va nia MWoch! “spect sch akin cea. > eee eee I
E ped ra idieiet patems) Pitch ispecssmeecce ace eee eee 3
E. pairv udiae -Kidyss specie ieee te eet oe ee eee I
E. sclopetardaa.(Glerck)saspecseesses tenes eee eee 2
E. stellata l@Walek) specs k asics oe ee eee 2
E. trifold ium Bentz. cspecesee neon ee eee eee eee 4
EB. trivitt ata Meysie Specamaa in. cer oie ee ae ee 2
Argyroepeira hortonuame blentz) = speces:- 4-2 eee 3

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I90Q

Biiteroepeira radiosa (McCook), spec...........sececeeeees
Meerstieis gulosus Keys.,-spec.........cc-.eceeee 3h ee
eemianadrilineatus Keys., spec............0cceeees Manmeeeee
ennoniidc Moss. Keys., Spec... os. csbcececevccceeeeucaccrenaes
MMMBRICUUE tT ab Us INCVS:, SPCC)... 2. i. kev cece vecneectee ee aemems
m~mentacachne versicolor Keys., spec..........s:0+-c6s-:
MemEtnema vatia -(Clerck), spec. ..oc..l.icecccecs des eevdueors
Mitaawecinia aleatorius (Hentz), spec...........cccecesceeee
Mimmnreiilis duttomi (Hentz), spec.......-....c.scuncecteenecee
PPotOt Gomi ws \F tus Walck., Spec. .i.. icc... scacaessceves
Meet CO Tm atl ids Fmt, “SpeC.:.... 0b. .s se. sek sees vcde cesses
ORCHCT staan bnetltzee SPCCr ec. nc scene lee Recieve ed clase aes dolaetente.s
PRrae eric uit ats LIM I SPECR ce clagcwec acces gcse uve voeweas 6
Mer ardosa pallida Em, spec.:..:....... cd rt Die Sea Pie tne oh
meiolomedes tenebrosus, Hentz, spec............-..c.-s:s
Pmelaveiws priceps— (Peckham), spec. .2.c.2..0cces serve ess
PRIMER Anya ll Se eeMtz, SPCC esc. as savy ceteclodcsteuls selec sade cu ede
PPEeemiiiim: Sic entciim ~(Clerck), SpeC../....c00<.0eceececsees :
Mem BeGinehe mbit merit urs Saye Spee... fc. cocks odes cress cas ees

Myriapoda

_ Alexander, Charles P. Johnstown

Mino taenia fulva Say, Spec..... 6... dosccesscceaceeteceees
Mianemits: TOGiteCatws, Linn. SpéCisa.%.. ac... sce cee ees
PPO Doms Mareinat is ~ Say; -SpeC. o.oo is csece. ce asenass

Mollusca

_ Alexander, Charles P. Johnstown

mec cimes Obliqua tottieriana. Lea, spec. ..........0..0-
meeochliicopa. lubrica (Miller) spec.......5..5-0.000.-6. is
_ Baldwin, L. F. Albany

enenyd ce mila x<im tes' WLintis, Spec. soils so. cs dee w ice ihe esc ae tees.
_ Clarke, Dr John M. Albany

Meeeacina trumcata Gmel,, spec. .....-....:ecccendesceveses
MERC Sie onIOk 11S, MF aT TIs) "SPEC es «5058 ooo.2 ss ced eet oes Se gues
Pega d wa pers pecti va, Say, Spec... 0scic0..ccnedeess
Emo twindata Miller, spec....:-....0-. PR a rea Se tae 0s
Sana avai een lyattes a. Say, SPCC... -200cee.<2+0c0e sees Tao. lees
EPEC Ea ert ata me ye “SDEC eas a cd pace sic s ware Pee deisiece socelaewiss we
MESON Otel tl day Say, SPCC: << ssceecceccs ace wadmesss ongeesdcaussce

Peeves ae tila Ss Pomha:- CMInN.), SPeCagvcs<..0<s+.geeecnsee
mimihidromiis perversws (Linn!), .spec......:...ss.0: iG
@ipiny Sela macmurray i C. B. Adams, spec.....c.s0c--0¢
Emote h vee atae’ Pit, ISPCCi os .c. cass sccderecces sede Svesioaen as
pemactayicdet te Ca Boo Ndanis.-Spec., acacs.sss.-e0ee0008 “loka ecyepuneetie gas
Pe nodombe jamatcensis (Gmel.), spec..i.:..2.sc..5>

BPM ey iG GhersesSay,, SPEC aunts kien. o oa ck secs rceescrgeeeetens :

Hemcancnnrodas candidissima (Drap.); spec... .2.5.0sdsn. a

\o
pa

HW NN He ARR AR RRR ea P RD PRY

92 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Camaena cilcatrosa (Miuller)yspee 4150s
Helicella ericetor um (@vinilen). spec: see Peer o
IE, CH eCSpitiinn IDM. SPDECscocaccescoenc hina
Hygromia rutfescens (Penn), spece....7... 2 eee
Helicigona arbustor um )@einn), specs...
H. la picida “(Ehimn.), “speessec s.r. 3b oe ee eee
He ehix ais pears ay Vitilere specie ene a ee Wagar ieee
H. leucortum castanmea’ Olive..“spec:. 375.32 ee
HM. ligata-gussoneania Shy, spec... i): on ee ee
H. nemor alivs luinttt)4> Specs... s. tnues ach eids ge ee
las DiS amsa Muuller CDEC. sccnoacaccnoes eRe Ns, Goa data:
H. pomatia Linn: specs isi. coe ees ee hlon cs te Coe ee
H. vermaculata Muller, speco..cos..(5 one ee ee ag
Bolin ws spre Ces. sspecs o.6os sins hes oe eee
Archachetina GCamerunen sis (dAully). spec eee
Rumina decollata, CGuinn.), specs: ss... 2.5. - oe eee
Planorbis: cormeus Guinn), Specsss...... 05s
ATi DONTE, COme we evieg Swen, GDECrcascoccsounocccacccce
A. fas¢tatasLinn.. Speen. suis oo sat was se eee
Paludina Vecythotdes “Benson, Spec...45- seas
Ada misvella varia balas (CNdamis)) Spec... -ns eee ee
Lucidellay aywre Olan Chem) Specrsn 4. 26 ion eee Pree ee
Helicina. costata. Gray, Spec. ii... ...28 ooces oe eee
Eig emia Our Gray eS Cea. sar 5 eee yee ecg nee eet diet Gee ee
H: wéeritella® Lam; spec... 3.2 0 Se eee
Purchase
Mammals
Elliott, Joseph. Beaver River
Porcupine) BPrethizon idonsatus (uinn®), skiing. eee

Klein, A. J. Albany
Gray fox, Urocyon cinereoargenteus (Schreber), skin
Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. Rochester
Moose, Alces americanus Jardine, group of mounted
SPECIMUETISNs cacus Seralets sa, clade 6. cow aN eaten hs Ree ee ak cee

Acker, C. F. Conesus Lake
Double-crested cormorant, Phalac rocorax auritus (Less. )

mounted ‘specimen... ¢ 260 vf psi So eee eee
Gowie, W. D. East Greenbush
American bittern, Botaurus lentiginosus “Montaca,

SikettnyS A ihiate See Meee 2 OC ee er Mra er Ey IG 5 m'o' yo. c
White, Peter. Albany
Short-eared owl, Asio flammeus (Pontop-), skin..........

Fish

Sea robin, Prromotts ca to lim ws -(einn)) sspec.= ee

HH DY HH RH DNR PHD HWW HYD FH HY HY ND D HR

SIXTH REPCRT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 93

Collection

Mammals
ae deer, Odocoileus virginanus borealis Miller,

Fantail, Swlwclacsus transitiona lis. (Bangs); ‘skins. 2...
apie 1 rethizon dorsatms (Linn.), skin............0.
hMirrieevlins noepve@icus Erxleben, skins......6.....0c0-0%
mentc. Arctomys monax (Linn.), skins.........:...:.-
poimnake Damias striata lysteri (Rich.): skins..........
mmom mole, Scalops aquaticus (Linn.), skin..........
‘ge brown bat, Vespertilio fuscus Beauvois, skin......
Pieelbaraiuris borealis (Miller), skins........+....--..

DO AH AbD Wb UH HD

Birds

Seeen heron, Butorides virescens (Linn), skin...... aoe
femeColaptes auratus luteus Bangs, skin.......-.......
mmgecorvis brachyrhynchos Brehm, skin...............
Starling, Sturnus vulgaris Linn, skin..... ae TE Sal Pere Serer ae
Pepmierceamthis: linaria (linn), skins....... 0.2.0.0. 0050
American goldfinch, Astragalinus tristis (Linn.), skin.....

HHH WA

pespatrow, Spizella monticola (Gmel.), skin..............
pping sparrow, Spizella passerina (Bechs.), skin........
Pee-colored junco, Junco hyemalis (Linn.), skin...........0..

He AA AAR RA Re fe

bo #

O Packed pee “Hylocichla eet ta swainsoni
mcCab.), Seite er eye arte te Aree cea oY ate anchor Ook Bee ue an raters aan cemerenbaP aes I
Hermit thrush, rigpbavedc Wika guttata palasii (Cab.), skin.

|

Fishes

Sunfish, Eupomotis STE DLO Usp Sen CAMs) op SP CCaatt. etaecrstec acts I
maemeeretcatlavescens (Mitchill), spee...s..:..5.0..8..00% 3
Roach, Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill), spec................ I
a Reptiles

Ring-necked Shake | Diadophiss punctatus (linn), spec....... I
Meter snake, Natrix sipedon (Linn.), spec............0..00005 I
Garter snake, Thamnophis sirtalis (Linn.), spec...........
‘Snapping tustles Chelydta Ssenmpentina (Linn.), spec:.....-.. 2
mainted turtle Chrysemys picta (Schneider), spec............ I

Sp Otted) tortoise, Clemmys Guttata (Schneider), spec..:......- 2

04 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Batrachians
Spring peeper, Hyla pickerin gii (Holbrook),
Tree toad, Hiya, ea si colonies Conte, spec. 2... ee ae
Wood frog, Ran a Sylvatica Le Conte, spec...>.50 ee %
Bullfrog, Rana catesbeiana Shaw,. spec... 5.2. see

POR SRST SUSE ONG 8. 0p wie e:ieheie, a\)i0) ease] sis) #1 6)0).0"e jes} iejrelionlehe, fe tel'afielinlelkayehel act ane eet ne

ARCHEOLOGY

Collection
Burmaster, E. R. Port Jervis site

Jesttit TINGS (2. vee saves eben se lea. odie kn re
Tron Tings 66.2.0 0 sedate. seen se ee

String lareel whiteheads.) ay.) eee ee ee
String small: white beads..:.......0..2.5...5../.... ee

2 arm bands of copper

Brass (buttons 25. 0.02.1.c.ccsssess toate nies re
Hawk bells wosisig tinit laieiai e's ais nleltlnveve alele an arelejuiv iene eg) ale
en ee

Pipe’ bowl 00. Jc asesdesah oes os ee
Parker, A. C.
Gorget, broken. 2.0 ee ee eee
Arrowheads .. . Bog Ona See Donec EocamnresGgcao5°--55----...
Celt eines Leela aia olts 6 vais oh ovate lena) aucune ae inl oue eon Sa ayaves s eneie ena CRE ee

PIPE aia sieieie' sd nce MMR ay A hs Se ees ete eo er

Exchange

American Museum of Natural History. New York
Bannerstone, Ulster co: q7.see ee) eee iS

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ

\O
on

ERAN ESN LGV TI COM. sores sc oss oie x 4 sys sade Het a» disses va eae alee
reget (1 hole, broken) Tuthill township, Ulster co..................
Gorget (2 holes, broken) Grinnell, New Hamburg, Dutchess co.....
Mame NEN VICSTCIICSEeD CO. ccs tce nsf sics coves Gwen ve aces ee eee
ooedexenrKunestons. WISter COs se c.c cc decw vise sce dacsledesecesasece

Mememrmaineiniestowl, WIStCE COs... 8. sein ec seve eee ee ee ele ene tee oe st
Seeeesmmercranmen MULCRESS (COW. secede cnc yee ae dae oe vee welds tines ewe ons

(AEDES cic cs s'n d GsS beet Oe ERE I a a
Betmeiicer Psopus, Ulster CO. oc 5 elke cee cance tenes
aE SIOT ast eee D UTNUNELS HM oc crecats els cage gtd s =i e«cnibis sate ode pwc ene ble cn eee we
Net sinker, Philipstown. .

On HAH WM NN ARR RR eR RR eR Re

>
Lay
cS)
=
uo)
oe
=}
+
7)
HH

ETHNOLOGY

Purchase and collection

Parker, A. C.

Beesennigerspoon, Grand) River, Orit: . 9... cscs cis defecate cece ree ees
eeetaeciin. tor dancing wses-only. 2625.25.06 les ee seve ee usc aeeanecw ds
Seivar club, carved with symbols of clams................4.00.00ceeeees
RECCTeniuconsr Giiskach, SCE (OL... eccce secs ve eevee es cad sanadeats anes
4 Wununished gourd rattles, to. show ProcesS.............202.e00deeneeee
meeTooch said to have been worn by Red Jacket.............0c0....000-

Eee the nc ie a hee Baa Iai sk a a
MCAD MC Wani a fe ates ace Ree oe 'das sane ieee lade sede eas
LE ELE OIG MR dsi Ge Gr Teen perBaeante o Aicht STUN ene ees ene ac Seerta nmr.
Sus lee? CIR OSG DSU Ee Bethesda Geos itera oc ecocn (umn Sa ptonmcn rer =
EMPL HGPRT sc Siac eens Mies GaN arate See ajo Se Se wk Se
ee ae CASTRO MEST GINO 9.7. cial sic 5 A Sets wie os civ niersies ere naa noe Da sm le ce
Preawiies iWlistrauine Seneca: traditions. ......2..2. 0. ees eee eee tee
Bmbeaded ‘caps. .cs. 06... Rees Prt Ia Fae Reon Sona RAILS Or ay atts eee
Meer itarta eadeC cages} isc. ook de Sod c ta Rae olan eed de ek ae nedacieid
sta Nee ee PY ge 8) gical palais Pxjaiesagen eles a ainls «4 disje se ad
TB avlinete GIBART Sigg. oie bene cic CH IeRG iS ele gh oe CNR CR ee ecu pra a ce
Lb DOSIReHS 2 Kee cle el Ae ee mache
Corn baskets, series used for planting, harvesting and sifting.........
Mani OMe iTE Cuts Milan wtrenrtatyadce ese Fie cds sc ville sansle a y's sy alee ele
alse. face <....... peer Me Ret tre 5. <3 Soni as Bes scat ice Gtaraccen aeeee

SLR SRICII A EKG a Qk See SiGe Bt yet ee eae eine rere cr
Mec entten mics kes tm nse ee mee etetsercp sara Wis, oles cfaies sv ara eae Sroie elpiateeesg suave
By irc epi avy tgp als Leper eee «eect etonay fave re. cela elo nies ove's)id abs; anertvey scisen @ ehalasen pate
eptbkeWomnel madetoteelmi pate rong c.f... .n'a faa woe. Vo: ee een
Bark barrel, birch...... Ce crea chon pacha (tie nie Weare chin cen ee tenee eon

o

HH HW DY HH ON HHH HHH RR RP DYN HH DO WH HH

96 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Algonquin -birch ‘bark ‘canoe... >.. 0.2.2.5 +e eee
Paddles’. Sieat mee ene ion ete eRe ee ree Monee PPI ern tns eh 0-0
Indian cornon strings, varieties... ..2...-c ese eee
Indian ‘bread? lise 2. ess cctice nc cieseteyeee iene once oe eee mas
Paddles carved with figurines:) 2.02 -422.0 2 soeeee ee
Baby (moccasins, (pair x.3.. 17. ates tse eae ee eee vay creates
Burdenrstrap) -wovenwor celiis bation aiee see ee Pe cS,
Muskrat! pelt (stretcher a.) sa crne ose selene cia eee MS
Bark’ rattles sccsiite.-cc Re gintaie cle umoleg cher Mls eels ele nen

Burmaster, E. R.

Seneca brooches. 2... 6s edie cicgie a alle nee ee ee

Purchase
Schmid, A. A. Albany
iy Gumbo Opi ID\ohwelni soevaolis s\yralanyiboo oo oacooacacodgadcancndobeuceoencoe
Beaded: ag (on ieiekls Soe sckl aevece ve eue chore wee nes aieccds epee io een a aiepaterae
Speck, Dr F. G. Philadelphia, Pa.
Huron toy bow.) 30.) Salsas o2 2 oh baie aegis a ne er ia
FIUrOm SPOONS soi... ee See eee bie Sok oleae» ovtiere care 4 sels a ope . ag
Dollsa sti. os cei aae Scere enn arama tats 2a ws aisle 6 weer ten aan oa are aeeeRe 2
Beaded’ pockets 0... Tih 3a eeleules oh goed oe eeec cient eee 2 ;
SNOWSHOE MEEM1E 6 circcsigaieigie a whe sla aus ere ae wie. cle nav eee ee eee 19
Snowshoe punchy... o2. bole dea as tw oe bots ees cee Ee eee i”
: a
;
Donation 4
Alexander, C. P. Fonda 4
Pottery, fragments. 4:5. ./cca ate sociale eejols love ans tnelslnnteos|io clea a retaken tena ean 10
AtFOW (POMS. 08) ..c0-slseBe nue as oe ee ee ee oe jie tee 5a
Hutchinson, Hon. Frank. Albany ;
POtSHERGS: <5. scs-aiclale. ¢ op MevatajSeareceleibiny sea sidual aaatagel Meebo lolol ee cao sata Dee ee
Avriiiatall sDOIMES: fas cielorearscevet os cestasacden aloe eae eathnctolen al Obie eee ee eee AA SS
IPA OXSIOt YONui en Parone eee a bee Shor Svaydilesign Slay wy eleva de ep ot oueceh eRe ao Pier
Lee, E. Gordon. Canandaigua
Large adzlike‘celt, fine specimen... 04.2.9. 26 0-5 2 ete I

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 97

™ AGE AND RELATIONS OF THE LITTLE FALLS DOLO-
". MITE (CALCIFEROUS) OF THE MOHAWK VALLEY

BY E. 0. ULRICH! AND H. P. CUSHING

Introduction

_ Ina recent paper Cushing made the following statement about
_ the Little Falls dolomite :?

¥ In the correlation table on a previous page the Little Falls dolo-
| mite (the local name of the supposed Beekmantown of the Mo-
hawk valley) is given as the equivalent of division A of the Cham-
plain valley and of the Theresa formation of the Watertown region.
_ It should be frankly stated at the outset that this is the element
_ in the table whose precise position and relationship is quite uncer-
_ tain. . . Ulrich’s discovery of the unconformity between divi-
sions A and B in the Champlain valley, necessitating the separation
of division A from the Beekmantown formation, at once raised
_ the question as to whether the entire Little Falls dolomite may not
_ lie below the horizon of the unconformity and hence not be Beek-

_ mantown at all, but be properly correlated with division A and the

_ Theresa formation and possibly even with the Potsdam. . . There
_ isasecond doubtful matter connected with the Little Falls dolomite,
namely, whether or not it is a single formation. Vanuxem carefully
distinguished the upper portion of the formation, the so called
“ fucoidal layers,” from the remainder, and he has been followed in
this by most other observers in the district. . . either the bulk
of the Little Falls dolomite is of substantially the same age or else
ok is an undiscovered unconformity between it and the fucoidal
ayers.

During the summer of 1909 an effort was made to gain the
information whose lack was indicated by the quotation above.
Cushing and Ruedemann made a careful, detailed study of the

_ section about Saratoga, following which Ulrich was shown over

the section. Thereafter Ulrich and Cushing studied a series of
sections, commencing at Ticonderoga in the Champlain valley,
= _ passing south to the Mohawk and thence west to Little Falls and
_ Newport. In much of this work Ruedemann also participated.

In the following account of the results of the work, the bulk
of the paper has been written by Cushing, with an occasional
comment or insertion by Ulrich. The section on the “ Strati-
_ graphic position of the Potsdam, Little Falls and Tribes Hill

*Mr Ulrich’s contribution to this paper is published with the con-
sent of the Director of the United States Geological Survey.
“GeO Soe; uaa lish iol AL

98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

formations ” was written by Ulrich, and the final chapter on
oscillations is a joint production. :

The section. The rocks with which this paper is especially
concerned are those heretofore classed as Potsdam and Beek-
mantown (Calciferous). At Ticonderoga we found the ordinary
Champlain succession of these rocks, Potsdam sandstone, grad-
ing up into division A of the Beekmantown through a series of
passage beds, and this followed by the other four divisions of
the Beekmantown, as established by Brainerd and Seelyaiiite
Potsdam is chiefly a vitreous, well cemented, light colored sand-
stone, with some weaker beds with calcareous cement in the
upper portion. The passage beds consist of alternating beds of
vitreous sandstone, calcareous sandstone, and gray dolomites

which are usually somewhat sandy. With disappearance of the q

sandstone beds we pass into division A, chiefly a dolomite forma-
tion, largely of dark gray, finely crystalline beds below, running
up into more coarsely crystalline, very light gray beds above,
which are apt to be full of chert. Though not positive in the
matter we are disposed to believe that Brainerd and Seely tre-
garded the latter as forming the lower portion of their division B.
At all events we find an unconformity at their summit wherever
we have seen the horizon exposed, and we class them with the
darker colored dolomites beneath. Frequent reefs of Cryptozoon,
chiefly C. proliferum, are found in both the dark and light
colored parts of the formation, and the summit is very apt to be
formed of a massive, Cryptozoon reef, often heavily silicified.
Lying on these in the section we measured at Ticonderoga
appear beds which seem to belong to division C. The beds of
dove limestone which constitute the most distinctive part of
division B at Shoreham, Vt. and elsewhere in the Cham-
plain valley are absent in the Ticonderoga section, apparently
because of nondeposition. Division C is followed in order by the
beds of D and E, and the last by lower Trenton, but the suc-
cession is somewhat disturbed by faulting.

Our section at Whitehall exhibited the Potsdam, passage beds
and overlying dolomites, reaching up into the coarse, light col-
ored, upper beds, but the summit and the overlying beds were
not reached. What was seen was exceedingly like the corres-
ponding part of the Ticonderoga section.

Again at Saratoga the section was quite similar, though with
two prominent differences. Instead of the Potsdam grading

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 gO .

pward through passage beds into dolomite, the passage beds
were between it and limestone, which was, in turn, followed by
dolomite. This is the limestone from which Walcott obtained
_ the Saratogan fauna which he described. It seems to us to bea
calcareous phase of the lower portion of the dolomite formation.
_ We are proposing for it the name “ Hoyt ” limestone and regard
_ it as merely a local member of the dolomite. The name “ Green-
_ field” limestone, given to it by Clarke and Schuchert, was pre-
occupied and must hence be replaced.

_ At Saratoga also there is no trace whatever of the beds of the
four upper divisions of Brainerd and Seely’s Beekmantown, B-E
_ inclusive; instead the limestone heretofore called Trenton rests
directly on the dolomite of division A. The Potsdam is thinner
_ than at Whitehall and Ticonderoga, the loss being from the base.
Passing from Saratoga to the Mohawk valley the Potsdam
rapidly thins out to disappearance along with the passage beds,
letting the dolomite down on the Precambric. The dolomite
_ formation, however, remains substantially as before, and is over-
“laid by the more calcareous formation which Vanuxem called the
“fucoidal ” beds. For these we propose the name “ Tribes Hill”
q limestone, restricting the Little Falls dolomite to the beds
_ beneath. The one overlies the other unconformably. The Tribes
_ Hill thins westward and disappears west of Little Falls, letting
_ the overlying Lowville ihmestone down on the dolomite.

The general section then, as we interpret it, is as follows:

Upper divisions of the Beekmantown; un-

- Beekmantown | named as yet
(Tribes Hill limestone

Unconformity

Little Falls dolomite; Hoyt limestone as a local,
basal phase

Theresa formation; passage beds

Potsdam sandstone

_ Saratogan

Historical

It is not intended here to give an exhaustive résumé of the
literature which deals with the district, but merely to NG be
some - of the more capers papers.

IOO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Vanuxem, 1842.1 In reporting on the Calciferous. group in
the third district, Vanuxem distinguished three varieties of the
rock:

The first silicilous, compact, and perhaps a continuation of the
Potsdam sandstone; the second a mixture of yellow sand and car-
bonate of lime, in irregular layers, the mass from whence the name
Calciferous sand rock was derived; and third a mixture of the
Calciferous material, which is usually yellowish, and of compact
limestone, containing also some slaty matter. The action of the
weather gives these layers the appearance of a gothic fretwork.
These materials are often coated over with a greenish shale; and the
whole mass has been designated, in the annual report, by the name of
Fucoidal layers. In the annual reports the fucoidal layers were
separated from the Calciferous sand rock, in consequence of always
observing that they were above the great mass of the latter rock;
overlooking the fact, as it seemed to be of little importance, that
the fucoidal layers were always covered by a few, or more, layers
of the Calciferous rock. A reattention to the subject was caused
by the observations of Dr Emmons in the second district, where the
mass above the fucoidal layers is greater than the one below it; the
combined observations of the two districts showing that the two
constitute a group, in which the fucoidal layers are included, and
therefore a subordinate mass.

Fossils are rare in the Calciferous sand rock, but in the fucoidal
layers there are many individuals, though the kinds are few. Most
of them are peculiar to this rock. .

As a marked difference exists between the Calciferous sand rock
and the fucoidal layers, though they form one group from the in-
tercalation of the latter, they will be treated separately, from the
rule which separates objects which are different.

Comment. The above excerpts, given substantially in Van-
uxem’s own words, show plainly that this excellent observer was.
so impressed with the differences between the two formations
that he described them separately, and likely would not have
classed them together at all, except for the reported con=
ditions in the second district, unfamiliar territory to him. He
noted the differences in lithology and in the fossils, and also that
the fucoidal layers thin out westward, being very thin at Little
Falls.

Emmons, 1842.2 Emmons, in the second district, which in-
cluded the entire east and north sides of the Adirondack region,
found the Calciferous in greatest variety and in greatest thick-
ness. In the Champlain valley he included the lower Chazy in
the Calciferous, and in the lower Black River region, the beds of

*Geola NZ Ye sdeDistwpasOncs:
2Geol, No Yq. 2deDista sp Osa:

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 IOI

attempted to recognize the fucoidal layers in his district, but
states that they lie just above the Potsdam instead of occurring
at the same horizon as along the Mohawk, and it is plain that
the term, as he used it, referred to the passage beds of the
_ Theresa formation, and not at all to the Tribes Hill limestone2
Hall, 1847. In volume 1 of the Palaeontology, Hall describes
and figures a few fossils from the Potsdam sandstone and the
_Calciferous sand rock. The Calciferous forms, with the excep-
' tion of Lingulepis acuminata which is from the basal
part, and of four species found loose, came from the upper part
of the Little Falls dolomite and from the overlying, calcareous
layers (Tribes Hill limestone) along the Mohawk.

Hall, 1884.2. Describes Cryptozoon proliferum from
the Calciferous of Saratoga county, with description of the genus.
_ Walcott, 1879-91.2 Ima series of publications Walcott refers
the Potsdam sandstone to the Cambric, describes the fauna from
the Hoyt limestone, and recognizes it as Cambric, though re-
ferring it at first to the Calciferous. He regards the Hoyt
limestone as a local, calcareous phase of the upper part of the
' Potsdam sandstone and states that Lingulepis acu-
_minata ranges up into the Calciferous sand rock, and that a
4 species of Ophileta ranges down into the Potsdam. He draws
the line between the Cambric and Lower Siluric north of the
Adirondacks between the Potsdam and the Calciferous sand
rock; about Saratoga in the lower part of the dolomite above
the horizon of the Hoyt limestone. |
Comment. Walcott’s work was, of course, a great advance over
everything that had preceded. We differ from his conclusions
_ chiefly in regarding the Hoyt limestone as on the horizon of the
_ basal portion of the Calciferous rather than of the upper part
of the Potsdam; in holding that substantially the same fauna
_ characterizes the upper Potsdam, passage beds, and lower por-
'-tion of the Calciferous; and in classing the whole of the Cal-
_ ciferous of the Saratoga region and all of the Calciferous of the
_ Mohawk valley, except the part here distinguished as the Tribes
_ Hill limestone, with the Potsdam as Saratogan.

BOP. \Cit. p.270.

7N. Y. State Mus. 36th An. Rep’t Nat. Hist. pl.6, description.
PNY. State Mus. 32d An. Rep’t.

SCIEMES, 323037. a.

U. S. Geol. Sur. Bul. 30, p. 21-22.

U. S. Geol. Sur. Bul. 81, p. 205-7, 341-47, 363.

_ Stones River age, since separated as the Pamelia limestone. He

102 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Brainerd and Seely, 1890.1. In a most important paper Brain-
-erd and Seeley give results of the first careful and detailed study
made of the Calciferous of the Champlain valley, disclosing its
great thickness and its considerable fauna. They distinguish
five subdivisions of the formation which they call divisions A-E,
inclusive, and map several of the most important areas in detail.
The work on the whole was well done and has formed the basis
for all subsequent discussion of these rocks in the Champlain
valley.

Prosser and Cumings, 1896-1900. In two publications are
given a series of carefully measured sections with discussion,
from Trenton Falls on the west through the Mohawk valley to
the Saratoga region on the east. The thickness of the Little
Falls dolomite in the Mohawk valley was made known for the
first time and, following Vanuxem, the fucoidal layers were care-
fully distinguished from the dolomite beneath.

Cleland, 1900-3." Announces discovery of an abundant fauna
in the Mohawk valley Calciferous (fucoidal layers) which is de-
scribed, and the horizon traced from Fort Hunter and Tribes Hill
to Little Falls with collection of fossils at several points.

Cushing, 1908.4 Gives a genera! description of the section in
Jefferson county, describing the Theresa formation—a_ thin
series of passage beds and following magnesian limestones —
which directly overlies the Potsdam sandstone and is uncon-
formably overlain by the Pamelia formation, of late Stones
River age. The Theresa formation was so thin and so litholog-
ically similar from base to summit, that it was not suspected
that more than one formation was represented by it. This, how-
ever, proves to be the case, as will be later shown. .

It is also argued in this paper that division A of the Beekmantown
more properly belongs with the underlying passage beds and Pots-
dam than with the purer limestones of the remainder of the Beek- —
mantown, and that with this readjustment the upper Cambric
(Ozarkic) and the Lower Ordovicic are separated by an uncon-
formity everywhere in northern New York.

Purpose of this paper
Our comparative study of the region has, we think, made clear
the correlation of the Calciferous of the Champlain and Mohawk

*Am Mus. Nat.. Hist. Bul. 3:1. i
7N. Y. State Geol. 15th An. Rep’t, p-619-50.

N. Y: State Mus. Bul. 34.

Savoie Iu 7S. PS.

*Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 19:155-76.

lleys and seems to us also to show that the Little Falls dolo-

belong with the Beekmantown, either structurally or faunally,
and has been heretofore classed with it simply on the basis of
supposed lithologic resemblance; that it is separated from the

ciation is with the Potsdam, the Hoyt limestone of the Saratogan
region being merely a more calcareous and more fossiliferous
phase of its lower portion, of very local character, rather than a
phase of the Potsdam.

Detailed sections

_ Commencing at Ticonderoga on Lake Champlain the sections
will be given in order, passing to Whitehall, 20 miles south of
_ Ticonderoga; to Saratoga, 35 miles farther and south-southwest
from Whitehall; to Cranesville in the Mohawk valley, 20 miles
southwest of Saratoga; and then west through the valley to
- Little Falls, Middleville and Newport, 35 to 45 miles away.

Section at Ticonderoga

_ Brainerd and Seely have mapped and discussed the Beekman-
_ town section in the vicinity of Ticonderoga. It is but a few
_ miles west of their type locality at Shoreham, and they map all
_ five of their subdivisions of the formation. It may thus be re-
_ garded as giving a quite typical representation of the Beekman-
_ town section of the Champlain valley.t

_ Since our purpose was a detailed comparison of a portion of
_ the section with sections elsewhere, we made no effort to study
the whole in detail. Potsdam sandstone is exposed in the creek
through the village, and commencing 60 feet above the creek
_ level we measured the following section up the hill to the north,
known as Mount Hope, the 60 foot gap probably consisting
_ partly of Potsdam and partly of passage beds:

SECTION JUST NORTH OF TICONDEROGA

: ‘ 3 : Feet Inches
_ 34 Light gray, finely crystalline limestone, to top of

4 SxpPOSUhe aig. iene 2 cco ye BC RS ROMP Ceara REC I 8
SeeeetGtciy ) CAlCATEOUS: SANGSTOME. 00... 60 c. e e ee e oe 7 k

*Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bul. 3:10-14.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9OQ 103

104. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

20

no)

18

17

16

15

Blue gray dolomite; cross-bedded, rather coarse
grained; frequent drusy cavities with calcite and
quartz; very sandy midway with chert pebbles
and lat, ime: stained pebblcse aa emon ar eee

Medium grained, gray, crystalline limestone; many
nodules of crystalline calcite centrally.........

Hard, vitreous sandstone, irregular at base over
the nodular surface of the limestone beneath....

Gray, crystalline limestone, in four beds, finer
orained toward! tOpiessem -lmmcn | \acaeee el eee

‘Gray white sandstone, somewhat calcareous......

Hard, vitreous, whitish sandstone, coarsely ripple-
marked ;abOVeruscs.e: sone ae ae
Gray crystalline limestone, with calcite nodules...
Alternations of thin, slaty limestone and thin seams
of gray, magnesian limestone, much laminated..
Upper half of gray dolomite, lower of dark gray,
OOlitic. ‘limestone ya... aly. chee oe ie eee
Earthy, magnesian, rotten limestone, surface nodu-
larandsot red: coloring. scien ee eae
Dark gray, colitic, magnesian limestone, ovules
Weative ring eplackishe= msi sae sei: aie eee
Fine grained blue limestone, weathering drab;
earthy and somewhat laminar; upper 2 inches
shaly and with nodular surface which weathers
TORE is oetee wha i ee ee ete nt Seg
Similar to that above; very uneven upper surface
with rt inch to 3 inches red, laminar shale as
COWS) BF) USS, O) WMEMNES WO. ss oben vcn son sh oopo eos
Dark gray, oolitic, magnesian limestone, ovules
Alone? DICKIE, jaggcscsdccaneanedas Betis
Blue, earthy, fine grained, somewhat laminar lime-
Stone weatiers drat. cree went i cielste rae eee
Dark blue gray, crystalline, suboolitic limestone;
upper surface is irregular and weathers red.....
Thin, sandy, blue limestone bands with shale part-
ings, and one 4 inch seam of cross-bedded sand-
stone; upper I foot very thin bedded, and red-
cbcite Molds ibimSnlepisS ACMMIMATA...6--
Thin, irregular, shaly limestone, with fucoidal
markings and Lingulepis acuminata....

Feet

If

12

Inches

Io

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 105 .

; : Wie ‘ Feet Inches
Seetard, whitish, vitreous sandstone............5..- 10

13 Dark blue gray limestone, finely crystalline, heavy
% bedded, frequent grains of fine quartz sand.....
BZ Hard, MMe IEheOUS SAaMUShOMe . s/c.tia as oc «+s ole 2 3
ir Dark gray blue, calcareous sandstone, weathering
. to brown, rotten stone, especially above........ 4 4
Io Gray, finely crystalline, somewhat magnesian lime-
stone, with occasional sand grains; thick bedded ;
mppes subtace tipplesmarked .. 0.0.0.6. 0.00 ee. 9 3
Irregular parting of shaly limestone with fucoidal
ANE RITIGA SS 5 car 8 ae ees Cg oe Oa . 2
Gray, subcrystalline limestone, with sparing quartz
grains; lower portion laminated and mottled
ime pee oval lca ty IS sekey evades 02) a1 sible Ws, oh). Saha eek ey 92
7 Dark to light gray, subcrystalline, magnesian lime-
stone; thick bedded; many rounded sand grains;

SY

oO 0

CAleite Modules Mm Upper POTONe s.. lesa... = Wee
6 Gray, magnesian limestone like that below....... I 8
PRMOINCeMNCCM cinta st Watts oie «tine a aele seme ee ag pea etek es 8
4 Gray limestone like that beneath but lighter in
CONGI atE Aaa ee tee ween ae ihe mci inspite ear are aia I
3 Fine grained, finely crystalline, gray, magnesian
limestone, with fine, interrupted black lines; fu-
coidal markings; sand grains abundant on upper
CMGI TOLME WAS SPALSess verdes 2s fetes ete et 8 2
2 Shelly, laminar, calcareous sandstone, with streaks
Cipure sandstone. iucoidal matkings...2...... 3
I Blue, crystalline limestone with occasional small,
rounded sand grains...... EERE Renee eis Sota estas I 3
TL Giall We eS ORs een oc ee rene de 8

This section is on the general horizon of the Hoyt limestone
of the Saratoga section, though including somewhat more than
that, both at top and bottom. It is also the same as the lower
portion of the Whitehall section and shows the beds which are
concealed there. A somewhat unusual feature of it is the dis-
tance upward through which sandstone layers of Potsdam char-
acters run. According to Brainerd and Seely’s map they re-
garded the lower part of this section as belonging to division A
and the upper to B.

100 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

_ One mile to the east of this section is another which shows
higher beds, an additional thickness of about 100 feet being ex-~
hibited. The section is exceedingly similar to that of the upper
portion of the Little Falls dolomite at Saratoga, bluish gray,
finely crystalline dolomite below, often with bad odor when
freshly broken, with many nodules of crystalline calcite, often
drusy, and with coarser grained, whitish, crystalline dolomite
above, with much black chert; the section capped by a massive 6 foot
reef of Cryptozoon, much of which is chert. This is directly
and unconformably overlaid by beds which seem to us to belong
to division C; certainly they have the lithologic character of that
division. These are followed in their turn, going north, by the
beds of divisions D and E.

Discussion. The bulk of this second section is mapped by
Brainerd and Seely as belonging to division B. They describe
the division as follows:

Dove-colored limestone, intermingled with light gray dolomite,
in massive beds; sometimes for a thickness of 12 to 15 feet no
planes of stratification are discernible. In the lower beds, and in
those just above the middle, the dolomite predominates ; the middle
and upper beds are nearly pure limestone,’

We found no dove limestone in the section. Likely the light
gray dolomite is that forming the upper part of our section,
though if it be, we fail to understand the lack of mention of the
chert which we find in it everywhere abundantly. In any case it
is the same horizon which we find everywhere to characterize
the summit of the Little Falls dolomite. In this section it is, as
we believe, in uncomformable contact with division C and this
is followed by the whole of D and E, the two upper members of
the Champlain Beekmantown. Except where eroded away
during the time interval which followed, the summit of the
Little Falls dolomite at Ticonderoga and elsewhere is usually a
Cryptozoon reef, often heavily charged with chert, as is the case
here.

Section at Saratoga

The Saratoga district is considerably faulted; glacial drift is
widespread and often heavy, and a complete, detailed section
can not be made out from study of the surface outcrops. The
Mohawkian rocks rest on an uneven, eroded surface of the dolo-~
mite group, varying beds of each group being at the contact in
the different exposures. The general section is as follows:

SO pect. spe:

ne

SIXTIT REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 “7 Siegen

enton limestone; with usually a small thickness of Black River
limestone beneath

Unconformity

‘Little Falls dolomite; light gray to dark gray, crystalline to
_ suberystalline dolomite, sharply bounded rhombs embedded in
-acement which is more or less calcareous and dissolves away
_ leaving surfaces of sandy appearance; certain layers are full
_ of nodules of crystalline calcite, others are drusy and hold
_ calcite and quartz crystals; black and gray cherts are frequent
% at certain horizons; a Cryptozoon reef occurs in the upper
part of the formation in a dove limestone band; otherwise fos-
sils are very scarce. Thickness at least 150 feet and possibly
me 200 feet

Hoyt limestone member; blackish, suberystalline, pure or only
slightly magnesian limestone alternating with beds of blue and
light gray dolomite; quartz sand grains in some of the beds,
increasing in amount below; in the lower portion beds of calcareous
sandstone and more rarely of quartzose sandstone; contains
-many beds of black oolite, most abundant near the base; con-
tains Cryptozoon, trilobites, gastropods, and Lingulepis
acuminata at many horizons. Thickness 80-120 feet
Passage beds from the Hoyt limestone to the Potsdam sand-
. stone; alternating beds of hard, vitreous sandstone, gray, cal-
careous sandstone, blue or gray, crystalline dolomites and
magnesian limestones, and black, oolitic beds; contain trilo-
bites and Lingulepis acuminata. Thickness 40-60
mee tect :

_ Potsdam sandstone; light colored, vitreous sandstone, with occa-
sional layers of calcareous sandstone in the upper portion, and
more or less coarsely conglomeratic beds at base; thickness
variable because of overlap on an irregular erosion surface of
Precambric rock; from 60 feet to more than 200 feet

So far then as can be told from the surface exposures the
_ thickness of the beds between the Potsdam and the Mohawkian
is from 300 to 350 feet. .

The most complete and continuous section of the upper beds
of the Little Falls dolomite seen is that along the roadside east
_ of Highland Park. Here the following section was measured.

108 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

SECTION EAST OF HIGHLAND PARK .

Fee

- 14 Gray, suberystalline dolomite, with a small amount of
calcite cement; great masses of gray to black chert at
summit, and in smaller amount at lower horizons; fre-
quent irregular spots and films of coarsely crystalline

Calcite; £0: fOp OljexPOSURC aren aaa jes) lo ee 7
13 Medium coarsely crystalline, light gray dolomite, con-
taining locally much gray and black chert; somewhat
brecciated along ancient dislocation surfaces, the inter-

spaces now filled by blackish, subcrystalline calcite... 9
12 Laminated layer of light and dark gray, subcrystalline
dolomite, with small nodules of crystalline calcite.... 1

11 Gray white, subcrystalline, hard dolomite, with frequent
drusy cavities lined with dolomite, calcite and quartz
crystals, quite like those in the Little Falls region, the
dolomite crystals having formed first and the quartz
VASE 2 aise eiqaoe ie a ace aaelane-w ee eae wre te ohn he Gc ee 5

The above section is shown in the Maple ave. quarry near the
fault line, at the north edge of Saratoga Springs; from the quarry
the basal layer can be directly traced around to the north along the
hillside to where it comes out on Broadway and forms the upper
bed of the section shown down the hill toward St Clements.

10 Medium coarsely crystalline, gray to gray white dolo- ae
mite, somewhat mottled in appearance, with some cal-
cite cement between the dolomite rhombs; very full of
CHET SE ee elas aces oe baa euduts apne aie 12
g Very massive, gray, granular to subcrystalline dolomite,
full of large and small nodules of crystalline calcite... Io

S-Unexposedi wc irtees aie cee et a ee aw see ee 12
7 Massive layer of gray, granular dolomite with calcite
Spots, quite live! tat above apc. ete 5

6 Dark gray, hard, finely crystalline dolomite, bad smelling
when freshly broken; occasional small cherts, and spots
of crystalline calcite; very massive and irregularly
bedded 5) Sighs. bas genki ace cartons ee eens 10)
5 Somewhat lighter colored than that above, less odor and

with) no-chert, othenwise ssitmilatjapee) same ieee 10

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 109

_ 4 More of the dark gray, evil smelling dolomite, like that
4 above; all is somewhat porous, the voids between the
dolomite rhombs not thoroughly cemented up; there is
always a small percentage of calcite cement.......... at
Bree CGN Ey Pah host G 2 ad acts: fae wales ws wees Re es II
_ 2 Gray, finely crystalline dolomite, lighter colored than that
above and below, very massive, marked with dark col-
Preumines, and, containing some chert, .oi....60. 456s 15
1 Dark, blue gray, porous dolomite, at base of section..... I
119

_ This section terminates at the north in the angle between two
_ branches of a fault, making it impossible to determine what
_ thickness of similar beds may lie beneath. The light gray, crys-
talline dolomites of the upper portion of the section continue on
_ to the south through Saratoga, with likely some additional beds
which do not appear in the section, but the thickness of such
can not be great — probably less than 15 feet. Four miles west
of Saratoga a hill composed of these same beds is capped by a
Gove limestone layer which is a great Cryptozoon reef, and which
_ is likely at a somewhat higher horizon than any bed of the sec-
- tion; but it lies upon light gray, crystalline dolomites precisely
like those which form the upper beds of the Highland Park
section and can not be greatly higher than these.

The best section of the lower beds, Potsdam sandstone and
_ Hoyt limestone, is found along the Adirondack Railroad to the
_ west of Saratoga. It is as follows, the beds being numbered
_ from below upward:

CONSECUTIVE SERIES OF SECTIONS EXPOSED IN CUTS ALONG THE ADI-
RONDACK RAILROAD AND NEARBY QUARRIES BETWEEN GREENFIELD
STATION AND SARATOGA

- 40 Exposures at Hoyt quarry; hard, blue to blue black, sub-
crystalline to crystalline magnesian limestones, largely
of dolomite rhombs with calcareous cement; I foot
from the top is a Cryptozoon reef, and the base is
composed of another, the one shown by the roadside
near the farmhouse, from which Hall originally de-
SenibedueC ry prazoenm proliferum ; the rock is
partly thin, and partly thick bedded; some of the layers

Feet

1m Ke) NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

show coarsely crystalline calcite cement, giving large, a
glittering cleavage faces on freshly broken surfaces;
trilobites, Lingulepis and gastropods are found from
bottom to tOp.. coco ee ne Oe ae eee 25

One third mile north of the Hoyt quarry is another quarry
face by the roadside, capped by the same Cryptozoon layer which
forms the base of the Hoyt quarry section.

: ; 2 Feet Inches
39 Dark blue, subcrystalline, magnesian limestone,

full of Cryptozoon; frequent, black oolitic grains. 1 z
38 Massive beds of blue, finely crystalline magnesian
limestone, with occasional sand grains; trilobite

fragments”. to. 2s iowa os oe eee oe oe 5 5
37 Thin bed of calcareous sandstone, weathering to
brown, rotten (Stone sGas nee tet oe 5
36 Two beds of dark blue, crystalline, magnesian
limestone with occasional sand grains.......... 2 5
25) Ikayer ot dark etay, calcareousisandstones 4495 I 7
34 Layer of light colored, vitreous sandstone, with
films of darker material with calcareous cement 1 3
33 Dark colored sandstone with calcareous cement... 4
12 IO

Four tenths of a mile northeast of this are two considerable
cuts along the Adirondack Railroad in which the following sec-
tion is shown. The hiatus between the two is estimated at 20
feet.

Feet Inches
32 Dark blue, subcrystalline magnesian limestone.... 1 3

2h Bilackishe@olitic dolontiter: meee ae nee ess I 8
20 Dark biwe,- crystalline dolomute,) with vealemne

cement, showing large, lustrous cleavage faces;

holds Lame ul epis Sac i maginyant ace eee Sunes)
29 Black, oolitic dolomite, containing pebbles of mud
limestone, eNel.. oolviy sae se eats serene eee I 8

28 Rotten, crystalline dolomite, calcite cement rap-

(ely wleachinten Olt seis ad eee eee 5
27 Blackish, oolitic dolomite in three beds, the upper

a Cryptozoon bed; frequent sand grains and

many drusy cavities containing quartz and cal-

cite icfystalsy: 2is7 suas Stearate ote ee ene 25 6

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQO0Q JOSIE =

e Feet Inches
26 Easily rotting, crystalline dolomite, calcite cement,

a Bemyeesiiliy, AWOVE ss 2 neces ean we hess ees. 9
25 Hard, light colored, vitreous sandstone.......... I 4
_ 24 Crystalline, bluish dolomite, poorly cemented by

’ SHIGE Gee ea Deo ee ee if 7

E 23 Two massive beds of blackish, subcrystalline,
magnesian limestone, with frequent sand grains,
OMS CMODMWVESLCELY “CU. xo. alse ge cee wes oes ee 4 3
22 Concealed between the two cuts; boundary be-
tween Hoyt limestone and the passage beds to the
4 CSM MMMIANO MC as crite eS ace stom chs Ase vege gart sb npn. « 20
q 21 Rotten, brown, calcareous sandstone, blue when
TSPESID ey Shock Be SA ta eta ca an ee Ine he ieee 8
20 Hard, vitreous, light colored sandstone, banded
_ with narrow streaks of darker colored sandstone

MeMeNGAlCATCOMS CEMENT. 5.0225. 5 sss ce we 2 a
19 Thin bedded, blue, calcareous sandstone, weather-
MCMMOMON AISI Bee es cra ces Me bese aes « )
18 Blue black, oolitic doiomice, frequent noended
quartz grains, many small drusy cavities....... I RB
17 Blue, calcareous sandstone, weathering light col-
Gicdemip per pormrolshaly srs. sc. cares co 5 - I 8
mo Tard, lizht colored, vitreous sandstone....:..... I 6

i5 Thin bedded, calcareous sandstone, somewhat
oolitic, blue when fresh but rapidly weathering
brown-mottled and crumbly, many drusy cav-
ities, with calcite and quartz crystals; abundant
trilobite fragments, constituting the lowest zone

of these so far discovered near Saratoga......... I 3
meivcht colored, vitreous sandstone...:.0...).-.... 2 5
13 Bluish, nodular, finely crystalline dolomite, with a

slight amount of calcite cement, shaly at top

and bottom, with frequent nodules of crystalline

cAciteenoldsekimetleprs acuminata. 2 3
moist colored, vitreous sandstone... 2.0: .....4.. 3
It Gray, banded sandstone, slightly calcareous...... 3 9

Io Alternating calcareous sandstone and crystalline
dolomite, of blue gray color, large nodules of.
CimyStallinevcdlette- tm the latter; base of cutyi7) 3

g Concealed between this and the next cut to the
Caiee AOU o1. SLMani Ah ws eg Pach 8 Re Nairn DO 30

2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

: ; ; ; Feet Inches
8 Hard, vitreous, light colored sandstone, with

darker calcareous sandstone above and below.. 1 8
7 Concealed to brook exposures next east; arbitrary

boundary between passage beds and Potsdam in

the. interval, abouts se e.Ckee to oe 30

Oo’

Light colored, vitreous sandstone, with alternating
layers of darker, calcareous sandstone which

weather rapidly =: 2.0. sa. en ee 30
5 Lisht colored, vitreous sandstone: 1) 14. e eee 15
4: Concealed ye: ai SNe ea eee A
2° hight colored, witreous: sandstones si.) 2
2 Concealed: 25 atte erate oe ae eae 4
I Conglomerate, increasing in coarseness downward,

and reaching nearly to the base of the formation. 10

In this section we find then a thickness of 94 feet, 1 inch of the
Hoyt limestone member of the Little Falls formation, counting
in with it the 20 foot gap between it and the passage beds, with
the summit of the member not reached; beneath it a thickness of
52 feet, 1 inch of what we class as passage beds, counting in with
them the 30 foot gap between them and the Potsdam; and finally
96 feet, 8 inches of Potsdam with the base not reached, though
it is unlikely that as much as to feet lies beneath. We find es-
sentially the same trilobite fauna ranging through a thickness of
at least 100 feet, commencing in the passage beds and continuing
up through the entire thickness of the Hoyt limestone. There is a
measured thickness of 119 feet of Little Falls dolomite above the
Hoyt member in the Highland Park section which shows neither
the base nor the summit. We are, however, disposed to think that
the entire thickness of this part of the formation is not greatly
in excess of this, and that the coarsely crystalline, light colored
dolomite of the upper part of the Highland Park section consti-
tutes the summit of the formation about Saratoga. In the north-
ern part of the village just south of the quarry which furnished
the top of our measured section and close to the fault are a few
thin patches of Mohawkian limestone, resting upon these upper
beds and apparently directly deposited upon them. The Mohawkian
is a conglomerate with many pebbles of the underlying dolomite.
The horizon of this contact is certainly not more than 20 feet above
the top of the quarry section.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I90Q 103

The thickness of the beds that may lie beneath the bottom of
the Highland Park section and the top of the Hoyt limestone mem-
ber in the Hoyt quarry, in other words the thickness of the beds
q belonging between the base of the former section and the top of
the latter, is much less certain, but so far as can be judged from
sections elsewhere the amount is not great. Estimating the Hoyt at
a maximum of Ioo feet and the upper member at about 150 feet,
_ the total thickness of the Little Falls formation in the vicinity of
- Saratoga may be set down as approximately 250 feet. The maxi-
mum may fall a trifle under this figure, but it is quite certain that
- it does not exceed 300 feet. Locally, however, on account of Pre-
mohawkian erosion the thickness may be considerably less.

Meet Rock City Falls, 7 miles west of Saratoga, contact with the
_ Mohawkian is well exposed. Here this Ordovicic limestone rests
upon darker colored dolomites of the Little Falls formation which
seem to belong beneath the coarse, whitish rocks of the upper por-
tion. Midway between Saratoga and Rock City Falls are other
exposures which show Mohawkian limestone resting on similar
beds, though the higher, coarse grained, whitish beds are near at
hand, and in such situation that we can only interpret the exposures
as indicating that the Mohawkian was deposited on an eroded sur-
face of the Little Falls dolomite, beds being absent in some sec-
tions both above and beneath the unconformable line of contact
that are present in others. The evidence seems clear to us that
the whitish summit beds of the Little Falls have been eroded away
locally, the Mohawkian in such cases resting on lower beds.

The lower part of the Mohawkian varies greatly within and in
areas adjacent to the Saratoga quadrangle. As a rule the basal
Mohawkian beds in this region have been assigned to the Trenton,
but, so far as observed, they are in all cases older than the low-
est Trenton in the type sections on West Canada creek. At the
same time, however, the first Ordovicic bed to follow the Little
Falls dolomite, or the Tribes Hill formation and the thin irregular
wedge of Lowville where these are present, is younger than the
‘Watertown limestone (“7 foot tier’) of the Black River group.
In other words, in the area between Saratoga-on the east and say

3 Canajoharie on the west, the post-Lowville Mohawkian begins with

beds that are wanting along West Canada creek and Black river.
At Saratoga a 6-10 foot, heavy bedded crystalline limestone iS
- found either resting on or not more than 5 feet above the top of the
Little Falls dolomite. At Rock City Falls, 6 miles west, this bed

II4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

lies about 30 feet above the dolomite, the basal layers of the under-
' lying interval being unquestionably of the Black River group but
not so low as the Lowville and probably also younger than the
Watertown limestone. The Lowville is represented by 2-4 feet of
beds at Tribes Hill in the Mohawk valley, but here the crystalline
limestone is only 3 to 5 feet above it. The section at this locality
differs further in that it contains an unusual thickness (13 to 18
feet instead of 2 to 10 feet) of somewhat shaly limestone above
the crystalline bed before the Prasopora simulatrix fauna,
with which the typical Trenton begins in New York, sets in. This
irregularly distributed, presumably late Black River formation, in~
tervening between the true Trenton above and the more typical
Black River formations (Lowville and Watertown) beneath, will
be fully described in another paper. Here it will suffice to say that
it wedges out westwardly in the Mohawk valley before reaching
Little Falls. So far as known its maximum aggregate thickness is
about 60 feet, the lower 46 feet of which is exposed at Rock City
Falls. A good thickness is shown also in the section at Glens Falls.

The work of Prof. W. J. Miller on the Broadalbin quadrangle
(next west of the Saratoga quadrangle) in 1909 shows that there
the Hoyt limestone is absent from the section, being replaced by
unfossiliferous dolomites and probably also by beds included in
an increased thickness of passage beds between the dolomite and
the Potsdam.

The well drilled at the Hathorn spring in Saratoga a few years
ago is reported to have begun in the Trenton limestone and to
have passed through some 7oo feet of limestone before reaching
the Potsdam. This is a thickness at least 300 feet greater than the
surface exposures indicate. The well is near a fault and it seems
probable that it crosses a branch of the fault in such wise as to re~
peat a considerable thickness of the limestone.

Section at Whitehall

Whitehall is between Saratoga and Ticonderoga and thus, from
the standpoint of distance, serves as a convenient intermediate point
between the two. The district is much faulted, but a good, con-
tinuous section is afforded from the Precambric up through the
Potsdam and well toward the summit of the Little Falls dolomite,
simply by ascending the hill known as Skene mountain, a fault block
whose summit rises sharply to more than 400 feet above the level
of Wood creek. Walcott has given a detailed section of the Pots-

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 II5

of the dolomites above.t We were more concerned with the upper
part of the section than with the Potsdam and made the following
“measurements down the south face of the hill, where the section
seemed most complete:

_ SECTION OF LITTLE FALLS DOLOMITE AT SKENE MOUNTAIN NEAR

WHITEHMALE, N. ¥.

3 Feet
q 7 Whitish, rather coarsely crystalline dolomite, with a little

chert at summit; this material forms the summit of the
knob eer and is of greater thickness than Io feet,
that being only what is shown where the section was meas- .
iat an ee le Rn PES Ne AS Ohh ee aw oles, oe 10
6 Mostly very finely crystalline, dark gray magnesian limestone
somewhat cherty above; full of irregular seams of more
coarsely crystalline material which weathers less readily
and forms projecting films on weathered surfaces; lower
portion very massive forming high cliff; at base a single

Peto MibcwERAPMeMt WAS, LOUNC a ae ate ceccc advan io css ess = go
5 Very coarsely crystalline, whitish dolomite, somewhat oolitic
and becoming steadily finer grained downward.......... 30

4 Gray blue, finely crystalline dolomite with calcareous cement,
weathering sandy looking, many calcite-filled cavities; at

Base name hy PLOZOON, MO (ZOlMind scale stacth are Bay al ee tees 50
Peelackish, oolitic, magnesian limestone... ......6..00.0-5-- 20
J MI SaSUURES (Coie sel era ea tees aie tarts eee ent ee nar ee 50

I Passage beds: chiefly calcareous sandstone, but with alter-
nating beds of vitreous sandstone and blackish, crystalline,
sandy limestone; only a 15 foot thickness of these shows
on the south face but, followed around to the west side the
full thickness comes in with the large thickness of Pots-
dam underneath which Walcott measured, the dip being
MOORE CASULA ete Aw tas wale ee ta eb elew ee wea 80

ooo

_ This section is much like those at Saratoga and Ticonderoga.
The horizon of the Hoyt limestone is largely concealed, but the
black, oolitic beds above the gap are exceedingly like those as-

*U. S. Geol. Sur. Bul. 81, p. 345.

116 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

‘sociated with the Hoyt. Beds 17 to 24 of the Ticonderoga section
are thought to represent the same horizon. Walcott reports Lin -
gulepsis actuminata in the passage beds. All the upper
portion of the section has the typical characters of the middle and
upper parts of the Little Falls dolomite, but unfortunately the
summit is not quite reached. Loose chert, apparently from the
upper part of the dolomite, found 2 miles northeast of Whitehall,
contains two gastropods and a cephalopod that mark the middle part
of the Ozarkic in Missouri. The same beds there contain trilo-
bites closely allied to those found in the Hoyt limestone near
Saratoga. ;

In the National Museum is a small collection of fossils made by
Walcott from 2 miles north-northeast of Whitehall which contains
a half dozen specimens of the fauna of division D and demonstrates
the presence of at least that member of the Beekmantown. Since
Whitehall is due south of Ticonderoga and much nearer that point
than Saratoga, it is quite likely that other members of the Beek-
mantown were deposited in this region.

Mohawk valley sections

Passing southward from Saratoga to the valley exposures the
Potsdam sandstone rapidly thins and disappears, letting the
passage beds and then the Little Falls dolomite down on the
Precambric. The manner of disappearance seems to us to in-
dicate plainly that the Potsdam vanishes because of overlap,
and that the dolomite of the valley is the direct equivalent of
that of the Saratoga and Ticonderoga sections and wholly above
the Potsdam. The paleontological evidence, so far as it goes, con-
firms this belief.

In the most easterly of the Mohawk valley sections a lme-
stone formation of considerable thickness, the “ fucoidal layers”
of Vanuxem, overlies the dolomite. This limestone is thickest
at the east and thins westward to complete disappearance west
of Little Falls. The published sections of Prosser and of Cle-
land, with the faunal studies of the latter, left no doubt of the
fact of the general persistence and equivalence of both the dolo-
mite and limestone formations throughout the valley, hence our
comparative study seemed to call for sections only at the east
and west ends respectively. We measured and studied sections
at Tribes Hill and Cranesville at the east, and at Little Falls,
Middleville and Newport at the west.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ

SECTION AT CRANESVILLE

19 Irregular, thin bedded, crystalline limestone, with
F Solenopora compacta. and other fos-
SLUS S Gy SaalelaUeS, WNC: oe rasan Se er ge a
18 Thin eed fine grained, sounenrbey argillaceous

DS WSTIELM cca aces 1a SH SNe San ae
16 Massive, blue gray, subcrystalline limestone, often
lumpy, with abundant, subangular limestone
pebbles from the dolomite below; many fossils,
Woltmainania.. Metradium ete.;/0 tO). .-... 0... on.
Bi5 Dove limestone of Lowevalle character, often not

8 Laminar, fine grained dove limestone, mottled
with strings and patches of argillaceous dolo-
mite, suggesting fucoids; contains Eccyliom-
DURES SS eae RRO Ro eee CEA naan oie es eee

Sa Sse SCU ee sho <5 at wre e Mace okt Mage base Sale eg TAs

6 Thin bedded, alternating limestone and shaly lime-
stone, with pure limestone at base; many fos-
sils, chiefly gastropods; base of Tribes Hill.....

Unconformity

hillside between the forks of the road............
4 WES BOS SCL eas ke ese ea a a
3 Thin bedded, argillaceous, eray dolomite, very
irregular above and with rolls in the lower por-
tion

=

ee te Are: kelsaie:.e).e..@u ee atin as) felh) es)" elves) <e) je; e\vele. je. /8) 0) ae 6) #°\s) 6) o\el elie

limestone often nodular; contains Tetradium; 4.

; Bppearine- base of Lowville: 0 to.........,...
- Unconformity :
14 Thin bedded, earthy, gray dolomite, weathering
; Sineellsy ~ a pastes SABO Oe eo er key ce RUD Mee
13 Unexposed Py eter Nag tee
12 Sandy, laminar, gray dolomite, containing O p hi-
; mice sre eviette @ubichT nkk ts ce ievyacts sans oh ya rece oy <0%
Mmm @onnccaled 06. ct ceed e ee thet ected
1o Hard, blue gray, fine grained dolomite........ sa:
hy SSS) OOS SCE ee a ec i eR

5 Whitish, rather coarsely crystalline dolomite on

Feet

LS)

se)

25
45

I2

rays

Inches

118 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Feet Inches —

2 Light to dark gray, crystalline dolomite, many
nodules of crystalline calcite, often large; many
of the beds have calcareous cement and weather
porous, crumbly andysandyslookines = eee - 20
1 Concealedito level) ot Mionawyies2 a). as -e eeeee go

Though this section is very imperfect, yet it gives both the
upper and lower contacts of the Tribes Hill limestone with a
thickness of 168 feet for the formation in this section. The
base is well shown and is distinctly unconformable on the dolo-
mite beneath. The Little Falls dolomite has the general char-
acters that it shows in all sections, the coarsely crystalline, whit-
ish beds above, and darker, finer grained beds below. ‘The base
of the dolomite is below the river level, but it is quite certain
that the Potsdam is still in place beneath. The Amsterdam
sheet, midway of which this section occurs, corners on the Sara-
toga sheet at the southwest and is distant only 20 miles from
the Saratoga section. On the Broadalbin sheet (north of Am-
sterdam and west of Saratoga) Miller finds the Potsdam run-
ning all the way across the sheet from east to west. The section
differs from that at Saratoga chiefly in that the Tribes Hill
formation has come in between the Little Falls and the over-
lying Mohawkian. It differs from the Ticonderoga section in
that none of the Beekmantown except the Tribes Hill division
appears. ‘The section was measured up the creek which comes
into the Mohawk at Cranesville from the north, diverging from

the creek up the left-hand road, 1 mile north of the river.

Cumings had previously published the same section though we
subdivide somewhat differently and find the thickness of the
upper part less than he gives it.t

Section at Tribes Flill

At Tribes Hill, 8 miles west of Cranesville, we also measured
the section. The locality is just across the river from Fort
Hunter, where the original discovery of the fauna which Cle-
-land described was made.? The section at Tribes Hill is much
less complete than at Cranesville, but we have chosen it as the
type locality because of the excellent exposure of the character-
istic fossiliferous limestone of the formation which is found

*N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 34, p. 441.
S/Non, IPall, IB, Wo 3, MO, 13

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 119

pee ON IN CREEK NORTH OF METHODIST CHURCH, TRIBES HILL

- Feet Inches
7 Layer of compact, dove limestone, probably Low-

THING 2 glk nel acest as ie Rte ic a en a Py ioe 4
—Unconformity ; ;

6 Rather dark gray, hard, fine grained, somewhat

4 laminar dolomite, breaking with conchoidal frac-

“igaPS ey suk GB a Aer ree ae re 12 8
43 Alternating dove limestone and sandy, laminated,
magnesian limestone, in undulating, irregular

layers; main horizon of Dalmanella wem-

Se Lh Sg ROSE Se Bich Re cat ge 7 7
4 Argillaceous, yellowish dolomite, or magnesian
limestone, capped by a I inch layer of limestone

Bomalomeratemwith: fOSSISs.. fi... ah he ors cae 4
3 Finely granular, blue limestone, which is conglom-
eratic and oolitic, and exceedingly fossiliferous ;

abundant Ribeiria and small gastropods........ 2 6
_ 2 Massive, slightly argillaceous, gray, magnesian lime-
. roncrwitimoccasional TOssils: 4.00. c0.ce eee a Gi 5
I Blue gray limestone which is somewhat conglomer-
atic and contains fossiis in considerable number... 3 I

This section furnishes a thickness of 37 feet, 3 inches of these
typical fossiliferous beds. The base of the section is nearly
200 feet above the river level, but the underlying beds are ex-
| posed in very fragmentary fashion. The dip is strong to the
' west and brings this horizon down to the level of the railroad

at the Tribes Hill depot. A short distance east of the depot is
a considerable quarry in these beds which was carefully meas-
ured by Prosser.2. There are also quarries just west of the depot
where the Lowville and overlying limestones are well shown,
with the summit of the Tribes Hill limestone beneath. In both
these sections there is a thickness of from 15 feet to 20 feet
of gray, magnesian limestone and dolomite at the summit of

*Am, Pal. Bul. y. 4, no. 18, p. 6-8.
7N. Y. State Geol. 15th An. Rep’t, p. 645.

I20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

the Tribes Hill which certainly differ from bed 6 at the top of ©
the formation in the section in the village just given. As the
’ Lowville and other Black River limestones are thicker in the
quarry at the depot than in the village section it is thought
likely that, in part, the westward dip may signify descent of the
beds into an original synclinal basin in which the Tribes Hill
formation retained beds that were eroded in nearby areas.

Western sections

It was our intention to study the section at Sprakers about mid-
way of the valley, where the Precambric is brought up on the west
side of the fault, and the full thickness of the “‘ Calciferous ” is
shown. We were, however, unable to do so and hence can not
state whether the contact between the Little Falls dolomite and
Tribes Hill limestone is here exposed or not. However, consider-
ing that wherever observed the formations maintain unconform-
able relations to each other there seems no reason to doubt that
similar conditions will be found to obtain also at Sprakers. Prosser
has given two carefully measured sections at this point, one of the
cliff at the West Shore Railroad cut, the other along Flat creek.+
The Potsdam is absent, having disappeared through overlap. The
first section shows a thickness of 490 feet, the lower 385 feet of
which belong apparently to the Little Falls, the upper 40 feet be-
long certainly to the Tribes Hill, while between the two is an in-
terval of 65 feet with infrequent exposures which in all probability
belongs mostly or entirely with the Tribes Hill. The summit of the
formation is not reached. Prosser reports Cryptozoon about 200
feet above the base in the Little Falls, and the Tribes Hill fauna
in the upper 4o feet of the section. The Flat creek section, capped
by Mohawkian limestone, shows 190 feet of rock, the upper 95 feet
ci which Prosser assigns to the Tribes Hill (fucoidal beds) and
the lower portion to the Little Falls. Except for lack of knowl-
edge in regard to evidence of unconformity between the two forma-
tions and the precise horizon of the break, the section is perfectly
clear.

Section at Little Falis
The best section at Little Falls is that along the creek to the
northwest of the town, where the upper beds and all the contracts

*N. Y. State Geol. 15th An. Rep’t, p. 641-43.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 121

ate fully shown. The contact of the Little Falls dolomite on the
Precambric is also shown, but a complete section of the dolomite
‘is nowhere to be found on the north side of the river. The creek
‘section follows, commencing at the base of the Trenton.

SECTION IN SMALL CREEK AT NORTHWEST EDGE OF LITTLE FALLS

: Feet Inches
mebase Of Prasopora simulatrix bed of Trenton

Hiatus

| 20 Brittle dove limestone; normal Lowville........... 4 II
19 Basal, less typical Lowville beds ; dove limestone with

: many rounded quartz grains, in increasing amount

Goansillsic(lseePer oe Beth IL? OI APNG Rs a aiscicter > a°Se 4 3 rei
' 18 Shaly layers of varying thickness; base of Lowville;
ROMO MPIRMIIENY fete Pal ct heal hehe le Seen Wayans slsielieratse 3

| Hiatus ; ,
| 17 Thin bedded and somewhat shaly layers of dove lime-
stone and dove limestone conglomerate, the pebbles
of which are embedded in crystalline limestone ;
considerable pyrite; found two trilobite fragments. 1 6
16 Thin bedded, hard, brittle, blue dove limestone with
3 shaly partings; full of stems and plates of cystids
and with fewer gastropods (Ophileta le-
vata ) and trilobite fragments in very bad preser-
‘WPRLELOIAY SSIS: 2 cokes cS ac an ca ea 3 6
15 Two massive beds of bluish, finely granular lime-
stone, somewhat mottled with crystalline seams;
tude fucoidal markings on surface; contains
Get On Oia tras Wi ttre mS i Sie lc. 4 8
14 Similar to above, somewhat less like dove limestone,
fine wormlike tracks on surface, upper bed weather-
mentite but unevenly laminar... 025: .i0..0. 54 2 8
13 Massive, 1 foot to 2 foot beds of dark, blackish gray,
firm, hard, fine to medium crystalline dolomite,
Ot leotanvibih ublacl “Streaks. 6... 245.0. 23. osc eae « z, yh
12 Finely granular, gray dolomite, some beds having cal-
careous cement and weathering reddish and sandy
looking ; it is unconformable with the irregular sur-
faced layer beneath, whose surface the stream fol-
lows for some yards, the slope being greater than
the dip of the beds above, so that an additional 6
foot thickness comes in; where thickest the basal

122 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

II

10

9

layer is a conglomerate, with large but thin black
pebbles in a reddish, calcareous matrix; in the
lower portion of the bed the pebbles lie flat, but
above they are disturbed and may stand on edge;
base of Tribes sElill: 245 feet tole. ae
Hard, finely granular, gray dolomite, with coarsely
lumpy “surfaces 0, t02 2 tat? Sine
Hard, finely granular, massive, gray dolomite, with
some calcareous cement, and weathering reddish;
a strong chert bed at the sunimiite cn
A ponderous Cryptozoon reef of varying thickness,
heavily silicified forming variegated black and gray
chert; its upper irregular surface is thinly covered
with gray, crystalline dolomite; beneath is a vary-
ing thickness of from 4 to 7 feet of finely crystal-
line, dark gray dolomite: 22 6.4402 eee
Porous, blocky, gray dolomite, dolomite crystals in
calcareous cement, weathering whitish; many sand
STAINS. Wie Walt Oe w i SE Ree Re eke eee
Gray, finely crystalline, porous dolomite, calcareous
cement; drusy cavities with dolomite, calcite and
quartz crystals; frequent quartz grains on the
upper and lower surfaces of the beds; holds thin,
twisted chert plates which suggest Cryptozoon....
Finely. crystalline; setaydolomites sa). «ee eee

Medium coarse grained gray dolomite, weathering
sandy looking because of calcareous cement; a
Cryptozoonv meet vate hasenee. an se ee

Concealed sa toce aa? ative Ue ite ete a ae ae

Medium coarsely crystalline, gray dolomite with cal-
careous cement; thin chert seams of Cryptozoon
character im) they wppems pordoneim emer ae eee

Concealed ja sie iis sect 2 wees dome nate hana eee er

Light gray, rather coarsely crystalline dolomite, with
some rounded grains of quartz sand, in 6 to 18
inch layers; cement in part calcareous; a thin
streak of very black, shaly material near base; fre-
quent, black, sdrusycayaiiesee == eee eae

Feet

- 30

24

10

iO)

25

35

30
20

15
30

Inches

This section does not reach the base of the formation, but the
lower beds are well shown in the eastern portion of the town with

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 123

additional thickness of some 150 feet. Almost at the base is
shaly zone with Lingulepis acuminata, first reported
y Shaler and H. S. Williams.

_ Though the outcrops are not entirely satisfactory, there is reason
to believe that the unconformity at the base of the Tribes Hill
imestone locally descends in this vicinity to the top of the ponderous
Cryptozoon chert included in bed 9 of the above section. This
condition is suggested on the ridge just west of the creek. That
the floor on which the Tribes Hill was laid down was uneven is
shown by comparison of the two detailed sections made on the north
Side of the river in the bluffs back of Little Falls. In the section
exposed in the creek on the northwest edge of the town, as above
described, the Tribes Hill has a thickness of about 50 feet. The
| silicified Cryptozoon reef of the Little Falls dolomite, which seems
to be a persistently marked zone in this vicinity, lies here about
30 feet lower, hence 80 feet beneath the base of the Lowville.
Less than 200 feet to the west the 30 foot interval is reduced to
about 18 feet. The basal bed of the Tribes Hill (no. 12 of section)
also is reduced from 30 feet to about 16 feet. In a branch of
this creek about 1/6 mile east, the Cryptozoon bed is only 58 feet
beneath the Lowville and only 21 feet beneath the base of the
Tribes Hill, which, therefore, is-but 37 feet thick at this point. The
loss of 13 feet, when compared with the section in the main
| branch of the creek, is found to be divided between the top and
| bottom, beds 16 and 17 of that section, aggregating 5 feet, being
absent here. The other 8 feet probably are lost from the base,
though the character of the middle and lower beds of the Tribes
Hill varies rapidly from place to place so that the individual beds
are not ,easily recognizable. A mile farther east, along the road
| to the quarries northeast of Little Falls, the Tribes Hill seems even
| thinner, but the exposures are too poor and the dip not sufficiently
regular to permit a definite statement on this point.

_ In mapping the Little Falls sheet it was shown that the dolomite
formation rapidly thinned because of overlap, in passing across the
quadrangle from south to north. It was at that time supposed to
| be a single formation, and the loss by overlap was supposed to be
‘at the base. Since, however, we are dealing with two, uncon-
' formable formations it may well be that both thin northward be-
' cause of overlap, and that the Tribes Hill disappears before the
Little Falls does, letting the Lowville down upon the latter. Until
the quadrangle is restudied it is impossible to definitely pronounce

124 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

upon the matter. A study of the section at Middleville, 9 miles
northwest of Little Falls, seems, however, to indicate that both
formations thin to the north owing to overlap, and that the Tribes :
Hill pinches out long before the Little Falls does. In the Middle-—
ville section the Tribes Hill has apparently disappeared; certainly
the fossiliferous, dove limestone beds do not occur. Since the
formation still has a thickness of 50 feet at Little Falls and has —
not been thinning westward from Cranesville at a rate exceeding —
2 feet per mile, it is not impossible that this sudden disappearance —
is attributable to the distance north, rather than the distance west
from Little Falls. However, in mentioning the average westerly —
reduction of the formation it is not to be understood that we regard —
this as taking place gradually. On the contrary, as intimated in
the preceding paragraph, the warping of the underlying surface of
Little Falls dolomite renders the suggestion of gradual diminution —
quite impossible; and the same reason might very well cause rapid
thinning west of Little Falls.

At Middleville we measured the following section up the creek
which comes into the town from the east:

°

SECTION AT MIDDLEVILLE
Feet Inches
25 Trenton limestone with Dalmanella common in

lower 6 feet and) Prasopora ss 1m laeae
abundant. aboves diate +. aes ah) 1 oe 60
Hiatus
24 Thin bedded, dove limestone with irregular summit;
abundant Phytopsis, and Tetradium cellu-
Vos Umi 5 typical owvilles eee 13
23, "Goncerledyue. vee tia: Sit tae ee 2
22 Thin bedded, light colored, sandy limestone with
abundant quartz grains; much bored by worms of
large size; upper 2 inch layer a calcareous sand-
stone, at base of which worm tubes cease; 1 foot,

GMCS COat 5% tae ae cakcee eee ne ac ren ae 2 2
21 Cobbly, conglomeratic, calcareous sandstone, black to

brown? intscollon. cs 82 ne a 1K0)
20 Irregular bed of calcareous, small-pebbled quartz

conglomerate hase ox Iowsvadlle sss eee I

Hiatus and unconformity
19 Compact, very fine grained, light bluish gray dolo-
TITS 08 hs UES Ue ee 0s oe a 3

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ

18 Alternating beds of light gray, finely crystalline dolo-
mite and of more sandy, darker colored material ;
midway is a heavy chert bed, with both black and
4 surbip ClDG EE e300 ie ipiuao elle Cee onan iene neni
17 An irregular bed of light gray, finely crystalline
dolomite, laminated and weathering to finely lined
surface, filling irregularities in surface of preceding
sedi: 1 HSO— OUR AE Pal aaa eee era
| 16 Very nodular and irregular bed of gray dolomite,
with many sand grains and with cherty looking
i plates of black, silicified sand; 5 feet to.........
| 15 Chiefly very light gray, calcareous, sand rock, but
1 with alternating seams of darker colored dolomite.

14 Light bluish gray, finely crystalline, drusy dolomite ;
| very EMELINE eo. ee re vcsns es «- TET Bee Be
| 13 Very dense, fine grained, light colored, very sandy
dolomite, full of rounded grains of quartz sand;
id IMM CGMSY CAV RIES ec o0 ef alae pecis ss ieee as
| 12 Porous, very light gray, finely crystalline dolomite,
with many sand grains, and frequent green specks ;
many drusy cavities with quartz crystals in upper

E Io Very fine grained, mottled, light gray dolomite....
_ 9 Dark gray, very quartzose, massive dolomite........
_ 8 Massive, somewhat porous, dark gray dolomite; sand
grains fewer than in the beds beneath, but larger
RIZE 251.620 Re Gee ae ree eo ee a
7 Light gray, thin bedded, very sandy dolomite, with
black streaks running through it; full of sand
grains; one thin, hard, fine Seaned layer 4 feet
EDVE ASS debe Seem eee ee ec eee eee
BM Oneced Manolis ssh tlhe ake eee Se eel ee eee
5 Rather massive, porous, blue gray, crystalline dolo-
mite; frequent Oe ae nodules filled chiefly
with Sallie seioks Soe od Se AGRO erm

3 Blue gray, porous, crystalline dolomite.............
mB 2 Concealed, about ............. eT et cr eer

Feet

1K@)

co WN UI &

13
60

tis)
(yt best

125

Inches

Ov ww

1@)

126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

; ; z f Feet Inches
1 Massive, finely crystalline to granular, gray dolomite, a

with large calcite neodulés)93,3.. 4. oe oe ae 2
Interval to surface of Precambric in West Canada
creek; about.) re tee eee Pipe ee, - 50

In this section, including the concealed interval at the base, we 2
have a thickness of 231 feet of Little Falls dolomite, as measured
from the base of the Lowville down to the level of West Canada —
creek, which is substantially the base of the formation. There is
nothing that we could definitely correlate with the Tribes Hill }
limestone as already stated. ‘The thickness here is just about half —
the combined thickness of the two formations at Little Falls.
Since at least 50 feet have gone from the summit it seems to us
clear that the thinning in this direction is not due simply to over-—
lap, but represents a loss both above and beneath; that is that each ~
of the two formations thins northward, and that the Tribes Hill
has thinned to the vanishing point.

a ae

ma

_—

tee Pm

+.

It will also be noted that there is here a thickness of nearly
19 feet of Lowville and that the Lowville is directly followed by —
the Plectambonites and Prasopora bed of the Trenton with no ~
sign of the older beds, which in the Mohawk valley have usually —
been referred partly to the Black River and partly to the Trenton.

Four miles northwest of Middleville along West Canada creek ~
is Newport, and here the most westerly of the good sections,
exposing the horizon with which we are especially concerned, is
found. The exposures are in the creek bed, the railroad cut just
south of the depot and in Dunn’s quarry a few rods west of the
depot.

SECTION AT NEWPORT
Feet Inches
12 Crystalline, highly fossiliferous, gray limestone bands

alternating with black argillaceous nodular lime-

stone and a little shale, Plectambonites very abund-

ant “basal Trentom.2 = .ic:e see een eee 2 6
Hiatus
11 Blocky, nodular, fine grained limestone, black lime-

stone containing Columnaria and Streptelasma ;

~has heretofore been referred to as “ Black River ”

but represents the Leray limestone member of the

Lowville formation in Jefferson county.....:..-. 2 2
Small hiatus

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q0Q 127

a Feet Inches
10 . Brittle, dove limestone, of ordinary Lowville char-

Perem null of Phiytopsis tubes. ..........:--.+.+: 13

9 Brittle, dove limestone, with occasional sand grains

in the basal layer; slightly impure as shown by

irregular laminations on weathered surfaces;
Rertmadiunm cellulostum occurs below

q EOSTRLTIOINE |. 38 ARNG DR oe an 6 4
8 Concealed except for the surface of one layer at

base, which is slightly impure dove limestone, with

; Mmequent sand Srains....::). Pe aor ot ye PRS she inl I 9
— snoealled Sie ee ere tng Ce ZB

6 Thin bedded, light colored sandy limestone and cal-

4 careous sandstone; shaly partings; probable base

; pep iammlSVRVAIUe atega ele a. gi.) lacabs as SUN deal ae) aya eh os 8h we ac bcs 4 6
‘Hiatus and unconformity :

> Lomegalled!” Gavietec iy ah ec een eet en eee 20

4 Massive, gray, drusy dolomite; quartz sand grains.. 1 6

3 Irregular, massive to thin bedded, sandy, gray dolo-
mite; many druses above; many sand grains; cer-
Palaver mottled and enineted swaltines Dhackexe ras 13
Come lech scales ae ele Sie nema Seen eee mene Te
1 Massive, granular, blue gray dolomite, but few sand
grains; Cryptozoon and much chert in lower 5
GEES eR rear Pe Re RR Se: as 8

_ Here we find the Lowville thickness to exceed 28 feet, as against
the 15 feet shown in the Middleville section; we have also beds
_ intervening between the Lowville and the Trenton which do not

| appear in the Middleville section. But as in that we find no trace

4 of the Tribes Hill formation, the Lowville resting on the Little
Falls dolomite.

_ In these western sections of the Little Falls dolomite, we miss
_ the light colored, coarsely crystalline beds which form the sum-
mit of the formation at the east. Whether they were deposited
- and eroded before the deposition of the Tribes Hill, or whether

_ they change laterally into finer grained, gray beds on passing west,
_ we are not sure. Since the formation shows no diminution in

_ thickness it is perhaps more probable that the latter is the case.

Theresa formation
, This name was given by Cushing two years ago to the passage
_ beds and overlying magnesian limestones which occur between the

128 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Potsdam and the Pamelia formation (upper Stones River) in the
Thousand Island region.* The formation as defined is thin, not
over 60 feet, seemed a unit and was thought to be entirely older
than the Beekmantown. In its lower portion a variety of Ling u-_
lepis acuminata is abundant, while the higher beds contain
cystid plates and a large, flat gastropod. These now prove to be
identical with the cystid plates and the Pleurotomaria hun-
terensis (Cleland) which are found in the Tribes Hill lime-_
stone of the Mohawk valley, whence it follows that the upper por-—
tion of the Theresa formation in Jefferson county is of lower Beek- F
mantown age. We are, however, of the opinion that the lower
portion is properly to be classed ith the Potsdam beneath as of ©
Saratogan (Ozarkic) age and that there are two formations pres- —
ent instead of one. We also think that an unconformity will be
found between the two, now that it is suspected, so that search
can be made for it. It is, therefore, unfortunate that a name was
given to the supposedly single formation. We suggest, however,
the retention of the name Theresa-as a designation for the passage
beds which occur everywhere in New York between the Potsdam —
and the overlying Little Falls dolomite, since they have a char-
acteristic lithology of their own, and should be and can be mapped
separately,
Correlation of the foregoing sections

In order to bring out more clearly and concisely our ideas in re-
gard to the sections, they are given in generalized form in the ac-
companying table. The Little Falls dolomite occurs in all and in
fairly uniform thickness except at the extreme west where it is
thinned by overlap on the Precambric. The Tribes Hill limestone
overlies it in most sections, but thins westward ta disappearance
in the Mohawk valley; the Saratoga region seems to have been just
beyond the reach of its deposits. Correlating the Tribes Hill
with the typical dove limestone of division B of the Champlain
Calciferous, then sedimentation would seem to have been only
locally interrupted in that trough as noted in the vicinity of Ticon-
deroga. But, 1f the former is older than the latter, as is indicated
by faunal evidence, then the whole of the Champlain valley was
emerged while the Tribes Hill was being deposited in the Mohawk
valley.

The Tribes Hill and Little Falls formations seem everywhere
unconformable in New York, and we make this unconformity the

*Geol. Soc. Am: Bul. 19: 155-76.

129

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909

Se Ee, Sern eee

euojspurs.
wWeps}og

UOT] CULLOT
esolay

a}IULOTOp
Peel SIEANAL

auoj}spues
wPps}og

auo]spues
wiepsjog

auojSpuRsS
weps}og

UOT} EULIOF
esoloyL,

a}UO[Op
SPA PFT

UOT}BULIO;T
esaloy |,

i *souml] JAOPT
o}IUO[Op
S|al STL

UOI}VULLOT
esoley

‘

‘OIGUIvIeIG UO A[GBUIOJUOOUN $}sei WOTJOES YOUFT]

a}UO;Op

Seal 977

a4UL0TOp
SHcmCen a

a}TULO[Op
SILCmen a

gq “Ald ul
peyueseidar UMOUYU A)
Io Juesqe
‘ai “al (0) ANGE |) (Gee “oy Gr Ava:
UMOJURUIAOIG UMOJURIUOOG
“Ajge
- VOOUACNOOLL TIVHALINM

SONIMdS
VOOLVaAYS

aU SOUL]
(EEL SeXGhen yr,

QUO JSOUIIT
(Tet SSXSnene,

dUOJSOUWTT
TSS SSI Ee

NIdIvdvoud
TIIH SAdIaL
FITIASENVAO

Sadayvads

ST1IVH ATLLIT

n
iat}
yt
o
ar
fe)
(je)
o
5)
OJITUOTOp
SPA 2947 -
————-—-APIUILOFUOST
©
5
en
ie
3.
Q;
()

ULIOFUOIUN VOTES YOva sdvo euOySaUT] ULIMEYOP Jey}O IO ‘eI TAMOT TOY

aATTIAATACIN
fLAaOdMaAN

130 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

dividing line between the New York representatives of the Sara-
togan (Ozarkic) and the Beekmantown (Canadian). In the Cham-
plain region the higher divisions of the Beekmantown occur, but
they are utterly lacking in the Mohawk valley and were never de-
posited there. The Potsdam sandstone and the passage beds
(Theresa formation) are also chiefly confined to the eastern sec-
tions, though their thinned edges appear in the easterly Mohawk
sections. The Chazy is absent in all sections, the Lowville (or
some even younger) limestone resting on the Little Falls, the Tribes”
Hill or on some later division of the Beekmantown, in the various
sections included in the table. :

Stratigraphic positions of the Potsdam, Little Falls and Tribes
Hill formations

‘Saratogan series. Though the Saratogan was defined and is
generally accepted as the name of the closing stage of the Cambric
in America, it is now practically certain that the deposits of the
series in New York are of a later date than are the formations in
Missouri, Texas, Oklahoma, Wyoming and elsewhere, that Walcott
and others have referred to the Upper Cambric. While there can
be no question concerning the essential equivalence of the beds in
the latter states, as indicated by stratigraphic position and persist-
ence of lithologic and faunal characters, the facts are aitopetheal
different in the case of the typical New York Saratogan. Prac-/
tically the same fauna, the species in many cases being identical, ~
occurs in the middle and more western localities in America in beds
corresponding to the sandstone and chert beneath the Jordan sand-
stone of the upper Mississippi valley section. These beds are fur-—
ther distinguished except, in the Great Basin, by the rather abundant —
presence of glauconitic or chloritic grains and by the almost con-
stant presence of thin limestone conglomerates in their upper parts. —
Apparently very general sea withdrawal occurred at the close of ©
this Upper Cambric stage. So far as known this Upper Cambric :
sea is scarcely represented in the Appalachian valley and certainly —
it did not extend into the middle and northern parts; but it spread —
widely in the median areas between the Appalachian and Cordilleran 2
troughs.

The return of the waters introduced the proposed Ozarkic
period of Ulrich. The new sea differed greatly from the pre-
ceding Upper Cambric sea in that it failed to cover the Rocky ~
mountain atea and in that it submerged the Appalachian and more |

eae. ee =o

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ LSE

inland troughs and basins to Canada. In the Mississippi valley
and in central Texas its deposits covered about the same areas
previously held by the late Cambric sea. It is this Ozarkic sea
that rather early in its history surrounded the Adirondack
uplift, laying down first the Potsdam, then the Theresa and
finally, when conditions had become fairly quiescent and estab-

lished, the Little Falls dolomite. However, long before the

close of the Ozarkic the waters were again withdrawn from
New York into reconstructed Appalachian troughs, remaining
also in the but slightiy modified basins of the Mississippi valley.
The more essential features of the evidence on which this
interpretation is based may be briefly stated as follows: (1) The
stratigraphic relations of the Potsdam to the Theresa and of
this to the Little Falls indicate a practically uninterrupted
sequence of sedimentation. There was gradual reduction of
adjacent land areas, and there may have been slight oscillations,
but there is no evidence of a break in deposition nor of change
in its character that may not be explained as of purely local
significance. (2) So far as known there are no deposits cor-
responding in age to the Upper Cambric in the Mississippi
valley in areas intervening between this valley and the Adiron-
dack region; neither have any been discovered in the middle
part of the Appalachian valley nor in the Atlantic province;
hence there is no means of directly connecting the Potsdam-
Little Falls deposits and faunas with true Upper Cambric life
and sediments elsewhere. (3) The Potsdam and Little Falls
are clearly recognizable in the Allentown formation (Ulrich) in
central and northeastern Pennsylvania and in the lower and
middle divisions of the Knox farther south in the Appalachian
valley. The Allentown rests on Lower Cambric, both Middle

| and Upper Cambric being absent in its area. The probably

equivalent Conococheague formation of the Cumberland valley

in southern Pennsylvania, contains a Saratogan fauna but differs |

lithologically and is underlain by two Middle Cambric forma-
tions. The lower Knox is underlain by a thin Upper Cambric,
considerable Middle Cambric and some Lower Cambric, the
southern Appalachian Cambric section being relatively com-
plete. Each of these Appalachian Ozarkic formations is over-
lain by from 1000 feet to 4200 feet of Canadian (emend. Ulrich)
limestone and dolomite, represented in eastern New York by
the Beekmantown. (4) The fauna so far discovered in the Sara-

i
a EEE EEEEEOeowrrererrerrrreeorre

132 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

togan of New York, particularly in the Hoyt limestone, is en-
tirely distinct from that found beneath the St Lawrence lime-
stone in the upper Mississippi valley, but some of the species
occur there in the overlying calcareous and arenaceous deposits
(St Lawrence limestone, Jordan sandstone and Oneota dolo-
mite), while all of them are included in the large molluscan and
trilobite faunas discovered by Ulrich in the middle divisions of
the Ozarkic in Missouri. Most of them occur there in the Gas-
conade chert, which is the third from the top of the seven
formations into which the Ozarkic in Missouri is divisible. All
of these formations succeed the Bonneterre limestone and Davis
shale, which carry the St Croix and Reagan fauna that is so widely
distributed-in the Mississippi valley, in the Rocky mountains
and in Texas, and which Ulrich, chiefly on diastrophic grounds,
regards as marking the closing stage of the Cambric in Amer-
ica. If this is not conceded then there is no sufficient reason
for drawing the upper boundary of the Cambric system beneath
the top of the Ordovicic — which would go back to Sedgwicks’s
original conception of his Cambric — nor for recognizing more
than a single system in the Neopaleozoic, another in the Meso-
zoic and a third in the Neozoic. If the Devonic is recognized
as a system distinct from the Siluric on the one side and the
Waverlyan on the other then the Ozarkic is no less distinct
from the preceding “Cambrian” and the succeeding Canadian
system ; and the Canadian is equally distinct from the Ordovicic.
If the criteria relied on are deemed sufficient in any of these
instances then they are equally sound and worthy of considera-
tion in all the others.
The boundary between the Cambric and the Ozarkic as here
drawn is everywhere recognizable and the contacts between the
Ozarkic and the Canadian, and between the Canadian and the
Ordovicic are likewise definite. This is because they are de-
termined by diastrophism. But no one has yet succeeded in
_ drawing a satisfactory boundary between the upper limit of the
range of “ Cambrian” trilobites and the lower limit of the
“ Ordovician ” gastropods and cephalopods. In fact there is
no such boundary, since the latter were well established before
the middle of the Ozarkic, and Cambric types of trilobites sur-
vived through the Ozarkic into the Canadian and a few even
into the Ordovicic. Of course, neither the beginning nor the
closing deposits of these Eopaleozoic systems are even approxi-

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 133

mately similar in geographic distribution. There was too much

oscillation for that. Indeed, it is only here and there within the

great Appalachian and Cordilleran troughs that anything like a
complete sedimentary record of any one of the systems is found.
But these inequalities of distribution are an aid rather than a
hindrance in the recognition of the boundaries, because they
make them correspondingly more distinct where the breaks in the
record are expanded.

The faunal distinctions marking the revised systems also are
more definite and more readily apparent than are those hitherto
relied on in discriminating between the Cambric and the Ordo-
Vicic.

In the trilobites and the brachiopods we use specific rather than
generic types in discriminating between the Upper Cambric and
the Ozarkic; likewise among the previously established conical
and involute gastropods. The correlation value and use of: such
long-lived types is precisely as in the case of genera common to
two or more of the later systems in whose discrimination, more-
over, specific differences comprise a greater and greater propor-
tion of the competent organic data. The surviving Cambric trilo-
bites and brachiopods have then: essentially the same significance
in stratigraphic taxonomy that we accord to Spirifer and Atrypa,
which are well developed in the Siluric and continued their exist-
ence into subsequent periods; or to genera of Ordovicic trilobites
that are nearly as well represented in the Siluric.

To disregard the probability of transgressions of generic types
from the earliest Paleozoic system into the next younger system
is to stand in the way of progress in stratigraphic correlation and
classification. The principle is recognized in the discrimination of
all the later systems, why not also in the case of the American
Cambric? The past practice of classifying, often without regard
to stratigraphic evidence, all formations as Upper Cambric that are
younger than Middle Cambric and apparently older than beds con-
taining supposedly indubitable Ordovicic fossils, was possibly justi-
fiable, but only so long as the faunal history of a great intervening
mass of rocks remained to be accounted for. Now, however, since
this old “‘ Calciferous ” hiatus has been peopled with a large mixed
“ Cambrian ” and “ Ordovician’ fauna, and since we have come to
understand the stratigraphic relations of most of the formations
concerned in the inquiry, some other arrangement that will express
the facts is desirable. We need a vehicle that will permit us to cor-

134 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

rect the misapprehensions into which the former terra incogmita and
our blind reliance on unsupported fossil evidence led us; a means
of showing, for instance, the true stratigraphic relations of the Sara-
togan fauna as developed in New York to the Upper Cambric faunas
in Missouri and Texas, or of the Dictyonema flabelli-
forme and the Tetragraptus zones, or the Tribes Hill and other
Canadian formations to the Saratogan and later Ozarkic formations
on the one side and the typical Ordovicic formations on the other.
It is believed that the revised classification proposed by Ulrich ac-
complishes this aim. The table given on page 129, though in-
tended to show only the relations of the New York formations dis-
cussed in this paper, gives a fair general idea of the proposed
scheme.

Perhaps the most practical feature of the revision of the Eopale-
ozoic systems, so far as the use of fossils in their separation is con-
cerned, is that we can say that the cephalopods and the coiled gas-
tropods, also true cystids, became prominent for the first time in the
Ozarkic, that the true graptolites, true ostracods, true Orthidae and
the Asaphidae are first seen in the Canadian, and that the tabulate
and rugose corals, the cyclostomatous and cryptostomatous bryozoa,
the pelecypods and the crinoids are well developed in the Ordovicic
but unknown beneath this system. In short, the new arrangement
is in accord with, and makes available in the broader stratigraphic
correlations, the apparently definite vertical distribution of many im-
portant organic types. This distribution has not been considered
as it should be in the prevailing indefinite arrangement of the
Eopaleozoic rocks. As hitherto conceived the cephalopods and gas-
tropods, the Asaphidae and Orthidae, and the graptolites appear at
undetermined stages in a “ Cambrian” system that has no more pre-
cise top than the fortuitous first appearance of certain fossil types,
arbitrarily assumed to be Postcambric, above a similarly indefinite
upper limit of certain Cambric genera of trilobites and brachiopods.

Obviously, there has been no uniformity of practice. Walcott
extended the lower system as far up in the section as he could
recognize certain Cambric genera. Others, with the laudable but
insufficiently considered intention of fixing the boundary at a well
defined stratigraphic break, went farther and drew the top of the
Cambric at the base of the St Peter, while others with a similar
intention extended the base of the Ordovicic down to the first break
beneath the introduction of the cephalopods and coiled gastropods,
that is to practically the base of the Ozarkic. More commonly,

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 135

however, in areas containing Ozarkic and Canadian deposits the
boundary between the Cambric and the Ordovicic has been left
undecided, or it was drawn arbitrarily in the midst of what was
thought to be a great, sparsely fossiliferous, transitional series of
dolomites and limestones because its basal part contained surviv-
ing remnants of the Cambric fauna, and its uppermost ledges held
fossils too much like Ordovicic species to be interpreted otherwise
than as Postcambric.

This inharmonious practice was perhaps excusable under the pre-
vailing state of knowledge concerning Eopaleozoic history. So long
as the oscillatory character of the continental seas of this era and
the consequent variable localization of their deposits were not ap-
preciated, the formations occupying apparently similar stratigraphic
positions had to be correlated, and the observed differences in
their respective lithologic and faunal aspects were of course only
geographic changes or merely local phases. There was also con-
siderable excuse for individual difference of opinion as to which
of the organic and physical criteria were the most deserving of
confidence.

But now, since it has been learned (1) that the Presaratogan
deposits in the Appalachian and Cordilleran troughs attain more
than sufficient thickness, and that their diastrophic history in
America fully satisfies the requirements of an ideal geologic
system ;! (2) that the great deposits of dolomite, limestone and
sandstone which usually succeed the Cambric were not laid down
in a continuous broad continental sea, hence that the magnesian
limestones at one place may be altogether younger or older than
those at another; (3) that these dolomites, limestones and sand-
stones are divisible or may be grouped into two distinct series,
largely independent in geographic distribution and each character-
ized by its own physical and faunal development; (4) that each of
these two series attains an aggregate thickness of over 4000 feet
of calcareous deposits, hence, that each is comparable in time value
to most of the systems now recognized; (5) that their independence,
first suggested by diastrophic and faunal evidence, is now firmly
established by the actual superposition of 4200 feet of Canadian
dolomite and limestone in central Pennsylvania on fully zooo feet
of Ozarkic deposits; (6) that in the Appalachian region the whole

*On questionable grounds, discussed elsewhere by one of the present
authors, Schuchert [Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 20:513-22, 600-2] divides the
same interval into two systems (Georgic and Acadic).

136 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

of the Canadian underlies an aggregate thickness of nearly 4500
feet of Ordovicic limestone; and finally (7) that essentially the
same cycles of movement, of submergence and emergence, as are
used in distinguishing four Neopaleozoic systems, also obtained in
the Eopaleozoic and suggest the propriety of a similar division of
the Eopaleozoic into four systems instead of two as heretofore. In
view of these facts we ask: Is the present indefinite separation of
the Eopaleozoic into Cambric and Ordovicic a reasonable and ade-
quate classification? Are these divisions coordinate in rank with
the Neopaleozoic, Mesozoic and Neozoic systems? Our answer to
these questions is clearly anticipated in the foregoing comments and
arguments.

_ Age of the Tribes Hill formation. A few words remain to be
added respecting the age of the Tribes Hill. The formation is
certainly Postozarkic, but its position in the Canadian is less easily
determined. Except that we know the formation to be unconform-
able on the Little Falls and that the contact represents a consider-
able hiatus, we have only organic criteria to guide us in determining
the age. That the Tribes Hill is younger than any known Ozarkic
formation is satisfactorily shown by the presence of Asaphus and
three or four other trilobites that are wholly unknown in Ozarkic
faunas. The same is true of the Ribeirias; and the Dal-
manella? wemplei also is of a type that has not been
observed beneath the Canadian. With the exception of Eccyli-
omphalus multiseptarius, the testimony of the gastro-
pods is less positive, very similar, though specifically distinct, forms
being found in Ozarkic faunas. The gastropods described by Cle-
land from the upper chert zone of the Little Falls dolomite at Little
Falls are clearly Ozarkic types and hence are not referred to in this
paragraph. :

That the Tribes Hill is Canadian (emend. Ulrich) is unquestion-
ably indicated by its fossils; and the same evidence is almost con-
clusive in assigning the formation to an early stage in this period.
With the possible exception of an orthoid shell, all the species so
far discovered in the Tribes Hill are distinct from those described
from the Beekmantown in the Champlain valley. They impress one
as older. This suggestion is confirmed when we compare the
Tribes Hill forms with faunas found in the Canadian in central
Pennsylvania. The nearest facies —there are at least five and
probably six identical species — is found in the Bellefonte, Pa. sec-
tion about 3700 feet beneath the top of the Canadian. None of the
succeeding faunules in the Bellefonte section are closely ailied.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 137

Relying on the fossil evidence just given it seems almost certain
that the Tribes Hill is at least as old and probably is older than
the dove limestone in division B of the Champlain “ Calciferous.”
This conclusion finds further good support in the fact that Cry p-
tozoon steeli, the principal fossil of division B, is found in
Pennsylvania above the Stonehenge limestone which there contains
the Tribes Hill fauna.

Oscillations of level

As detailed work has been carried forward in northern New
York during the past few years, the evidence has been steadily
accumulating to show that with a possible exception during
the late Ordovicic the Adirondack region remained steadily as
a land area, being sometimes an island, at other times part of a
much larger land. It appears further that frequent and often
very local oscillations of level effected modifications of its shore
line; that the present erosion surface cuts the rocks in such wise
that the surface exposures are chiefly of the thinned, near-shore
margins of many of the formations; that gaps in the succession
are frequent, and with much variation from place to place; and
that, because of these conditions, the New York section of these
rocks is very thin and very imperfect.’ From time to time Cush-
ing has summarized our knowledge of these oscillations. With
each onward step in the detailed work, however, evidence of
further, and unexpected oscillations appears; and no doubt we
are, even now, acquainted with but a small proportion of them.
Nevertheless our present understanding of them should be sum-
_ marized.

' To begin with, no part of New York was submerged during
the Cambric. Lower Cambric deposits do occur locally within
the eastern edge of the State south of the Champlain valley but
it is highly probable that these are masses originally laid down
in a trough farther east and which were subsequently thrust
westward to their present position. The somewhat doubtful
Middle Cambric sediments found in Stissing mountain near
Poughkeepsie probably owe their present location to similar
thrusting. True Upper Cambric (St. Croixan) rocks are entirely
unknown within the State. Neither have such been found to the

oN. ¥.) State Mars. Bul. 77, p: 51-65.
N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 95, p. 386-04.
Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 19:175-76.

138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

east in the New England States, nor to the west as far as Michigan
and Indiana. They seem to be absent also in the Appalachian folds
north of Virginia. Evidently New York formed part of a very
large land area during the Cambric ages. The first important
and unquestionable Paleozoic submergence of the southern
flanks of this land occurred in the early part of the sticceeding
Ozarkic period. This was the Potsdam or Saratogan sub-
mergence.

Potsdam deposition commenced in the Champlain trough,
toward its northern end, working southward in that trovgh, and
also working westward up the St Lawrence trough. In its
lower portion it was probably a continental deposit, but the
upper portion carries a marine fauna, and this continues on
through the passage beds into the Little Falls dolomite which
lies directly above. The deposition was continuous and tn-
broken, so far as we know, from the one formation into the
other. The subsidence in the St Lawrence trough reached as
far west as Kingston during the Potsdam and probably but little
farther. From Kingston it extended southward at least to some
point in the valley of Black river. To how large an extent
western New York was submerged we do not know positively.
It seems likely, however, that a considerable expansion of the
upper St Lawrence trough occupied the north central part of the
State and probably covered also the western part of New York
and the central part of Pennsylvania. For various reasons which
can not be discussed at this time, it seems unlikely that this
western lobe of the Saratoga sea connected with the eastern
or Champlain lobe across the southern part of New York prior
to the closing stage of the Potsdam. In this and the transition
stage the highly emergent parts of the Adirondack uplift which
now became an island, had been much reduced by erosion and gen-
eral subsidence; and the supply of clastic matter consequently
was much less during the succeeding Little Falls dolomite stage.
However, just preceding the latter, warping occurred which
caused reemergence of the northern and western flanks of the
island and restriction of the sea to the Champlain trough on
the east and the Mohawk basin on the south. The latter ex-
tended southward to northern New Jersey where its deposits
are recognized in the lower part of the Kittatiny dolomite; and
thence in a southwesterly direction through central Pennsylvania.
Gastropod faunas found at Beauharncis near Mecntreal, near White-

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQ0OQ 139

_ hall, N. Y., in central Pennsylvania and in northern Virginia, leave
little doubt that this sea extended down the western side of the
Appalachian valley to the Mississippi valley where the same species
are found in the middle formations of the Ozarkic system.

A thinned edge of the upper Potsdam runs westward into the
Mohawk valley, but thins out to zero rather rapidly, letting the
Little Falls dolomite down on the Precambric. It is thought that
along the Mohawk line the Potsdam shore had a southwesterly
trend, or rather a trend more to the south than the present Pre-
cambric margin, the two meeting at an angle; east of the meeting
point the Potsdam appears underneath the Little Falls, while west
of it the Potsdam is either absent or erosion has not yet cut down
to it. This involves the assumption that the Little Falls subsi-
dence covered more of the southern part of the old land area than
did the Potsdam, so that, within the Potsdam zone there would be
a strip of territory with the Little Falls resting on the Precambric.
In some localities there is direct evidence that this actually oc-
curred, and it was likely true of much of the southern and eastern
parts of the Adirondack border.

In the Thousand islands region we find merely the thinned edges

of the marine Potsdam and Theresa formations with no sign of
the Little Falls dolomite. However, since these were laid down
in the extreme westerly portion of the St Lawrence trough it is
theoretically possible that their deposition occurred while the dolo-
mite was being deposited along the Champlain and Mohawk lines.
But there is no positive evidence that such a condition obtained.
On the contrary, according to the trend of the scant faunal evidence
and the probabilities suggested by general disastrophic considera-
tions the lower or typical Theresa on the west flank of the Adiron-
dacks is essentially contemporaneous with the transition beds on the
east side; and deposition was prohibited by emergence on the west
side when the Little Falls was being laid down in the Champlain
and Mohawk valleys. ;
- Following the Little Falls deposit, warping and differential up-
lift ensued, causing the shore lines to retreat from the district and
resulting in the unconformity at the top of the Little Falls. There
was some wear also since the summit is uneven and the Tribes
Hill rests on different beds of the Little Falls; and, the returning
waters assumed a different arrangement, with a more diversified
shore line.

Beekmantown depression commenced with the Tribes Hill de--

140 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

posit, which nearly everywhere in the Mohawk valley rests on the
Little Falls. In the Black river valley, where the Little Falls is
absent, it rests on the Theresa formation. It is absent at Middle-
ville and Newport, in the West Canada creek valley, showing that
there, at least, it did not extend as far northward on the. Adiron-
dack oldland, as the Little Falls did. It is absent also at Saratoga,
indicating that there also we are beyond its shore line. The exact
equivalent of the Tribes Hill seems not to occur in the Champlain
valley. At any rate its peculiar fauna has not been observed there.
Apparently it is older than the fine grained limestone of division B
with which the revised Beekmantown begins in the Champlain val-
ley. Judging from the evidence now available the Tribes Hill
submergence formed a geographic pattern quite different from that
of the preceding Little Falls sea. The latter covered the southern
and eastern flanks, the Tribes Hill occupied more limited embay-
ments on the southern and western sides of the Adirondack area.
The depression at the west was short-lived, uplift following with in-
creasing eastward tilting, giving rise to long continued submergence
of the Champlain valley. By the close of Tribes Hill time the up-
lift involved all the Mohawk region proper, the remaining divi-
sions of the Beekmantown limestone being confined to the Cham-
plain valley trough and its northern and southern prolongations.
The upper Beekmantown is found to the north in the Ottawa valley.
To the south Beekmantown deposits are recognized at intervals
through southeastern New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania.
_ Although the Beekmantown is of extraordinary thickness in the
last state (2000 to 4200 feet) even the thickest sections still indi-
cate occasional interruptions in sedimentation and probably with-
drawal of seas.

At the close of the Beekmantown uplift again occurred, producing
the unconformity between it and the Chazy, in the Champlain valley.

We have evidence also of a number of hitherto unsuspected os-
cillations of the general region during the succeeding Black River
and Trenton times. Since, however, we are here concerned chiefly
with the lower formations, those are left for discussion elsewhere.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ I4!I

ON THE SYMMETRIC ARRANGEMENT IN THE ELE-

MENTS OF THE PALEOZOIC eee OF NORTH ™

AMERICA!
BY RUDOLF RUEDEMANN

We wish to present certain facts indicating that the structural
development of eastern North America has taken place in such a
fashion that a notable symmetric arrangement of its elements has
resulted.
This arrangement becomes especially distinct when the large area
of Paleozoic rocks extending from the Canadian protaxis south-

_ ward is considered by itself. This area, which is roughly bounded
on the west by a line connecting the head of Lake Superior with

the Ozarks and on the east by a line inclosing the Adirondacks .

and Appalachia, we may for convenience term the Paleozoic
platform of North America. It corresponds in its relation to the
Canadian shield with that of the “ Russian platform” of the
European geologists to the Baltic shield. A glance at the geologic
map of North America will show that this platform is a direct
southward continuation of the Canadian shield or protaxis and
bounded by southward converging lines that are direct continuations
of the boundaries of that shield? [see chart II, where the line
M-N indicates the southern boundary of the Canadian shield A],
as described by Suess and Willis. In the west the platform,
like the Canadian shield, is separated from the Rocky mountain
area by the north-south transcontinental depression that extends
from the Gulf of Mexico to the mouth of the Mackenzie river and
is occupied by Cretaceous and Tertiary rocks.

Chart II shows that the Canadian shield and its Paleozoic
platform together form a body strikingly similar in its outlines
to the whole continent, a fact that can not but suggest that
the “ Leitlinien” of this large epeirogenic element and the whole
continent stand in genetic relationship.

*Submitted April rgoo.

*The Mesozoic and Cenozoic embayment of the Mississippi Valley is,
in this discussion, left out of consideration, because of younger age ; like-
_ wise the belt of Carbonic rocks to the west and southwest of the Ozarks,

_ that forms the outer slope of the western arm of the platform, roughly

corresponding to the area of metamorphic rocks on the opposite slope
of the other arm, and properly belonging to the wee 8an Beni)
depression.

I42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

In comparing the sketch map, chart I with the ‘diagram
[chart III] in which separate shading brings out the elevated
and depressed regions, it is seen that on either side of the Cana-
dian shield or protaxis [A], there stand out, like cornerstones,
two separate Precambric areas, the Isle Wisconsin [D,] and the
Isle Adirondack [E,] in quite symmetric positions. Each has
its extension connecting it with the protaxis in symmetric posi-
tion, that of the Isle Wisconsin being directed northeast (partly
submerged by Lake Superior), that of the Isle Adirondack north-
west. From each of these extensions there runs outward, along
the margin of the shield, a deep depression, the Lake Superior
basin [D,] and the St Lawrence basin [E,]. The latter is less
distinct through the disturbing influence of the Appalachian
folding and probably much obscured by extensive overthrusting
from the southeast along “Logan’s line.” The effect of Appa-
lachian folding by crushing in one side of the symmetric structure
here set forth, will be discussed more fully in another chapter
[S@2 505 405. ||

From each of these cornerstones there extends southward like
an arm, a broad belt of Precambric and early Paleozoic rocks,
nearly the full length of the continent. The western arm can be
traced by the great southward extension of the Precarbonic
rocks of Isle Wisconsin to near the neighborhood of Burlington,
the Siluro-Devonic inlier along the Mississippi above its junction
with the Missouri and the large Precambric-Cambro-Siluric
inlier or uplift of the Ozarks in Missouri and Arkansas* [D,].
Its “ Leitlnie ” is shown in red overprint in the line passing from
D, through D,. The eastern arm [| F,—E,] has been badly over-
ridden, broken up and forced inward by the tangential pressure
that has produced the Appalachian folds. It is, nevertheless,
still easily recognized in the belt of Precambric and Precarbonic
rocks, extending south and southwestward from New York as
far as Alabama. :

The two arms have later been somewhat disturbed and ob-
scured, especially the western one, by the breaking down of
certain portions south of Isle Wisconsin, where the Carbonic

1The Ouachita mountains in Arkansas probably represent, according .
to Dr Ulrich’s description [in Preliminary List of Papers, Am. Geol.
Soc. 21 Meet. 1908, p. 21] and as already indicated by their strike, a
different element and will, for this reason, be left out of the discussion
for the present.

worgromstsh

aiososis di

:
x
t
§
‘ ,
b po cane)

i

“4. QpobeciGan Sey TeRTERS aanpENs wae

rm vain Idnigaan srinnabtanenttle Raat y Qe chonbmerie Asters inc
» Bite, eflind in.aciomlanghroinks ohasttalel A1-Emsnsresase
rank By Cincantact amantlotine. By aca srcipeined :

twa:

« . ‘ ee 4 i

nn Nn
ZN A
Precambric
. NT,
7) ON 7434

i

Algonkic

Metamorphosed
Paleozoic

Cambro-
Ordovicie

AMG

Siluric

WLLL

Devonic

|

Mississippic

Pennsylvanic

L a 10°
GEOLOGICAL SKETCH MAP OF THE EASTERN UNITED STATES

MN southern boundary of Canadian shield A, Dy and Ey the symmetric Isles Wisconsin and Adirondack. D, and E,the adjoining marginal de-
Pressions of the shield. D,-D, guide line of western arm of platform. E,-Es that of the eastern arm, Dg Isle Ozark, Eq Isle Appalachia. B,-By guide
line of axis of eastern basin, B, Cincinnati geanticline. By Michigan basin. B,; and By symmetric subbasins

ate

AARON Oe sae pmebe,

eb

A
US 5

ADIOO LIOR
of , re

oh Bleeds ME Ask VIE aL
Asaly 16 ini uszogree to bsail Botifs
dads wagitoii 9S sailvhinseg Dannign)

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 143

has transgressed it, and the eastern one by the submergence of
portions southeast of the Adirondacks and by extensive fold-
ing. In their original position the two arms may be conceived
as approaching each other somewhat in the south, although not
nearly so much as they do now, in consequence of the forcing
inward of the eastern arm, for if the considerable shortening
of the Eastern basin indicated by the Appalachian folds, is taken
into account and the basin spread out to its original width, the
eastern arm would probably take a position fully corresponding
to that of the western.

These two arms bound a large basin !B of chart II], the
“ Paleozoic eastern basin,” now occupied by the basin of Ohio and
the Great Lakes. In the middle of this an elongated low eleva-
tion formed, now indicated by the Cincinnati and Nashville “ up-
litte?

The axial position of this uplift [see line B.-B, on chart I]
suggests that it may partake of the nature of the “ geaniticlinal
median ”! that according to Haug? forms along the median line
of a geosyncline preparatory to more extensive folding. The
southern portion of the uplift which according to its normal posi-
tion to the basin and the Precambric arms, should extend due
south, has been affected by the Appalachian folding and twisted
into a southwest direction. As a result of the warping of the
axis of the basin, two separate symmetric basins have been
formed,®? one, the Eastern Interior, and the other, the East Cen-
tral basin. On account of the approach of the Precambric arms
in the south, these basins de not extend north and south, but extend
symmetrically to northwest and northeast. The Ohio river from
the Pennsylvania to the West Virginia line flows along the axis
of the eastern basin.

The northern portion of the Paleozoic platform that lies to the
north of the Cincinnati geanticline assumed the aspect of a separate
subcircular basin, typically indicated by the Michigan coal field
and the locations of Lake Michigan and Lake Huron. It also

*Dana clearly recognized this uplift as a geanticline.

2Haug, Emile. Soc. Géol. Fr. Bul. 28, ser. 3. . 1900. p. 617, and id.
Traité de Géologie I. 1907. p. 164.

* Dana [Areas of Continental Progress in North America, etc., Geol.
Soc. Am. Bul. 1890. 1:41], recognizing the importance of the regions
of shallow seas represented by the Cincinnati uplift and the Precambric
region of Missouri as regards rock-making, has distinguished these
basins by the terms here used.

144. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

lies symmetric to the whole arrangement and with the Cincin-
nati uplift it is on the line of symmetry. It is possible that this
Michigan basin, instead of being an independent depression,
originated from the same warping force as the Cincinnati up-
lift, being the result of a longitudinal oscillation of the axis of
the same geanticline, comparable to those more intensive longi-
tudinal oscillations of the axes, which have been observed in
some of the Alpine folds [see Haug, Traité p. 211]. The Cana-
dian geologists, however, have claimed to find the influence of
the Cincinnati uplift extending from the west end of Lake Erie
further north to Lake Huron. In this case it would seem that
the Atlantic pressure had affected the entire extent of the up-
lift [see p. 145] giving it a direction subparallel to the
Appalachian folds, and the Michigan basin would have to be
considered as independent of the Cincinnati uplift, a view distinctly
not supported by the general distribution of the formations around
the basin. ;

The development of these symmetric structures may have taken
place as shown in charts II and III. Jn chart II the Canadian
shield A and its Paleozoic platform are outlined, the two sep-
arated by the line M-N. First then, an extensive depression
affected the middle portion of the platform producing the Paleo-
zoic eastern basin B, and leaving two long embracing arms
standing, the western one D and the eastern one E. A slight
depression had also taken place in the northern slope [C] which
finds its expression in the Hudson Bay embayment. Since
this and the eastern basin lie with their longitudinal axes on the
same line (meridian), the idea that they may be expressions of
the same warping movement, is worthy of some consideration.
In its favor could be mentioned the fact that a path of migration
is postulated along this line for the Niagaran fauna by Weller
and a Devonic embayment by Schuchert. It will be noticed
[see chart Il] that the Hudson Bay Devonic embayment [C] and
the Michigan basin approach so much that only a relatively
narrow Precambric belt separates them, upon which, moreover,
still a small Paleozoic outlier (n.e. of Georgian bay) remains.
It is therefore quite probable that temporary depressions ex-
tended there across the protaxis, and that the resulting Siluric
and Devonic rocks have disappeared again by erosion.

Chart III illustrates the changes which next took place in
the two arms and in the inclosed basin. The arms were broken

Chart 2

80

a 3 23 ee

Diagram of the Canadian shield A with Paleozoic platform DB E. M N souther
D western arm of platform, E eastern arm, B

Pokies

ae a 8

Chart 2

wa

\\\\

gat

QD

6

43

: 7
Diagram of the Canadian shield A with Paleozoic platform D B E. M N southern boundary of shield.

D western arm of platform, E eastern arm, B inclosed basin

C Hudson embayment.

NEWS RORRG Sie

eR

No

aera nore = wissen” epran 4 yn nena tees? + Si SEAT As 0 Sp lemons v vile aves

branes i the Wig "SPP aa eee ee or

on tye de of earetry
of Dei athe

Let, Shee

ree ye . eno & s Heads
i Out! a eT has Gxt
i ane

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IGOQ 145,

up, with the result that on either side two principal isles, Isle Wis-
consin [D,] and Isle Ozark [D,], Isle Adirondack [E,] and Isle
Appalachia [E,] were formed. These isles are distinctly paired.
On either side between the Canadian shield and the first isle a de-
pression formed, the Lake Superior basin [D,] and the St Law-
rence basin [E,], and other depressions between the first and second
isles.

In the Paleozoic eastern basin a broad low anticline, the Cin-
cinnati-Nashville parma [B,] arose,1 exactly in the axial line
of the depression and in continuation of this line of elevation
the northern part of the basin sank down into an axial basin,
the Michigan subbasin [B,]. On either side of the parma,
between the latter and the Precambric arms, two basins, the
Fast Central [B,| and the Eastern Interior basin [B,] were
formed, in such an arrangement that they converge southward
and are exactly symmetrical to the axial line of the eastern
basin.
Chart IV illustrates the effect of the sub-Atlantic pressure,
the cause of the Appalachian folding and overthrusting. This
stress crushed or crumbled this symmetric structure from the
‘southeast, its influence being felt in the whole eastern portion
of the area. Following Claypole’s earlier estimates, Willis,
[Geol. Soc. Bul. 1907, 18:404] remarks that “it is a moderate
statement to say that during the Appalachian revolution that
portion of the continent southeast of the Cumberland Plateau
rim moved northwestward at least 50 miles.” 2

On account of its oblique direction to the north-south axis
of the Paleozoic eastern basin, the stress reaches deepest into
the latter in the south, where it has clearly turned the Nash-
ville portion of the Cincinnati-Nashville parma aside. It further

*Suess has termed such broad warpings “parmas.”

*Dr Willis arrives at this estimate in the following way: It is well
established that the folding of the Paleozoic strata in the Appalachian
zone corresponds to a narrowing of the zone by 35 miles or more — that
is, the Blue ridge approached the Cumberland plateau from a distance
of 100 miles to within 65 miles. The general effect may best be -de-
scribed as a composite overthrust from southeast toward northwest.
Keith’s recent investigations show that overthrusts of equal or greater
displacement traverse the gneisses of the Smoky mountains. Hence
it is a moderate statement to say that during the Appalachian revolu-
tion that portion of the continent southeast of the Cumberland Plateau
rim moved northwestward at least 50 miles. eas

146 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

lengthened the Eastern Interior basin, and extended it into
‘southeastern New York, or considerably farther north than the
opposite East Central basin. Moreover, it may have produced
secondary depressions east of the Michigan basin, which have
finally found expression in Lakes Erie and Ontario. The prin-
cipal facts suggesting the latter view are the general parallel-
ism of these lake basins with that portion of the Appalachian
folds southeast of them* whence the push came. It should,
however, in this connection be taken in account, that it can have
been but the last stages of Appalachian folding that produced
the gentle down-warping of these basins, since the outwardly
convex strike of the earlier Paleozoic formations (best seen at
the west end of Lake Ontario) shows that this was an elevated re-
gion until at least Devonic time. It is therefore quite possible
that these depressions are the counterparts of the late (early
Tertiary) domelike warpings in western Pennyslvania? and
southern New York, to which their longitudinal direction clearly
corresponds. 5

The joining of the Appalachian folds that die out in south-
ern New York by a new north-south system of folds in eastern
New York, brings the folded region close against the Adiron-
dack isle and produces another depressed “ Vorland,”’ the Cham-
plain basin. The Ottawa-Montreal basin that corresponds in its
position and also in its form, in surrounding the north side of
the Adirondack isle, to the Lake Superior basin, has also been
much encroached upon by the westward pressure of the folded
region and no doubt to no little amount by extensive overthrust.

It will be seen that with the conception here presented of the
geologic development of the eastern United States, the Great
Lakes fall, by the first impetus to the formation of their basins
— omitting the later accessory agencies, as glaciation and pre-
glacial drainage-lines —into three groups, viz:

a Lake Superior, originating from the breaking down of one of
the arms of the Canadian shield.”

*By drawing a straight line connecting the folds from the Tennessee-
Virginia line to the Pennsylvania-New Jersey line, one obtains a line
that indicates the general direction of this portion of the folds, and that
line is parallel to the two lake basins.

7 Sie Campbell Ni Ba Geolk) Soc Amineb ule OosmmmIn i277

*The Lake Superior basin clearly antedates all the others, at least
with its western arm which rests in Algonkian rocks that indicate a very
early depression in the Canadian shield.

aa

hier

Mae,

vanonne come,
2

aa
PRC

Diagram to show events on southern slope of North America still without interference of Atlantic pressure. Lettering as on
chart 1. Arrows indicate main outlets of basin B.

Sak

md oar nent

nortits

ty
uv

=

fF

TO sh iat tera yeas ll

a

ETE one:

i basin or

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 147

b Lake Michigan and Lake Huron. Their location and form
correspond to the Michigan basin, where they roughly follow the

| Devonic belts.

=m c Lake Erie and Lake Ontario, either depressions originating
| from the action of the Atlantic tangential pressure, or counterparts
| of later warpings in the upper Ohio basin and western New York.
| We have thus far left out of consideration the Appalachian
“ geosyncline” which occupies a narrow strip on the
_ west side of Appalachia [chart IV] and is continued northward
through New York and Vermont into Canada. It has later
become the site of the Appalachian folds. Ulrich and Schuch-
ert! have clearly shown that this basin became early subdi-
| vided by longitudinal and transverse barriers into a number of
| smaller basins. In their directions these barriers foreshadow the
_ later, more intensive Appalachian folding, and are early indications

| of the influence of the pressure acting from the Atlantic basin upon
| and through Appalachia. It is certain that the Appalachian basin

itself which became the site of the intense folding resulted from
the Atlantic pressure upon Appalachia, due to suboceanic spread.
It is therefore a foreign element, so to say, in the geologic history
of the Palezoic platform which, however, has strongly obscured the
original symmetry of the latter. While all changes here noted
on the platform are of epeirogenic character, the Appalachian folds
are an orogenic feature.

While in general the isles have emerged in Paleozoic times

_ and the basins have been submerged, there have been continuous

changes in the amount of emergence and submergence. This fact
becomes especially manifest through Professor Schuchert’s paleo-
geographic maps, as far as they have appeared in print, and it
is probable that these subsidences and elevations took place in
rhythmic pulsations.

With all these continuous changes, however, the sum total of
_ the elevations of isle Wisconsin, isle Adirondack, Ozarkia and
Appalachia has been greater than that of the depressions and
they represent, therefore, positive elements of the continent in
the sense used by Willis? while the depressions are negative
elements in which, however, in some zones, as in the Cincinnati

| uplift, the algebraic sum of the unconformities and sediments
| may approach zero. The most conspicuous negative element

is the Appalachian basin with its immense sedimentation.

*N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 52. 1901. p. 633.
* Willis, Bailey. Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 1907. 18:389.

148 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The symmetry of arrangement of the platform is likewise
but a surplus of symmetric features in the general structure
over many asymmetric details in the different stages through
which the platform has passed. This again is well shown by
the charts of Professor Schuchert. It will be seen that at times -
the Nashville uplift was joined to Appalachia, and the Eastern
Interior basin moved northward, while the East Central basin
was divided by a secondary peninsula (Kankakee) and Ozarkia
joined to a vast western tract. But at the same time the two
arms of the platform with their northern isles Wisconsin and
Adirondack (as peninsulas) and the southern land bodies of
Ozarkia and Appalachia remained distinct elements and like-
wise the Mediterranean basin remained defined in its general
outline.

The main outlets from the Paleozoic [see chart III] passed
eastward between the Isle Adirondack and Appalachia and
westward between Isle Wisconsin and the Ozark uplift and
southward between Ozarkia and Appalachia. The Wisconsin
and Adirondack isles have apparently been frequently attached
to the protaxis. This becomes especially manifest in the case
of the Adirondack isle, where the Beekmantown, Pamelia,
Chazy, Lowville and probably also Black River formations do
not cross the connecting Frontenac axis. The St Lawrence de-
pression, however, frequently became an important highway of
migration (as in Beekmantown, Onondaga and Hamilton times)
through its southward connection, by different straits, at dif-_
ferent times with depressions between the Isle Adirondack and
Appalachia [see p. e. Schuchert’s map of Onondaga time].

There are facts available that indicate approximately the time
when the symmetric arrangement of the Paleozoic platform took
place. As we have noted before, Algonkian sedimentation took
place around Lake Superior [see chart I] but aside from this some-
what independent depression, the whole platform was, according to
Walcott’s investigations,! above sea level until Upper Cambric time,
with the exception of the Appalachian geosyncline. The relation‘ of
the Upper Cambric deposits to the Isles Wisconsin and Adirondack
would indicate that in this period the separation of the Paleozoic
eastern basin and of the inclosing arms, took place and prob-
ably also the beginning of the breaking up of the arms. The
Isles Wisconsin and Adirondack, Ozarkia and Appalachia have

* See pl. 2, 3 of Walcott, U. S. Geol. Sur. Bul. 81, 18or.

« ‘ = 5
? : © ay fi
: 33 i } D it &
‘ , ary s " 2
s esc ; -
. H! tt F
4 $
: e a
é it
- fe
Mid Lise ‘i
{ “<
t 4 >
i F
t . -
§ ' ;
‘A a" “ ies re : ;
tt « -
; ;
‘
j -
Cm — _ — ~ - -~ a —— ee — = re
P i £
wo
J
: * \
3 ; ‘
1
:
} - ' ‘

Asani Oe
‘

<atis,

| ne. ;
ay

ey fie ee.

Chart 4

= TM ee

a ae BY si =
Salah mary re Se pen emer nn reme ci i \ 4 ee

\ Ne

= i »
| * 8 i = \ aN
[-—-—-~--- Re - ‘ ea fu i i ee)
3 ‘ ) C = * wy
=e ya ae ths Ht mS:
<a ol , = ety fa oD
5 © wt Loe R
tae W y \ : ae \
14 o (a +46 *
5 ( “AN i , | ae \
f ait ae: en y ¢ S
Fe 88 ¢ P | EO = x ENG er
DS : : Ee
p

aes
eye ae TI

Diagram to show results of Atlantic pressure (indicated by arrows) on eastern arm E:-Es, subbasin Bs and geanticline Bi.
F belt of folding through Atlantic pressure

1 sa daa
po etn ami . - -
ae a ee ne ee on eae OE eEaT

|
|

‘guoull "9

wie z,
oPET HR

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 149

remained above the sea since the end of the Lower Siluric. In
‘Upper Siluric time the Cincinnati parma had become a promi-
nent feature, although the Cincinnati and Nashville parts of the
same were again separated repeatedly, as in Hamilton and Mis-
‘sissippian times, by the submergence of the middle part. In
Carbonic (Mississippian and Pennsylvanian) times all the sub-
divisions of the platform distinguished above, were fully developed.
‘Since then the platform has remained land, with the exception of
| the Mesozoic Mississippi embayment.

‘ Summary
| The writer endeavors to point out:
1 That the Paleozoic platform of North America extending
south from the Canadian shield, forms, together with the latter,
a structural element of the continent, that is similar in outline
to the latter. :
2 That the Paleozoic platform exhibits a symmetric arrange-
ment of its parts. This symmetric arrangement consists in the
presence of a median basin (Paleozoic eastern basin) that is
flanked on both sides by broad elevations, extending southward
_ from the Isles Wisconsin and Adirondack which possess symmetric
positions with reference to the Canadian shield. Ozarkia and Ap-
| palachia, the two remaining portions of elevations, hold like sym-
| metric positions.
3 The axial line of the Paleozoic eastern basin is occupied by
| the Cincinnati-Nashville parma and the Michigan subbasin.
| The former divides the Paleozoic eastern basin into two similar
| and symmetric basins, the Eastern Interior and East Central
_ basins.
4.The disturbing factor has been the Atlantic pressure, which
pushed the eastern arm in and produced the Appalachian basin
folds, its effect reaching as far as the Nashville uplift.

150 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

ORIGIN OF COLOR IN THE VERNON SHALE
BY W. J. MILLER

For over 50 years the subject of the origin of colors in rock
formations has been much discussed and many explanations have
been offered. Of the early papers that by Maw! in 1868 is perhaps
the most able and comprehensive. In 1879 Julien* published a
paper which contains a discussion of the origin of red formations.
In 1899 Russell’ ably treated the subject of subaerial rock decay and
color origin in certain rocks. His paper gives a good summary of
the views expressed by earlier writers. In 1908 Barrell* gave an
excellent discussion of the origin of such colors in rocks. It
is not the purpose of the present brief paper to deal with tne
phenomena of colors in rock formations in general nor to review
the literature, but it is rather to confine attention to the color
phenomena of the well known Vernon red shale of central New
York. That the color phenomena in these shales are not merely
superficial or due to recent atmospheric action, is proved by the
fact that the same features have been found in deep wells passing
through the formation. ;

The Vernon shale has its type locality in the town of Vernon,
a few miles west of Clinton, and it extends from southern Herkinver
county westward across the State. Wherever exposed the shale
presents a striking appearance due to its red color. A section, in-
cluding the Vernon shales, near Clinton is as follows in descending
order:

3 Camillus formation — Dark, thin-bedded shales

c 5 feet of light green shale
b 135 feet of dull red shale, unstrati-

fied and with green spots scattered

through the mass
a 10 feet of light green shale

1 Niagara formation — Dark shales and sandy limestones. Con-

tains large concretions.

The red shale, with the green bed at its base, is well shown in the
ravine just north of Hamilton Coilege and in Kirkland glen nearly
2 miles southwest of Clinton. The upper green bed, with the
Camillus above and the red shale below, are well exposed at the
reservoir 2 miles southwest of Clinton. At the “ Dug-way,” 2

2 Vernon formation — }
(150 feet).

7Geol. Soc. Quar. Jour. Lond. 1868. 24:351-400.
2 Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Proc. 1879, p. 311-410.

°U. S. Geol. Sur. Bul. 52, especially p. 44-56.

* Jour. Geol. 1908, v. 16, especially p. 285-94.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q0OQ I5l

| miles south of Clinton, a 2 inch layer of green shale is locally
| present a few feet above the basal green bed. Scattered throughout
the red shale are numerous green spots and after a shower the colors
| are intensified so that the light green spots stand out in sharp con-
| trast against the dull red matrix. The formation is everywhere
| highly jointed and soon after exposure to the weather the rock
| crumbles to a fine dust. The shale is very fine grained and, except
for color, it is remarkably uniform from top to bottom. So far
as observed it is entirely devoid of stratification planes. Thus it
| is evident that deposition of the sediment must have occurred in
quiet water and under very uniform conditions. Except for cer-
tain organic patches below referred to, not a trace of a fossil has
| been found in the formation near Clinton. At Syracuse the salt
_ bed rests upon the Vernon shale and the absence of fossils from
| the shale is probably due to the fact that just before the real salt
| pan conditions the water was too saline to permit much, if any,
| animal life.

| Origin of color in the red shale. The red shale is very fine
' grained, but examination of the powder or the thin section shows it
_ to be made up chiefly of tiny quartz grains which are imbedded in a
| red matrix of earthy or claylike material. Occasionally small rhom-
| bohedral crystals of some carbonate are noticeable. Because of the
opacity and softness of the shale thin sections are difficult to make
but it is evident that the color is not inherent in the quartz grains
which are themselves very clear and free from color. This is in
harmony with Russell’st observations on the Newark sandstones,
that “their color was not inherent in the particles composing them,
but was due to a fine, amorphous, claylike coating which enveloped
the grains and filled the intervening spaces.”

The red color is unquestionably due to the presence of de-
| hydrated ferric oxid. On treating the red shale with hot hydro-
chloric acid the red color quickly disappears because the ferric oxid
dissolves and from the solution a good precipitate of brown ferric
hydrate is obtained by the addition of ammonia. Quantitative tests
by Dr A. P. Saunders of Hamilton College showed that a sample of
the red shale, treated with hot dilute sulfuric acid, contained 2.25%
of ferric iron and .75¢ of ferrous iron.?, The amount of ferric

*op. cit. p. 44.

*The amount of ferric iron here given is doubtless greater than is
actually present in the oxid form because the acid was boiled until it
became concentrated enough to effect a partial decomposition of the
green silicate residue below referred to.

152 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

oxid is thus very small, but, because of its fine state of division and
its diffusion through the mass, it has become very effective as a
coloring agent. Barrell’ discusses this point and believes that where
even a very small percentage of the ferric oxid is thoroughly dif-
fused through a rock mass it has great coloring power. It should
be stated that after treatment with the hot acid a green insoluble
residue is left, whose color disappears after prolonged boiling with
concentrated sulfuric. acid. Under the microscope this green
residue, whose color is doubtless due to the presence of glauconitic
material, looks like the ordinary red shale except for color. ‘The
final residue is made up chiefly of clear, tiny quartz grains. The
relation of the ferric oxid to the glauconite could not certainly be
made out but they appear to be very intimately mixed in the earthy
matrix surrounding the quartz grains. The origin and significance
of the glauconite will be taken up later.

We may now inquire whether or not the red color was present
when the shale was deposited. According to Russell’s? hypothesis,
namely “that the sands forming the sandstones of the Newark
system and other similar formations received their incrustation of
ferric oxid (red) during the subaerial decay of the rock from
which they were derived,” the red color was present at the time of
deposition. Barrell? comes to quite the opposite conclusion, espe-
cially with reference to red beds associated with salt and gypsum
as e. g. in Nova Scotia, the Permian red beds east of the Rockies,

etc. Like these red beds, the Vernon shale is also associated with
salt and gypsum and was also deposited in rather highly saline
water under an arid climate. As Barrell* says the lack of the red
color at the time of deposition is well borne out by the “ usual
present development of salt and gypsum in association with gray
or yellow sediments.” He cites such examples as the Dead sea and
the salty flats of the Great Basin of the United States. It is evi-
dent that red or reddish brown colors greatly predominate in ancient
iron-bearing formations, while the yellow tones, outside of the
tropics, are much more characteristic of the modern alluvium.
It is well known, especially as a result of the Challenger® dredg-

> Op. cit. p. 280.

> op. cit. p. 56.

* op. cit. p. 290.

“op. cit. p. 290-01.

s Challenger Report on Deep Sea Deposits, p. 337 et seq.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I90Q 153

be due chiefly to the deposition of volcanic dust. Obviously this

mode of origin will not apply to the Vernon red shale because it

| is now depositing locally as in the Yellow sea and along the coast
of Brazil, but it is being derived from moist, tropical regions where
‘conditions are favorable for spontaneous dehydration of the ferric
‘oxid. Such dehydration of ferric oxid under conditions of warmth
‘and moisture is well known to account for the deep red color of
laterite, the soil so characteristic of the tropics, and which colors
the river silts. The climatic evidence is opposed to such an origin
| of color in the Vernon red shale.
| Applying Barrell’s view, the iron in the Vernon shale was present
| at the time of deposition in the peroxid form, but hydrated and
| therefore not red, and the dehydration with resulting red color was
| largely due to great pressure and moderate temperature in the con-
| solidated and deeply buried sediment, since hydrated ferric oxid
| readily gives up its water under such conditions. This dehydration,
| combined with the finely divided and diffused ferric oxid, the
“writer believes accounts for the red color of the Vernon shale.
_ Very commonly stains of yellowish to yellowish brown oxid of
| iron may be seen along fractures in both the red and green shales,
_ and these are clearly due to the hydration of some of the ferric
_ oxid since exposure to the weather.
Origin of the green spots. As already stated one of the
| striking features of the Vernon formation is the presence of
' numerous light green spots scattered through the dull red shales.
- So far as tested the material of these green spots is precisely the
f. same as that in the green shale beds in the formation. The spots
' range in size from a fraction of an inch to several inches in diam-
eter. They are mostly spheriodal tc flattened spheriodal and seldom
irregular. When flattened the long axes lie horizontal thus sug-
_ gesting that the flattening has been due to the pressure of overlying
strata and this since the spots were formed. The green spots are
| nearly always in sharp contact with the surrounding red shale but,

*“ Mud is a mixture of minerals in a state of extremely fine mechan-

ical subdivision, but not chemically decomposed, thus differing from

| clay.” Scott’s Geology, 1907 edition, p. 267. The Vernon shale is essen-
_ tially a hardened mud. >

| is a terrigenous rather than a deep sea deposit. Some red mud?

154 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

aside from color, there appears to be no difference in character
between the red and green materials. Although the spots are very
irregularly arranged they are, nevertheless, pretty uniformly dis-
tributed through the whole mass of red shale, and it is estimated
that they make up less than 2% of the mass. Another fact of im-
portance is the frequent presence of dark to black centers in the
green spots. Such dark centers which are particularly well shown
in Kirkland glen, range in diameter up to a half inch and they are
rarely concentric. A much lighter shade commonly extends from
the black center well out toward the periphery of the green spots.
These dark centers are certainly organic, the dark color being com-
pletely removed by heating before the blowpipe.

After treating the green spot material with hot hydrochloric
acid a green glauconitic residue is left precisely like that from
the red shale. Ferrous iron has gone into solution as shown by
the heavy blue precipitate with potassium ferricyanide. Am-
monia, however, fails to give the brown precipitate for ferric
iron, while sulphocyanate gives only a slight coloration. This
coloration is doubtless due to the fact that by infiltration a
small amount of hydrated ferric oxid has comparatively re-
cently been mixed with the green spots. Ferric oxid is, there-
fore, practically absent from the green spots. According to an
analysis made by Dr A. P. Saunders, a sample of the green spot
material contained 1.19% of ferrous iron obtained from the dilute
sulfuric acid solution. The writer believes that the ferrous
iron is largely present in the carbonate form. Both the red and
green shale when treated with cold hydrochloric acid show al-
most no sign of chemical action but after warming a vigorous
effervescence sets up and this suggests iron carbonate. This car-
bonate doubtless forms the rhombohedral crystals seen in thin sec-
tion, .

Many years ago Vanuxem' described these green spots and
stated that: “It is not easy to resist the impression that the
green color is the result of a change in the red particles, the
peroxid of iron being reduced to a protoxid.” He makes no
mention of the black organic centers. His view is still com-
monly held but there are certain objections to it as for example the
highly improbable assumption that the red color was original and
the fact that the chief coloring matter in the green shale is glau-
conitic and not protoxid of iron.

————e

“(Geol gal IDS, IN AS sve lp, Gr

pees

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 155

_ Maw,* in referring to green spots in general, stated that:
“The generally accepted theory, and that suggested by De la
| Beche in explanation of the phenomenon, is, that the discolora-
| tion has been brought about by the reduction of the sesquioxid
‘to a lower state of oxidation of less coloring power by simple
| chemical reaction with the fossil carbon.” The objections above
‘given apply in this case also but the influence of the organic
| matter is here clearly brought out. As early as 1831 Fleming?
tecognized the agency of decomposing organic matter in the
| production of the light colored (but not green) spots in the Old
| Red Sandstone.

It is well established that decomposing organic aie will
effect the reduction of ferric to ferrous iron and the organic
| matter in the green spots of the Vernon shale has no doubt
| ‘caused such a change, but since, in this case, the ferric oxid
| was in the hydrated state and hence not red, it is not correct to
| say that there was a change in color from red to green. Rather
the writer believes that the presence of the organic matter has
‘simply prevented the appearance of the red color in the immedi-
ate vicinity because the oxid of iron has here all been reduced
| to the ferrous condition. \Vithin the spots, then, the green
| color of the glauconite is allowed to come out, and it is this
| rather than the small percentage of iron in the ferrous condi-
| tion which gives the green color. In each case the size of the
green spot has been directly dependent upon the amount of the
| decomposing organic matter. The presence of ferrous iron in
Bech the red and green shales may be readily explained be-

| mass.

Origin of color in the green shale. In view of the above state-
| ments the explanation of the origin of the color in the green
| shales, at the base and the summit of the red shale, becomes a
| comparatively simple matter. The character of the material
| in the green shale is, in every way, like that in the green spots
| and the explanation of the origin of the color in the spots may
| be applied here also. In this case, however, the organic mat-
_ ter was probably more abundant or, at least, it was more finely
_ divided and scattered through the mass so that all of the ferric

BOP) Gl pn 37.
*“ Old Red Sandstone” by Hugh Miller, quoted on p. 235.

150 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

oxid in the green beds has been reduced and there the green
glauconitic color appears throughout. In the same way the
color of the green streak in the red shale, above noted, has
been produced.

Regarding the origin of the glauconite in the Vérnon shale
the writer ventures to suggest that the conditions for its for-
mation were very favorable such as the deposition of the fine
ferruginous sediments very slowly and uniformly at the so
called “mud line,’ in the presence of decomposing organic
matter. Since the waters were rather highly saline and since
no trace of fossil shells has been found, it is conjectured that
the organisms were plants of the seaweed type. It is well known,
especially by the studies of the Challenger’ expedition, that
greenish glauconite muds are now forming in the presence of
‘decomposing organic matter over considerable portions of the
ocean bottom particularly near the borders of the continental
shelves. In the case of the Vernon shale there was an excess
of ferric oxid over that necessary to the formation of the glau-
conite and the dehydration of this excess oxid, as above ex-
plained, has given rise to the red color of the shale.

In Kirkland glen an interesting example of the effect of mod-
ern decomposing organic matter has been observed by the writer.
Along a joint plane for 6 or 8 feet the ferric oxid has been re-.
duced so that, for an inch either side of the joint plane, the
shale is green. This is thought to be a purely superficial effect
since the hillside is heavily covered with humus and surface
waters charged with humic acids have traveled along the joint
plane thus causing a reduction of the ferric oxid so that the
green glauconitic color is brought out.

*op. cit. p. 385-01.

Plate 1

AN oss ot R
LwEe> =| oma v
a Bethe ase.
1 Wy 5 he pay : A¢
" 7G ARS / 6 } <a =
: Ae 1 le He 7 B/N kya
| j ats els =| \ Ale
| ‘ : Nap ad bel tel dade | |
iL ol acs alfa ah go Ot |
i ; nu 1 fF Ve |
2 ee yet, 4 é : .
LH ye Na VY Ants 2 |
of | bay KE. ‘ = [Ee 4 -|-\- =z mR 7 z
Ae hy Ay PAZ CLES a Ly At)
Se . =| Fall a4 stim |] | qa a WAAR
aes , 3 | by + | | ot
= ; BAe AK ARN ZAN aN tay i / coats hela
y N , ( rc ¥

Ce TES
‘i

SS

|

FM Wits FE
Al a [Mh]
Sketch map at stone crusher, Canoe hill, Saugerties, N. Y.

oe
~

La ae
Zo : // . / gf
hy i} fli ———
Ys Leif] C

>

mee f 45) ©e f

PO ORSEROA RK B Ps e ea:

Se SS <j v My, “WC Cc oe //
———— ey, ° fly, 1/1) C ¢ fa!

lll
Section along A-B of above map, showing structure
and derivation of the fault block

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 . 157

D DOWNWARD OVE RUSE PAULT AT SAUGERTIES,
INE EY

BY GEORGE H. CHADWICK

Bence hili, north of Saugerties village, Ulster co., is repre-
sented on the Catskill topographic sheet as a dumb-bell ridge with
highway passing obliquely across the narrowed middle. It is
ounded by clay plains of Lake Albany age, along which, on
west and north of the hill, runs the West Shore Railway. The
ioe ridge is a part of the range of Helderberg limestone hills,
nown locally as the Kalkberg (pronounced collabarrack,— “Collar
Jack” of the map!), which here sags under the Albany clays,
ts summits rising as a chain of islands out of the plain.
During a recent visit to this hill in company with the two gentle-
men named beyond, the writer was impressed by the occurrence
here of an overthrust almost identical with those in the Vlight-
berg at Rondout [see van Ingen & Clark. Disturbed Fossiliferous
Rocks in the Vicinity of Rondout, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus. Bul.
69]. Although it seems likely that this fault has been observed
by others, no reference to it now occurs to the writer, and a brief
account, with diagrams, is therefore presented because of the con-
| spicuous nature of the faulting and the more ready accessibility of
| the locality as compared with the Rondout faults.
B «he locality is in the first hill northeast of Saugerties depot,
BH and not over a mile distant. The map [pl. 1] shows the road
| crossing the hill in the oblique valley determined by the fault.
The village stone crusher, located at the corporation line, fur-
mishes a conspicuous landmark for the visitor. Opposite this,
On the east, a blind road leads under the hill. Various quarries
ind diggings [Q] add to the ease of study of the ledges which
are everywhere conspicuous.
The rock at 1, by the roadside as one turns into the crusher
| =. is much brecciated and shot through with calcite seams.
B lt looks like upper Manlius, but no fossils were found. The
brecciation is probably due to its lying in the fault zone. At 2,
the cliff face behind the stone crusher, the limestone is hard,
| blue and vertical, with calcite veins and geodes. The fossils are
| Sieberella galeata, Favosites etc., of the Coeymans lime-
| stone. Passing across the highway to 3, where the Manlius would

158 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

naturally be expected, the rock is found to be a bluish impure
calcarenite with Leptaena rhomboidalis, unlike the
Coeymans and not so steeply inclined. This grades rapidly
downward (easterly) into a coarsely crystalline “ coquina * rock,
Gattying Spiritier cyclopterws, wath voncemean shale
partings in the lower portion (at locality 4) unqneaneeaaa
the Beceratt limestone, 9 Mir Cole repontsia.sommetnecms mac-
ropleura abundant in the shaly limestone beiow this, along
the road at 5 and beyond, indicating the New Scotland. The
rock at 3 is therefore the lower Port Ewen, with which it fully”
accords. ‘The basal bed of this, close down upon the Becraft,
carries some chert nodules, as at Catskill.

The Becraft and Port Ewen have an almost unbroken oun
crop northward along the ridge. A digging at 6 shows plenty
-of Aspidocrinus in the upper Becraft, and a gradual change of
rock texture at the contact with the Port Ewen. The higher
layers of the latter begin to appear, and are decidedly shaly and
with oblique schistosity, as at Rondout. They occasion a slight
depression and are not well exposed. Beyond them again are
harder layers, somewhat cherty, at 7, forming a slight ridge;
they, ‘carry Leptocoelia tlabellites) abuadamiys also
Spirifer cyclopterus and are either the highest) Poms
Ewen (beds 22 to 26 at Rondout) or iowest Oriskany. In ap-
pearance they resemble the Hudson valley “Schoharie grit.”
The dip is steep and the surface of the highest layer has been
largely uncovered in a road-metal digging at 8. Here only
the talus is being removed and the rock face is untouched but
bared. It is horizontally glaciated, and a striking feature of the
polished surface is the occurrence of Taonurus cauda-
galli as lighter colored spiral patches resembling paint
blotches. Polished chert nodules also appear prominently.
Slightly exfoliated surfaces show the normal burrow structure
of Taonurus, side by side with Spirifer munebiso mm
and Leptocoelia. This is therefore undoubted Glenerie Oriska-
nian and indicates a rapid loss in calcareous content in the few
miles between Glenerie and here.

Standing in this pit, one looks against the north end of the’
other (or fault-block) ridge, with its nearly vertical beds well
shown in an old quarry cutting. The nearest rock, at Q, is
New Scotland shale with beautiful and frail silicified fossils, such
as are found in it at High Falls station on the Kingston &

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I90Q 159

Ellenville (O. & W.) Railway. These are wholly different in
ppearance from the silicified shells of the Oriskany, Port Ewen
for Kalkberg limestones and are readily distinguished. They
come from essentially shaly layers, are very delicate, neither
‘thickened, coarsened nor iron-stained but often semitranslucent
blue with the finest edges and markings sharply preserved.
The transition to the Becraft and thence to the Port Ewen is
completely revealed, with excellent collecting opportunities. At
1, the west side of the same quarry, it appears impossible to

Pad the appearance of chert Acai: marking the inception ot
‘the Port Ewen. This is unusual; a distinct bedding-plane
separates them at Rondout, Alsen and Catskill.

_ From to a red barn is seen to the south, under the west base
a the hill. Mr Cole states that beds with many Homalo-
motus vanuxemi, supposedly Oriskany or perhaps upper
Port Ewen, occur font this barn southward, having a low west-

these beds are being excavated again at 12, here quite vertical
to beyond vertical at the top. No attempt has been made to
discriminate the Kalkberg limestone in the field or on the map,
from the underlying Coeymans.

4 The offset between the two halves of the hill its plainly evi-
| dent. Only the narrow highway separates outcrops as discord-
‘ant as Oriskany and New Scotland, or Port Ewen and Coey-
‘mans, and this highway is seen to lie in an oblique hollow across
) the hill having every earmark of a fault valley. Standing on the
| north of the road, say at 6, the fault piane is felt to be the hill
slope on which one stands, dipping at a low angle to the west-
ward and a steeper angle to the southward. The fault block
jis like the decapitated crest of this hill, slid westward and
‘slightly downward for the space of two or three hundred feet
‘upon the yielding surface of the Esopus shale (which makes
the next ridge to the west beyond the railway), just as.at Ron-
dout. Of course, as a matter of fact, the slip took place under
much overlying rock and the present forms are erosional. The
“Movement was a true overthrust, not a landslide. One is
tempted to inauire whether this is not a piece of the identical fault

|

160 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

which appears at Rondout, and whether it is not aise: one witht
the similar horizontal overthrust described by Davis at Aus-
tin’s millroad near Catskill [Folded Helderberg Limestones.
Mus. Comp. Zool. Bul. v. 7, No. 10, fig. 3 and p. 324], wicm
like puzzling features (not yet worked out) in the Kalkberg
at Alsen’ and Cementon, and finally with the great fault
near Schodack Landing and southward along the Appalachian’
front into Georgia. The influence of such a plane, nearly hori-
zontal but rising and falling in great gentle undulations, would
affect a wide area (compare the Rome folio, in Georgia) and
produce seemingly very irregular, disconnected and puzzling
results, especially where it hades, as in this case and so a
considerably beyond the horizontal.

If not one and the same plane, these instances must at least
appertain to the same set of movements, the same “ rift,” x
-tending along the entire eastern edge of the folded Appalachia
as a constant and normal feature. The recognition of this ‘om
our miniature Appalachian hills of the Hudson valley will as-
sist the field worker materially and will rapidly multiply the
known occurrences of this structure. j

The writer owes the opportunity for these observations to
the Rev. Thomas Cole, Episcopal rector at Saugerties and an
acute observer of local geology, in company of whom and of
Prof. J. W. Eggleston of Harvard the reconnaissance was made.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 161

JOINT CAVES OF VALCOUR. ISLAND — THEIR AGE
. ~ AND THEIR ORIGIN

BY GEORGE H. HUDSON

_ Wherever the shore of Valcour island consists of the purer dolo-
“mite limestones of the middle Chazy beds, it has been penetrated,
‘sometimes to considerable depths, by a number of small caves
“which owe their origin in great part to the solvent power of water.
‘The majority of these caves seem to have had their beginnings in
| exposed joint or fissure planes, and as a rule they have closely fol-
lowed: them in their subsequent development. Such deviation as exists
is expressive of a well marked tendency to develop vertically. The
| form is usually somewhat wedge-shaped with the apex of the wedge
“uppermost, and in the smallest caves this edge may sometimes be
‘seen to be working upward across a dipping bed without any ap-
| parent fissure or joint plane as a guide. If the small cave has
| penetrated to considerable depths the inrushing volume of water
| from a wave condenses the cave air and this in turn shoots out a
| smaller volume of water at the cave top with great velocity. These
| spouting caves lose the sharp upper edge of the wedge and develop
arched tops. The roofs of those caves which rise still higher and
| reach or pass the present high water mark of the lake, lose also
' their wedge form and develop wide arches or even flat roofed tops.
In the latter instances it is apparent that cave-widening agencies
_ have become more effective than those bringing about upward ex-
| tension. A few caves have been developed upwards far enough to
iy reach the cliff top. Among these are to be found a still smaller
| number that have had a portion of the roof fall in some distance
_ back from the shore line. These therefore present us with small
@ sink holes and natural bridges. Where these caves occur they de-
f _yelop in rather close proximity to each other, so one has to go but
a few rods to pass many small mouths.

5 The general external appearance of these caves where well de-
_ veloped, may be seen in plate 1 — a view of a portion of the north
q shore of Paradise bay on the east side of the island. The wedgelike
: form and close proximity of the caves are both well shown. The
cave near the middle of this view has a sink hole some distance back
and a natural bridge between it and the sea wall. A view of this
‘ small sink hole is shown in plate 2. The sea wall here faces south-
east by south and is only subjected to strong wave action during

162 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

aie

southerly gales. A breaking wave rarely throws spray as high as~

the top of the cliff. Where the lake bottom, just off the foot of
the cliff, can be seen at low water, it is found to consist mainly
of bare bed rock.. Pebbles as abrading tools can rarely be used
against this wall and the water here never pies up enough sedi-
ment to become in the least discolored.

Plate 3 presents a view of a portion of a cliff about a mile distant

from that shown in plate 1 and on the opposite or west side of the

island. Here the wall faces west by south. A few of the caves
developed on easterly running joints have somewhat the appear-
ance of bedding or pebble-eroded caverns. It may easily be seen
that the influence of the bedding in their formation was slight, for
the lower portion of the cliff does not differ enough from the upper
in character to make it a very effective factor. Neither can we
very seriously entertain the idea that they were pebble-cut, for the
water near their mouths is now too deep to allow waves the use of
any visible abrading materials. Waves can break against these
cliffs only during westerly winds. The nearness of the mainland
prevents a very heavy sea and westerly winds in this region are of
short duration. A little to the left of the region here shown the
cliff face turns easterly and there, on southerly running joints we
find the typical wedge-shaped forms like those shown in plate I.
A little to the left of the center of plate 3 is a cave opening that
reaches nearly to the top of the cliff, the cave here developing on
a southerly running joint or fissure. This cave has maintained
much of its wedgelike character and the influence of neither weaker
bedding nor pebble-cutting is at all apparent in the outlines of its
mouth. In their earlier stages all of these caves were no doubt de-
veloped through the same agencies. A very large part of the present
difference between the caves shown in plate 1 and those shown in
plate 3 may be due to the effects of glaciation acting on the latter.
We may note that southerly facing cliffs would be in a measure

protected from strong glacial action while westerly facing cliffs

would receive no protection from a planing action which would cut.

across their cave mouths. The form of the most distant large
cavern on plate 3, the shape of the cliff face just south of it, and the
stranded boulder removed from this wall, all suggest glaciation as a
modifying agent. Additional evidence to this effect will be pre-
sented. .

Near the cliff shown in plate 1 1s a small island called Spoon
island which is separated from Valcour island by a narrow glaciated
channel. A portion of its west wall as it appeared October 2, 1909,

ydeisojoyd v WOT, “UdeMjoq ISplIq [einyeU [[eWS ve YM Yorq
9Y} je uosdo SI O[PpIW oy} Ivou oAvD oY, “YNos Aq }svayynos

@

Zool UL uoyV4d
IOULISIP IUIOS BJO] YUIs BV Sv pue PTO oY} FO a9vy oy} Ivom doy
SULNe] (PURSE Mo IzeA FO opis jsvo.uo) Avq asIpeIvg UI HYD

I 931d

View of a small sink hole some distance back from the cliff face shown
in plate 1. There are indications here that this opening was due to the
crushing in of the cave roof by the pressure of glacial ice. The small light
spots in the lower left part of this opening are portions of the distant cave
mouth. From a photograph taken November 2, 1909

‘yanos Aq 4SoM SooVE DIO JID oJ, ‘6061 ‘6 I9qo}9Q
uoye} Ydvisojoyd v WoT ‘oSHOYIYSI] OY} Iwo puLTST IMOs]BA JO APTS ISOM OY} UO FID v FO worasod v FO MorA

HW

"JOOYS OH UISUOISTAA OY} FO JUSWBAOW OY} SULINPD AVML pdltivd dJaOM SUuOTZAOd 19}N0 puv JapjO asoyM soavo
JO spuog Jouur pue Josunod oy} ‘Ayjuoredde ‘surejor YOIYM s9vJINs poyerovps A]po qnopun uv sjuosoid
atoy YY ey], “OOO *Z J9qo}9Q usyr} ydeasojoyd ve wo1z puryst uoods jo Jem ysom oy} Jo uonstod v

s
athe

=

4

ae SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTGR 1909 NOs

1s shown in plate 4. This wall still retains for the greater part
_ its former glaciated surface. The whitish horizontal band, due to
the dried remains of a sheet of green algae which covered this
portion of the wall in the spring, is an indication of the water level
at that time. It may be noted that the portion of this wall covered
_ by water the greater part of the year is better preserved than either
2 the portion only covered in spring or the portion above this which
_ is now never covered.. The water surface shown in this plate cuts
_ across the mouths of several small wedge-shaped caves or cavelets
a and their appearance is very suggestive of glaciation after their
' formation. The clean and sharp junction with the smooth curved
glaciated wall makes them appear like the younger ends or remnants
of older and larger joint caves. The fact that a very marked and
glaciated notch has been cut out from the under portion of the cliff
3 just north of them and at their level, may be taken as indicating
that a few closely packed joint caves had here so weakened the
Cliffgas to allow glacial action to carry them in part away. Their
former presence is shown by their bases which still exist. The
_ well preserved character of this portion of the wall is due to the
_ proximity of Valcour island on the west, to a bar at the north (here
' indicated by the faint lines of surf), and to the fact that waves
_ from the south are broken by cliffs as they enter the channel.

q There are a few instances in which these caves have followed
- bedding planes, and cut such wide and deeply penetrating caverns
as to bring down great masses of the rock above. Plate 10 repre-
sents a portion of the shore of Valcour island as seen from the
_ south end of Spoon island October 23, 1909. The great fall of
rock at the left end of the cliff is due to the collapse of such a
' cavern. A little to the right of the middle of this view there arises
§ from under the water a second low but wide cavern which follows
_ the bedding plane seen at the right. The vertical dimensions of
_ this cavern become rapidly less as we move up along the bedding
~ plane and they become practically zero before we reach the highest
_ part of the dried algae belt, plainly seen as a whitish band parallel
d With the water surface. The width is considerably greater than
| here shown because it extends to the left under water. The distance
_ to which it penetrates the cliff horizontally was greater than could
_ be determined. The wall here is a north and south fault scarp, is
_ on the upthrow side and is but a few meters from the fault line
itself. Not far back.of this we find a few parallel faults with very
_ small vertical displacement, but revealing, by slickensided surfaces,
a larger horizontal component. The cliff to the right of the portion

164 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

‘here shown presents some nearly horizontal joints which curve up
southerly and cross the beds. The block here has been subjected
both to a strong uplift and to a thrust toward the south. The in-
dications of vertical and lateral displacement make it quite possible
that these aberrant caverns are also following some preexisting
planes of fracture, and that they are in their origin not essentially
different from the caves first mentioned. The other cave mouths
which show on this plate illustrate clearly the tendency to acquire
verticality. ar

Now numerous as these joint caves are, they are found with a
single exception where the present water line of Lake Champlain
either just keeps them covered or cuts across their mouths during
some portion of each year. The high water level of spring leaves
but comparatively few of them uncovered, but the number brought
into view rapidly increases with the lowering of the water level. In
other words, the floors of all but a very small number of these
caves lie a meter or more below the present low water level of the
lake while their roofs stand at varying hights above this level, some
of them reaching far above that of present spring floods. Their
horizontal depth is not so easily measured but many small mouths
give forth deep bass notes when any sea is running and their boom-
ing may be heard for considerable distances. A few can be fol-
lowed into the cliff for several meters but a narrower portion may
be always seen to penetrate to still greater depths. Plate 5 shows
a sink hole many meters from the shore line and the sink: hole
shown in plate 6 is 150 meters from the nearest lake margin.*

-

*The sink holes shown in plates 5 and 6 both seem to be of com-
paratively recent origin. In plate 5 a border of fresh earth, on which
nothing was growing, is to be seen around the front of this opening.
This feature and the overhanging sod at the left are indications of the
removal of much earth in a single season. If anything like an equal
amount has been washed out each season the sink hole can not be many
years old. That it was covered in comparatively recent times is also
shown by the presence of portions of old stumps and roots on the rock
surface of the more distant border of the pit. It does not seem likely
that we are here dealing with a recently fallen rock roof but it does
seem likely that such'a roof was crushed in during the last stages of
the ice sheet and that the opening was then filled with till and after-
ward covered by Pleistocene deposits. As soon as the present land had
lowered sufficiently to allow waves to run in and out of the cluster of
narrow caves here seen to connect this pit with the lake, the water
would undermine and carry away these deposits and so allow the sur-
face to finally cave in. Such a conclusion would make the caves con-
necting this pit with the lake, preglacial.

6061 ‘91 19qG019C0
uoyey ydeisojoyd e Worg —“Yorjs oy} FO Spo oY} SUIyIeUE SMOIIY oY} ‘AT[VONIOA Yous Jojo ev dn Surpjoy st sfoy oy} ut
uosiod oy, “YIOp yeoqtuesys plo oy} FO YINos souLsTp JAOYS ve “pUL]St INoIeA JO epIs Jsom OY} UO d[OY YUIS B JO Mor

Plate 6

matt’

Sink hole on the lower terrace (meadow) of the north farm and 150
meters from the west shore of Valcour island. From a photograph looking
north by west and taken October I0, 1909

Plate 7

Block of pure dolomitic limestone, of Lowville? age, cut by confluent
cupholes. Vertical distance from table surface to upper point of block
463 millimeters. Specimen now in the New York State Museum

Plate 8

View of fractured end of the lower portion of the block shown in plate 7.
Presents a side view of the cupholes and forms of figures produced by
nearly vertical sections of the same. Shows also the edge of the dent-
pitted surface below, and indicates approximately the comparative value of
the two forms of erosion as geological agents

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTCR 1909 165

The very marked relation of these caves to the present water
levels of Lake Champlain strongly suggests this lake as their cause.
On the other hand, the vertical depth to which they descend below
low water, their increasing number at the lower levels, their great
width and horizontal depth, their appearance on fresh glaciated sur-
faces and their apparent modification by glacial action, all strongly
suggest a preglacial origin for them and leave them as rock in-
scriptions commemorative of lake Valcour.*

During the past season these caves have been studied with the
hope of finding evidence which shall serve in determining their age
and the manner of their origin. It is the purpose of this paper to
present the evidence found. The first of this evidence deals with a
peculiar feature of erosion found on all cave surfaces which have
been acted upon by the present lake waters. It will be necessary to
treat this feature somewhat in detail and this we propose to do
under the subtitle which follows.

Dentpits. The beds of the uppermost Chazy are in part cov-
ered where they crop out at the northeast corner of the island, but
under the water of the lake and some distance out from the shore
line, wave action has swept them comparatively clean. During the
period of phenomenally low water in 1908 a series of samples of
these beds, which run from just below the sandstone capping of the
Chazy to the beds of the Black River epoch, were secured. One.
bed of very pure dolomitic limestone of Lowville age (?) was
deeply cut on its upper surface by confluent cupholes? whose edges
were so sharp that it was an exceedingly painful matter to stand on
_ them barefooted even though the water was more than a meter

deep. This bed had been undercut, and a large block had fallen
_ from its edge and now lay in a number of smaller pieces. These
_ pieces however still remained in their proper relations to the bed

and to each other and none of them had been turned over by wave

action. On raising a piece of this bed weighing a little over 46

The sink hole shown in plate 6 is in a meadow on the lower terrace
of the north farm and seems to be a still more recent opening. This
hole had been partially filled up with some old cedar stumps, and three
upright poles served to indicate its position to any one mowing the
field. These stumps and one of the poles were temporarily removed in
order to obtain a view of the rock edges in the opening. This opening
was not sufficiently illuminated to allow its interior to show any detail
in the photograph.

*See Some Items Concerning a New and an Old Coast Line of Lake
Champlain. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 133, p. 159-63.

*loc. cit. p. 160-61, pl. 1-5 inc.

166 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

pounds, my attention was called to the very peculiar and clearly cut
pattern on its under surface. As this block must be considered
in evidence, it is represented here on plate 7 to show its upper
surface, plate 8 to show a section through upper and under surfaces,
and plate 9 to show the under surface.

During the early summer-of 1909 an examination was aad of
the cave whose arched mouth, rising just above the whitish dried
algae band, may be seen a little to the left of the center of plate
to. Here a peculiar erosion pattern similar to that on the under
side of the limestone block referred to [pl. 9] was discovered
but with this difference: on the limestone block the surface was of
small area and all the dentlike depressions were confluent; here the
pattern was spread over many square meters of surface and varied
in its degree of complexity all the way from the separate circular
depressions near the mouth of the cave to the horizontally alined:
and crowded.pattern of the deeper recesses. ,

Plate rr is from a photograph of a portion of the north wall of
this cave taken August 1909. The depressions are least crowded
in the upper right-hand portion of the plate or in that portion of the
cave nearest the mouth and under water action for the lesser portion
of each year. A distinct horizontal arrangement of these depres-
sions is to be noted, and we are compelled to attribute it to the
- direction of the flow of water in and out of the cave during wave
action, and not to bedding planes. For convenience “in reference
we shall call this cave Bat cave.

On visiting the recesses of the cavern with a fallen roof, near
the left end of the cliff shown in plate 10, a still more remarkable
arrangement of these depressions was discovered. Plate 12 is from
a photograph taken October 2, 1909. We are here looking westerly
across a higher portion of the inclined cave floor, and the lines
taken ‘by the confluent depressions are clearly seen to take the
natural lines of water discharge. Even.in the vertical fissure shown
here the lines are not horizontal and neither would be the direction
of the outpouring water as a wave receded.

Plate 13 is a view which penetrates deeper into the cavern than
did plate 12. The vertical fissure at the left of plate 12 is seen at
the extreme right of plate 13. In this last plate the relation of
these lines of confluent depressions to the direction of water flow is
still more striking. An examination of these two plates will also
reveal the fact that the sharpest lines of intersections lie deepest
within the cave recesses where they are protected from other

Plate 9

The undersurface of the block shown in plates 7 and 8. Note difference
in character of marginal and central dent pits. The former seem to show
the results of differential solution due to acids generated by microorganisms.
Figure must not have botryoidal appearance.

6061
fe IaqojQ uoye} ydeisojoyd v WoIy ‘spurs! moosjeA pur woods Us9AJoq JoUUBYI oY} FO []eM JsoM ol} FO PUS YWMOS of |

Ol 93¥[q

“BIOWUe 94} FO uorsod ys oy} 0} onp

SE JYUSII OY} PIVMO} SOUT] OSOZ FO JULIS PAVMUAMOP BT, Y-v OUI] [LIWOZIIOY oY} Jopun wos, sxoo[q FO
]VAOWOT oY} toZv ysnf puv Oo61 Jsnsny uosxe} sem Ydeisojoyd 9] “OOF DAV oY} WO [LITOZVIN JO JUOUT
-OAOU WOIT IVIM OU MOYS Sospo Postel oSoy} pu divys o1 SuOTOOSTOJUI Toy] ‘syid juop JUoNTUOD
YJIM PolOAOD SI DOVFINS oY], “oAVD Jeq FO ][VM YOU [vo}19A ATIvoU OY} FO uoTIod eB FO Mot

‘punosso10f; ur yurol uodo oy} FO [[VA [VOI}19A JJo] oY} WO Sjtd JUSp oY} FO yUOUTOUTTY Of} OS[L 9J0N ‘}FoT Ol} 1 2.0.19
-sIp JO dovjd oY} psVMO} oS1oAUOD pu s}id JUSp JUaNYUOD JO PowsoF o1v ASYT, “1OO]F poulpUt oY} UO sfouUNt ot} o}0N
‘6061 ‘Z JaqopEQ Uoyv} Yydersojoyd v WO “FOOT UaT[eF OY} YIM UsTOAKD oUuL{d SuIppad oY} FO SaSsodoT UIOM-OAL MA

ZI o3eId

elie
WADA rece bn

Lah

‘jurol uodo [von4oA FO [][VA JoYJO UO OST Woy} 9}0N
‘waas Ajieajo st s}id Juep JWonpUos yno-UvaTD Jo PolwIOF o1B sjouULYS osoy} WY, “WoNvuypour Jo yunoulv oy} FO uwore}Uoso1d
Joni} & JOF TI ozv[d JO PUNOISIIOJ V9G “OOVFANS SI} FO dip quoivdde oy} poyesiossexo sey sutuey10yse1o,7 ‘cI oyvjd ur sv
Way} sso1ov JOU— Moy FO sourj,oy} dn pue Suope syooy ‘(sno0f JO ynO) PuNOASoIOF OY} UT SossBLE YIOI oY} wosMjod suruado
MoIreU B YSNoIy, oye, ‘MOIA SIU, “21 oyed Jo soULISIP S[PpPIU SY} UT Uses SVM SP oUTYS 94} ST JYSI 9UTOI}xXe OY} Je qutol
uado [eoy410A oy, “6061 “fz Joqo}IQ Uoye} ydessojoyd ve worg “eI oyepd UT j1ed Ul UMOYS UITQAVD OY} FO SassodI1 UTOM-AL MA”

H

See,
ae
nh

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 * 107

erosive agencies. This feature of erosion is both peculiar and im-
portant enough to receive a distinct name, and the name dentpit is
hereby proposed. ;

Dentpits defined. Dentpits are vortex-formed, shallow rock
concavities whose width greatly exceeds their depth and whose
axes are perpendicular to the rock surface. Their diameters are
usually between 1 and 5 centimeters, and a separate dentpit has
much the same form and smooth character as the concave surface
of a watch crystal. Sections along their axes give curves that are ap-
proximately arcs of circles whose radii are usually between 3 and 4
centimeters in length. These dentpits when confluent often pre-
sent an appearance much like that of hammered brass, but their
intersections are usually very sharp and clearly defined. Like cup-
holes they are sometimes seen to be arranged in definite lines which
take the direction of the water flow.

The differences between dentpits and cupholes are both numerous
and well marked. Cupholes present hyperbolic or parabolic outlines
on longitudinal sections. The former are usually between 5 and 15
centimeters in diameter and their depth is usually greater than their
width; their axes are always vertical even though cut on the sices
of steeply sloping surfaces, and they are cut or deepened directly
downward; they usually contain some fine silt in their deepest por-
tions. Dentpits, on the contrary, present circular outlines on per-
pendicular sections. They are usually between 1 and 5 centimeters
in diameter and their depth is very markedly less than their width;
their axes are confined to no one direction and their cups may be
deepened even directly upward; no silt ever remains in their de-
pressions. Dentpits are developed on rather pure calcareous rocks
where the water is strongly agitated by frequently ‘broken and re-
flected wave motion and where the water carries but little matter
in mechanical suspension.

Formation of dentpits. When quiet pure water rests against
jimestone, molecules and ions of the latter become detached and
pass into the water; this process we call solution. The presence
of such molecules and ions in the film of water next the rock inter-
feres with further detachments, an equilibrium is soon attained
and solution ceases; the water is said to be saturated. If the water
has a rapid molar motion it will produce a more rapid solution of
the limestone because it never allows the film next the limestone to
become saturated, or continually removes it after saturation. -The
more rapid the movement of the water the more rapid the solution,

168 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

provided that the water forced in to take the place of that whirled
away is itself unsaturated, and also provided that there is no limit
to the speed with which such molecules may become detached when
in actual contact with unsaturated films.

In true differential solution we are confronted by a surface
whose relief speaks of different degrees of solubility due to differ-
ences in chemical or other character of the surface in question.
Our recent discussion however should make it clearly manifest
that we may have a relief that speaks clearly of differences in
motion (speed and direction) of the solvent and dentpits present
us with a relief perhaps in great measure so formed.

That a solid rock relief may express this difference in speed and
direction and motion of a solvent is also shown by numerous lime-
stone sheepbacks of this region, which exhibit deeply cut rill chan-
nels on their exposed surfaces. A typical boss of this character is
shown in plate 14. The channels may be seen to start from near
the top of a well rounded boss, where they have no appreciable
depth, take the natural direction of water flowing down the inclines
and sink to a depth of 15 centimeters below the surface before the
rill becomes 150 centimeters long. This is a rate of increase of
1 in depth for every to linear. These channels are usually sub-
parallel and are often but 20 to 30 centimeters from each other.
The only abrading materials which are here to be obtained are
atmospheric dust and such particles as are separated from the rock
through solution. These rill channels are not wholly due to rainfall
but were in some measure due to melting glacial ice. Whatever
the source of the water there was a very evident increase in cutting
power due to change in velocity as the water passed down the in-
clines. Whatever allowance may be made for mechanical abrasion,
there will still be left a large part of the difference in depth which
is due to solution. We may hold this to be another example of
differential solution— due not.to difference in character of the
rock mass but to difference in rate of motion of the solvent.

Where the axes of dentpits are parallel to the bedding planes
their surfaces are often crossed by thin laminae containing a large
percentage of silica. If solution were the only process used in their
formation such laminae should form sharp projecting ridges, yet
differences in bedding are so little expressed through relief as to
be either not at all noticeable, or to be barely felt by the finger tips.
Mechanical abrasion thus seems to have been present at all times.

The sharp edges of the intersections of confluent dentpits at once

) 6061

JOGWAON Udy} Ydes8ojoyd v wor1y ‘JWoATOS JO uOowW up psods Joyvo1s 0} oNp ST Sutuedoop prdvr ssoym spouuryo {jt
sMOyS ‘A “N ‘Sinqsye[q ‘Joo13s uewyseg JO pulse YJsJOU oY} FO YIAOU StoJOUT OOe JNOde epUTIOJNOUT SYLI0+1 B FO VdBTINS

eho!
<5

VI 93e[G

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 169

demonstrate the fact that no abrasive particle used could have had
sufficient mass to enable it to escape from the vortex and cut across
this border. On the other hand it has already been pointed out
that the water during great storms is never noticeably discolored
where these dentpits occur, and that the lake bottom has been swept
clean of all fine material for considerable distances from the cliff.
The water is not bringing in silt to use in its attacks upon the cliff,
_ but it is in fact removing, through the agency of lake currents, all

those particles which are fine enough to remain any considerable
time in suspension, and leaving them where the present lake does
not have the power to pick them up again. Thus we must conclude
that abrasive material of sufficient fineness to do work of this char-
acter is apparently conspicuous only by its absence. Some fine abra-
sive material must however always be present and to such inorganic
particles as may be brought, detached, or allowed temporarily to
remain, we must add such organic particles of the plankton as the
calcareous carapaces of microscopic crustacea and the silicious
frustules of diatoms.

There is a border land between solution and abrasion that is but
little understood. The points of contact between any two masses
may be considered as molecular rather than molar and differential
motion between the two masses might detach single molecules as
well as clusters of molecules. Increasing speed of molar motion
introduces new conditions and unexpected results. A tallow candle
is driven through an oak plank; water is made to cut rock in
hydraulic mining; our great breech-loading guns, used in warfare,
are short lived because escaping gases driven with great velocity
cut away the metal around their breach mechanism. The energy of
an ounce of hydrogen moving with the velocity of a thousand feet
a second is precisely the same as that of a steel ball of same weight
and velocity. A stream of molecules driven against a solid may
detach not only molecules but masses as well. We may get some
idea of this from tornado destruction. Note also the action of air
on swiftly moving meteoric bodies. We may then be justified in
concluding that there is such a thing as molecular abrasion, that it
is a fact to be dealt with in nature, and that it has played a part
in the formation of dentpits.t

ae

1 For erosive power of escaping gases on guns see Ordinance and Gunnery,
by Col. O. M. Lissak, page 260. 2

For statement that “The erosive effect of the gases appears to depend
more on their velocity than on the maximum pressure” see ibid. page 550.

1/,@ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

One additional point should be made here. The condition of the
molecular film of water next any soluble substance must at least
be as complex as its molecular film in contact with the air. In the
film next the rock surface for instance, there are molecules of
water passing into the rock and molecules of rock passing into the
water. This film may have exceedingly tenaceous properties, and
the greater the difficulty of removing it, of freeing the separate ions
or molecules in it through diffusion, the slower will be the process
of solution. When the solvent is thrown into rapid motion against
this film it not only helps to tear it away but some of its energy is
transformed into heat and electricity and before dissipation can
take place such transformation may very materially accelerate the
process of solution itself. In other words these forces may super-
saturate the film while they are in action and relief will be found
in forced diffusion aided by mass motion. We may therefore hold
for the present that dentpits are the result, in part, of differential
solution, due to differences in motion of the solvent; and in part
also to molecular abrasion and abrasion by molar particles of ex-
ceedingly small mass. |

Comparison oi potholes, cupholes and dentpits. In pothole
formation we have large and comparatively constant vortexes which
are capable of moving large pebbles and of giving them a rotary
motion of considerable radius. These factors determine size. Grav-
ity plays a very important part in their formation for it determines
the direction of the cutting, holds the heavy tools against the
bottom with considerable force, and does not allow the vortex
motion to lift them and use them against the upper and older por-
tions of the excavation. The side cutting is continued by finer
material but the bottom cutting is so greatly in excess of it that
deep rather cylindrical holes with well rounded bottoms result. Sec-
tions along their axes will give somewhat U-shaped figures.*

In -cuphole formation the vortexes are markedly intermittent in
action, 1f not reversed, are much smaller, more closely packed
together and incapable of handling heavy material. These factors
again determine size and also number per unit of area. The part
played by gravity is not so important although it still loads the
vortex points, determines the direction of their cutting and keeps
their axes vertical.

1 Giant kettles do not differ much from potholes in the manner of their
formation though they do in the agent employed and in their size and
distribution.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 171

Gravity also still aids in holding the cutting material against the
surfaces, retains it there when motion ceases, and adds new mate-
rial thereto from the water and the air above. On account of the
fineness of this material the vortex holds most of it in suspension
as an air vortex does dust, and while it cuts down at its apex,
gravity is powerless to keep the greater part of the load there and
a very marked widening of the older portion of the cut is allowed
to take place." Sections along their axes therefore give us some-
what V-shaped outlines but the sides are never straight lines and
the figure is more nearly that of a parabola or hyperbola.

In dentpit formation we are dealing with still smaller vortexes and
usually with a greater number per unit area. If the vortex is acting
against steeply inclined or overhung surfaces at some distance from
the bottom, or source of load, it will be able to use only such
abrading material as is already in mechanical suspension in the
water or which may be supplied to the vortex through the action of
vertical currents or through detachment from the rock surface.
The deeper the water the finer will the particles be that the vortex
is allowed to use. Instead of pressing the abrading material
against the surface, as in pothole and cuphole formation, gravity is
always working to keep such material away from overhung sur-
faces and is constantly trying to withdraw from the grasp of the
vortex all particles whose specific gravity is.greater than that of the
water. The material used must therefore be somewhat uniformly
distributed throughout the vortex rather than loaded in or confined
to a smaller portion, that would thus be itself drawn down by
gravity, and the cutting in consequence will be less localized and
confined to no one direction. In other words, one portion of a
vortex can not cut more than another because of greater load,
unless the vortex segregates its abrasive material through centrif-
ugal action, and if so segregated, the result would be a cut show-
ing that widening is carried on greatly in excess of deepening, and
this is the form of cut that we actually find. The fact that the
effect of gravity on the sediment is here made a negative rather
than a positive quantity is in itself a distinction which places dent-
pits in a distinct class and we must see that they really differ more
markedly from cupholes than do the latter from potholes. We
may also note that when this cutting is on overhung or nearly ver-
tical surfaces gravity does not allow abrasive material to remain on

*It is in this manner that cupholes, such as those shown in State Museum
Bulletin 133, plate 4, are cut in the sides of steeply sloping surfaces.

i7s NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

the surface when motion ceases, and brings no new material to this
‘surface during intervals of rest. From the aspect of the question
in regard to the influence of gravity we might be led to assert that
while potholes and cupholes can be cut only downward, dentpits
can be cut in any direction but downward; and under all ordinary
conditions the statement would be true. We have seen however in
plates 12 and 13 that where waters are comparatively pure, typical
dentpits may cut very nearly downward. Where waters hold no
particles heavy enough to allow the influence of gravity to become
positive and thus interfere with the tendency of the vortex to
whirl them freely about, there is no apparent reason why dentpits
might not be cut directly downward.

That the recognition of dentpits may become a matter of no
little importance, will be seen if we consider them for a moment in
their relation as geological timepieces. Niagara has long since be-
come a classic in this respect, and while we realize that the time
problem is not so simple as it was first thought to be its value is
greater today than ever before and its accuracy as a timepiece
will be more clearly understood in the near future than it now is.
Giant kettles must be cut with a speed which is in some respects
comparable to that with which cauldronlike cavities are excavated
at the foot of falls where vortex motion is both great and rapid.
The cutting of potholes is a much slower process. When we come
to cupholes we are dealing with phenomena which require a very
much longer period in which to produce any marked result. The
intermittent character of the vortex, its smal! size, the fineness of
the material used, the slight pressure allowed the abrading material
at the cutting point, these and other things make the above con-
clusion an inevitable one. These cupholes show conclusively that
at no time since the recession of postglacial Lake Vermont has
the water surface remained at any one level so long as it has re
mained at the level! on which these cupholes are cut. Now in dent-
pit formation we must remember that we are dealing with smaller
vortexes and with abrading material so fine that gravity can give
it no pressure whatever on the surface undergoing the cutting.
This abrasive material is not only exceedingly fine but there is in
amount not zoo of that which is allowed or used in the cutting of
cupholes.

Keeping in mind the statements just made, let us examine
the shores of Valcour island. Where cupholes have not become
confluent they are cut on distinctly glaciated surfaces and their

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECICR 1909 17S

depth rarely exceeds 10 centimeters. Where dentpits have not
become confluent they may also be found on glaciated surfaces and
the markedly slower process of their formation has rarely allowed
them to penetrate to a depth greater than 1 centimeter. Scattered
dentpits on an undoubtedly glacial surface may be seen in plate 4,
on the smoother surface of the rock and about half way between
low and high water. Foreshortening makes them appear as ellipses.
A little above this belt and near the extreme right a few more nearly
circular outlines may be detected. These dentpits are of precisely
the age of the cupholes and both were started on glacial surfaces
when the water was lowered to near the present level. Now, just
inside of the mouth of Bat cave in the opposite wall of the channel
and at the same level, we may also find a few separate dentpits but
much better developed than those on the wall outside. Where cup-
holes have become confluent they have of course destroyed the
glaciated surface. In these regions of greater activity the surface
may have been cut away to an average depth of perhaps 20 centi-
meters. Likewise with dentpits, where confluent, the vortexes pro-
ducing them were the more numerous and stronger and the amount
of surface removed may have been as great as’2 centimeters. This
is the condition of the cave wall shown in plate 11. Now as this
cave is more than a meter wide it follows that in all its essential
features it is as old as the glaciated surfaces on which the dentpits
are cut outside. The recognition of these dentpits and a knowledge
of their rate of formation thus enables us to decide a very important
question and the answer is evidence of the strongest character for
preglacial or interglacial Lake Valcour.

As dentpits stand in such an intimate relation to solution it will
be important to consider next this factor in the formation of the
Valcour island caves. :

Solvent power of Lake Champlain on its limestones. Cystid
point, on the southeast shore of Valcour island, seems to be caused
by the presence of a fissure, and the little cove just south of it is
filled-with movable rock debris to a depth of about 2 meters. On
either side of this cove the shores consist of bare rock. Suspecting
the eastward extension of a fault here, I have made an examination

q _ of the visible lake bottom from a rowboat on a perfectly still day at

a time of low water in the fall of the year. The condition under
water was much like that noted on the exposed shore. A depressed
belt over the fissure was covered with boulders and pebbles of
various kinds and sizes while, on either side of this, large areas of

174 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

bed rock were free from loose material. At some distance from
the shore the material covering the belt was such as we should
expect to find in a region of washed till. The belt was here neither
so wide nor so thickly covered as it was on the exposed shore.
Wave action had evidently assorted and built up the shore de-
posit but the deposit under deeper water seemed to have sutfered
little if any movement.

Under about a meter and a half of water we noticed a pebble
about the size of a cobblestone which was resting with its bedding
planes in vertical positions and which appeared to show the results
of differential solution in a rather interesting manner. The ar-
rangement of its alternating layers of very fine silicious and cal-
careous sediments seemed strikingly like that of a peculiar bed
found on the island only in the weakest part of the Camarotoechia
shales. Its calcareous layers had been dissolved or eroded to con-
siderable depths, leaving the projecting silicious layers as an index
of the former size and shape of the pebble. One aspect of this
specimen is shown in plate 15.

When broken from its bed, during the last glacial period, or when
separated from the larger block of which it may have formed a
part, it evidently had the form of a four-sided prism with faces of
unequal area. In our figure it is resting on the remaining portions
of the largest of these former faces, which is much foreshortened
in the view, and it has what is now left of its former smallest face,
at the lower front. The latter face has been wholly lost from the
softer portions of the stone and these now possess an acute angle
in place of it. This prismatic form was considerably modified,
during its movement with the till, but was not wholly lost. Glacia-
tion seems also to have added a few facets.

Any marked wave or water action on this specimen must have
been absent during the existence of Lake Vermont and the Hochel-
agan sea, for those were times of deposit in this locality. When
Lake Champlain began work at nearly its present level it had first
to remove these later deposits and wash out the finer material of
the till before it could begin to work on what then must have been a
smooth glaciated pebble. The cutting out or the dissolving of the
softer portions of this stone must therefore be purely the work of
Lake Champlain and of no older body of water. Its study should
yield testimony of great value as to the ability of this lake to have
formed the series of caves which now lie along its Valcour island
shores.

Plate 15

*

ap in Hl oa TU mn aT } ahs
Vel ‘ajo' ap ‘aja t aa} ale

One aspect of a glacial pebble which has lost much of its substance through
differential solution and erosion by Lake Champlain

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTQR IQO9 175

We may first note the exceeding thinness of some of the re-
tained silicious laminae which now project in places as far
as three or more centimeters beyond the surfaces of its cal-
careous layers. The edges of some of these sheetlike exten-
sions are so fragile that they were broken in several places dur-
ing the careful handling which the specimen received before
being photographed. The edge of one recent break may be
seen in the middle thin sheet of plate 15 and is shown in plate
16, figure 2. That these and other fragile edges had been pre-
served shows conclusively not only that the specimen had
not been rolled by wave action for ages but also that wave
action had not been able to roll or throw smaller pebbles against
these edges since they were formed. This witness against the
power of wave motion in this locality to use small pebbles as
tools of erosion would lead to the conclusion that this speci-
men, when found, was resting on the same base on which it
rested at the time of cessation of motion of the last ice sheet.
This may be true, but there are two different times in which this
pebble may have been moved and it will be weil to note them.
The bare areas mentioned may have been first cleaned off by sub-
glacial drainage moving under pressure and the pebble may then
have been removed from the till to find permanent lodgment in
the more sheltered position over the fissure. If not moved
before the ice front passed to the north it could not have been
moved until the waters of Lake Champlain had arrived at ap-
proximately their present level. While Cystid point is some
what sheltered from storm action yet it is no easy matter to
land here in a rowboat during strong north or south winds.
Waves of exceptional force may have swept the till from the
bare areas mentioned and moved the pebble to the deeper and
better protected position in which it was found. Whether left
in this position by the ice sheet or moved thither during either
of the periods mentioned above, it could have been subjected
to solution or abrasion only since the deposits of the Hoche-
lagan sea were swept away. If for long ages wave motion had
been unable to use small pebbles against its thin edges it must
have been unable even once to turn this specimen over during
that same long period and the erosive features we are about to
notice will yield strong evidence in support of this conclusion.

One face of the supposedly dissolved portions of this specimen
is unmistakably marked by typical and confluent dentpits with

176 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

widths of about 10 millimeters and depths of from 1 to 2 milli-
meters. The presence of dentpits shows us at once that these
softer layers have not been cut away by simple solution but
that erosion at the hands of vortex motion has played an im-
portant part in the process. Remembering also that dentpits
show absence of cutting vortex points loaded with sediment
by gravity, we find them in this case indicative of surfaces
which can not well have been upper surfaces. The two sur-
faces on which these dentpits appear are both on the under-
side of the specimen as it is shown in plate 15, or on the broad-
est face of the present three-sided interior prism and are only
separated from each other by the thin silicious sheet of the
middle bedding planes. As in this plate the specimen is rest-
ing on the remnants of its older prismatic face of greatest area,
which was the position in which its center of mass would be
lowest, it would appear that these surfaces were not only under-
surfaces when found but that they had been such during the
whole age of Lake Champlain. These two dentpitted surfaces of
the softer beds of the stone have been cut by abrasion and solu-
tion together until they are now 27 millimeters distant from the
outer edge of the harder layers or from the probable surface of
the stone as the last ice sheet left it. This aspect of the speci-
men is shown in plate 16, figure 1.

The surfaces of the soft beds which are opposite the sur-
faces just described are indented with numerous, more conical
pits, measuring from 2 to 3 millimeters in diameter and having
about half that depth. The cutting here is of the type effected
by vortexes whose peints are down, and kept filled with sediment
by gravity. Though the dimensions of these cuts are so small,
they have lowered this surface of the specimen some 55 milli-
meters. As cutting of this type can take place only in a down-
ward direction the surfaces of the specimen on which they ap-
pear must have been upper surfaces. These are the surfaces
uppermost in plate 15 and the greater rapidity of the cutting on
this portion of the specimen only served to lower its center
of mass the more and make its equilibrium still more stable.
These surfaces have very probably been upper surfaces ever
since the cessation of motion of the last ice sheet. This as-
pect of the specimen is shown in plate 16, figure 2.

The character of the two soft layers does not change on pass-
ing from one side of this stone to the other and the difference

WuUNaSNYNT 3383S, 10K MON of} Ul Mou wotIdeds
‘SOOJIOA J9}VA FO s}utod papeoy ynq [peIUs AyTSsurpoooxa Auviu Aq JNO uVeq dav O} oovFins Joddn dy} sMoys 2 oInSIy
“sjid yUop JUoMyUCS pure yeordA, tsnoyy
[JVs dAvaT 0} SV IOUULI BP YONS UL saxozIOA Jo}VM A JD Usdq IAVY 0} Spoq FOS dy} FO ddvJiNS JopuN sy} SMOYS I dINSIyT
‘urepdiey) oyey JO 10}VM jJsaMOT MOOq Y}dep StoJoUr B IDAO dI}I]T B WOIF UdyL} o[Gqod popO1td-1oJVM LV JO SMOTA OMT,

at ,olt, |e Jey. alt be

| HTH VTL a AN

QI 938 Id

*
1
~

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 WI

in the depth of the cutting is due purely to a difference in the
action of the environmental forces. When this specimen was
first taken from its resting place no attention was given to’ its
position on the bottom other than that its bedding planes were
vertical. In other words it was not noted which side was upper-
“most. The two distinct types of erosive action we have been
: discussing have, however, enabled us to very positively determine
this matter some years after the date of collection. Not only
_have they done this but they also have strengthened the con-
clusion, drawn from the thin edged laminae, that this stone had
never been moved by the action of heavy seas but had remained
‘with its dentpitted surface down for several thousand years.

_ It may here be noted that this pebble yields information of
yet another variety. That the floors of many of our caves are
a meter or more below the present lowest water level of the
lake would in itself be evidence that this lake did not cut them
unless it had for a long time been at a lower level than the
average of the last hundred years. Now it could not have been
that meter lower without having brought the specimen we have
been discussing so near to the surface that the waves of storms
_ would have used it as a plaything, deprived it of its thin edges,
destroyed the remaining evidences of its former angular out-
lines and made of it a simple beach pebble. Its fellows would
_also have been so changed in position as to bear witness of the
segregating power of wave action. Our pebble thus yields evi-
dence that goes to prove that the surface of Lake Champlain
has never been materially lower than it was in November 1908,
and never before perhaps so low.

The old benchmark in Shelbourne aa made in 1827 marks
‘the exceptionally low water reached that year. Not till 1881
was this mark passed and a new record established. In No-
vember 1908 this was again passed by about 2 inches. As the
~ pebble we have discussed is in itself testimony that the lake
has never been lower since the period of the Hochelagan sea and
‘as it bears on its surface an index of the work accomplished
_ only since the present lake waters were low enough to uncover
this pebble, it becomes in itself a timepiece showing the age of
-Lake Champlain. In other words this pebble presents clear evi-
_ dence which goes to show that on the melting of the ice sheet, iso-
static balance was quickly restored in this region and a position close
toa former water level, that of Lake Valcour, was rapidly recov-
_ ered and has since been held.

178 ‘ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

_ Let us now take the evidence this pebble has to offer con-
cerning the question of cave formation. As it has rested at a
level close to that of the floors of many of these caves for just
as long a time as Lake Champlain has been in existence, it
should be able to offer a fair measure of this lake’s capacity to
dissolve its limestones and to erode them through dentpit
formation. At Cystid point these two agencies have cut com-
paratively pure limestones to the depth of but 27 millimeters.
It does not seem likely that the deeper purer waters of Para-
dise bay could, in a more sheltered position, have cut to greater
depths during the same period. Many of the caves of this region,
however, represent a cutting more than 75 times as wide and
several hundred times as deep. Portions of their walls are out
of water for more than half of each year and are then free from
any action of this nature, but the pebble has remained under
water for every moment of every year. The results of this
comparison are very striking and perhaps are not wholly fair.
It may be urged that vortex action would be stronger and there-
fore more effective in shallower waters. This may be true, but
the greater depths of the caves have also been subjected to this
action for every moment of every year and under this depth
we shall probably be again dealing with vortexes whose strength
is no greater than those of the pebbles’ level at Cystid point.
Most of the cave walls maintain their wedgelike shape and be-
come wider as the limit of low water is reached. Weighing
carefully the evidence, we shall make ample allowance for the
results of these two features of wall cutting if we credit them with
the removal of between 2 and 4 centimeters of surface during the
age of the present lake. The evidence of the pebble is therefore
to the effect that Lake Champlain has been at most but a modifier
of a belt of old caves which were very evidently left here by an
ancestral body of water.

Valuable as has been the evidence this specimen has given us,
it has yet failed to show that for which it was taken from its
position of long rest. In other words it has failed to clearly show
the amount of solution accomplished by the present lake.
We have merely found a very definite limit which solution could
not have reached in the time involved. It should be allowable
however, and helpful as well, to make an approximate or tentative
estimate of the share each agent has accomplished in this recorded
work. As a whole, abrasion is a much more powerful agent than

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 179

| solution, but we are on very uncertain ground when the abrasive
| material used is as fine as it must be in this case; and also when its
| particles are so much freed from the influence of gravity. The
| practical absence of evidence for differential solution on dentpit
_ surfaces, however, is a very good indication that molar abrasion is
| here still the most important factor. We may allow it at least
| two thirds of the 27 millimeters noted. The remaining g milli-
| meters will then become an index of an utmost limit for the amount
| of erosion accomplished by molecular abrasion, solution in presence
| of a rapidly moving solvent, and solution in a quiet solvent or
| where molecules and ions can escape from the contact films only
' by diffusion or movement induced by gravity.

As the rapidly deepening rill channels on roche moutonnée slopes
_ are by themselves strong evidence of the powerful influence of a
| rapidly moving solvent, and as our previous discussion shows that
| we should expect it to be such in both this type and in dentpit
| formation, we may assume that vortex motion through molecular
| abrasion, through bringing the greatest volume of water in contact
| with a given surface in a given time, through forceful detachment
| of portions of saturated contact films and through various trans-
formations of energy, is responsible for at least two thirds of this
' g millimeters, and that quiet normal solution, relying on simple
- gravity or diffusion to further liberate the molecules which have
_ passed into the contact film of the solvent, is responsible for not
| more than 3 millimeters of a surface on which it has been acting
| for 50 centuries or’ more, which is the time we may temporarily
| assign for the age of Lake Champlain.

a While, therefore, solution may have played a very important part
- in the formation of these caves, it was very certainly not solution
by the waters of our present Lake Champlain.

_ Additional evidence as to the effects of solution is to be found
— in Sloop bay. At the foot of a cliff which terminates the horizontal
depth of the bay there is exposed a wide glaciated shelf which
dips gradually southerly and enters the present waters of the lake.
The higher portions of this shelf are still covered by till and show
_ the usual scratched and polished surface of the rock, when un-
- covered. That portion which has longest been uncovered, save at
_ highest water of spring floods, has been acted upon by expansion
_ of water freezing in its joints and bedding planes, and large blocks
have been loosened to be pushed about by shore ice or dragged sea-
‘ward by ice blocks during the breaking up of the lake in the spring.

180 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

As the shelf approaches low water it reaches a level where the action
just described is inoperative, and the surface sheet of rock has not
been removed. This surface sheet is swept clean of sediment and
is much as the ice sheet left it. The bed here had its constituent
sediments assorted by vibration of the bottom waters of the Chazy
sea, due probably in part to wave motion on the surface and in part
to tidal flow of waters over the surface of the sediments. A series
of interlocking ridges containing much silicious material were thus
segregated and the bottoms of the miniature valleys between filled
with the finer and purer calcareous material of the bottom. Solu-
tion aided by mechanical attrition has carried away the exposed
softer portions of this bed to a depth frequently measuring 24 milli-
meters and sometimes slightly exceeding this depth. A view of this
shelf at a time of low water is shown in plate 17. The ridges
remain as flat surfaces of irregular outline. Abrasion has removed
the glacial polish and finer striae from these surfaces and there is
a slight relief of a fraction of a millimeter in some places which
reveals figures like branching algae with stems from 2 to 6 milli-
meters in diameter. The amount removed from the higher surface
can not well be more than 1 or possibly 2 millimeters, the aver-_
age loss of surface from the softer and harder portions being in
the vicinity of 15 millimeters. The bay opens to the east and
there are no strong winds from this direction in this region. North
or south storms disturb the waters here but very little. The bay
however has a muddy bottom and storm action enables its waters
to take up enough sediment to become discolored. At such times
small and gently moving waves with an abundance of fine abrasive
material must lap this area. Careful examination of the lowered
sutfaces of the rock plainly show the presence of water vortexes
carrying silt. The difference between the 55 millimeters of the
block last studied and the 24 millimeters of surface removed here
must be largely due to the great difference of wave energy in the
two localities. Whatever part has been played by solution in the
lowering of the Sloop bay surface has been aided in no little
measure by plant action for blocks taken from this surface show a
dried organic film still attached to the very irregularly pitted sur-
faces of the depressions. The depth of 24 millimeters is not to be
found next the harder ridges but near the middle of the softer
area. Solution alone would have worked with greater uniformity.
As in even the lesser depths, erosion by vortex action is still a
factor, it hardly seems possible that pure solution could have

‘QOVFINS poj}eIeVpsS JOWIOZ 94} MOfeq SioJowyUs. € pure © usdA\joq
JO DOULISIP & O} JpYs sty} Fo suonsod t9}~os ay} Jno oAvY ‘UOTSeIqe [eoIURYoSU Aq poeple ‘uIR[dueYyD oy" FO ssomod
JuaAyos ayy, “9c61 ‘6z Jequiojdas UO 19}eM MO] SULINp usyey ‘Aeq doops ul Fpfoys yoo1 e Fo Ydeisojoyd B wo

Zi 33e[q

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTCR 1909 181

moved more than a very few millimeters of this surface. Now
the periods of time involved in the cutting of the dentpits, the
| eer layers of the pebble from Cystid point, and the softer layers
f the rock shelf here are practically equal, for the phenomena
| Beir along the same horizon. When once the waters of Lake
| Champlain had reached their present level it would not take shov-
fing blocks of ice very long to clean off the Sloop bay shores and
| leave them very much as we now find them. The amount of rock
ug irface removed by the solvent action of the incessantly changing,
and far from saturated, waters of Lake Champlain is shown by
I these studies to have been remarkably small.
_A still more conclusive bit of evidence concerning solution is to
[be found along the more southern portion of the west shore of
| the island. There is a line of low cliffs along a considerable portion
Of this shore, and it often rises several meters above low water.
These surfaces are exposed to wave action from seas raised by
Westerly winds. Such waves here carry little sediment owing to the
| deep water and clean rock bottom just off shore. That these waters
| are deep is indicated by the presence of the ruins of an old dock here
at which the largest lake steamers used to stop to take on wood in
the days when that was the available fuel. A view of this
region is shown in plate 18. The long oval rock basin of the fore-
| ground, considerably foreshortened in our view, is but one of a
number of such basins cut by the till on the old shore line of Lake
Valcour. The debris seen in the basin has been derived from
higher portions of the shore line through the effects of freezing
water in joints and bedding planes, and the action of shore ice. The
amount of the destructive work of Lake Champlain on this older
glaciated shore line may be easily seen. The principal, and by far
the greatest cause of loss, has been due to the effects of freezing
water in joints and bedding planes and the subsequent removal
of the loosened blocks through the action of shore ice. The ma-
terial now lodged in the glaciated basin is a portion of the material
which was so derived from the surface above. Wave action itself,
even with the load of tools here present, has been rather an unim-
portant agent and has not been able to modify appreciably the basin
in question. A nearly complete portion of an old glaciated outline
Of this ancient coast may be seen where the figure is present. One
block has been removed from the surface on which she is standing
but much of the old glaciated surface remains above and to the
right of her head. The shelf on which the boat rests has been

182 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

somewhat cut by cupholes. The edge of a still older, upper ter-
race, which Lake Valcour was destroying, may be seen directly
above the head of the figure. The old steamboat dock is hidden
in the second cove beyond the boat. In plate 19 we have a view
in this region taken farther to the north and near the position of
the old steamboat dock. - Another glacial basin, partly filled with
rock debris, is here shown. The rock boss at the right of it has
not yet lost its glaciated outlines although freezing water has de-
tached one block from its surface and the movement of shore ice
has drawn it a little outward. We have here a practically unbroken
glaciated outline reaching from low to high water. While the lake
was yet above its present level the side of this boss facing the
lake must have lost the sediments with which it may have been
eovered. Its surface has been exposed to the action of solution
throughout the age of Lake Champlain. While the movement of
loose material on this surface has destroyed glacial striae yet such
striae may be seen on surfaces at the same level just south of this.
There are places here that have not lost 5 millimeters from their
former polished surfaces and we are obliged to limit the solvent
power of the lake waters to a figure at least as low as our estimate
made from the study of the pebble taken from Cystid point. If one
is still in doubt as to the correctness of this estimate let him exam-
‘Ine again the west side of Spoon island as shown in plate 4. The
unbroken glaciated surface shown there runs from below lowest
water to above highest water After allowing for loss of surface
at the hands of various agents active here, what will you have left
for simple solution? The well developed caves of plates 1 and 10
lie between 60 and 180 meters from this face and on the same level.
What part has solution, at the hands of Lake Champlain, played
in their formation?

Before leaving this question of solution we should call more
definite attention to an agent we have but mentioned, and that
is the influence of living or decaying green algae, sponges and
micro-organisms. If we again examine plate 9 we may note
that this surface of the Lowville block has a border of dentpits
which distinctly show the effects of differential solution brought
about by the above cause after the block had fallen from its bed.
Nearer the center of the block there was not light enough to sup-
port plant life and the dentpits of this region have suffered but
little change though there are a few thin seams of less solvent
material running through the block that have here formed very

Q061 Jsnsny ur uexe} ydersojoyd B Wor “Moe A, oye] FO s101Ys
Jap[O oy} JO SoullyMO pojvise[s oY} FO eutOS SuUIMOYS “puRst inosyeA JO 9104s jSoMUINOS sf} FO uonsod @ FO MoIA V

gl aid

: “oop yeoquivo}s plo ‘poso.14sop DARA
ay} JO aed & SI UIseq pojelor[s 94} puosoq jsnf jutod sayy, “Jo,VM Yory OF MO] WOIF 9uTNO JeIOR]s uoyorqun Ayjeor}oe1d
eB SMOYS “6061 ‘OI JaqojIQ woye ydersojoyd Be WOT} pus! MoojeA JO I10YS Jsomy}nos oy} FO UOIOd v Jo MorA

ah

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 183

e and slightly raised lines which follow the rise and fall of the
ntpit surfaces. Such elevations on the general relief of this
tface are in no case greater than a fraction of a millimeter.
Phis type of solution is due to organic acids produced by resi-
lent organic forms, and is chemical in its nature. The cave
lls are protected from this agent, save in an indirect way,
meot they are shielded from light. The lake waters themselves of
® course hold carbon dioxid in solution and the supply is constant
and from various sources. It has no doubt markedly increased
fhe solvent power of Lake Champlain waters but its effects lie
within the limit of the 3 millimeters already set as the greatest
limit of quiet solution since the recession of the Hochelagan sea.

| _ Effect of expansion of freezing water. We have already
Icalled attention to this most powerful of all the disin tegrative
agents now at work on Valcour island in our remarks covering
the features presented by plates 18 and 19. The vertical or
f overhanging front of the cliff shown in plate 1 is very largely
due to this cause. In the Fourth Report of the Director of the
Science Division [N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 121] plates 5 and 6, will
be found two reproductions of this cliff from photographs which
I made in the winter of 1903. Both views were taken from the
ice surface shown in the foreground, and both contain a view of
some portion of the cliff shown in our present plate 1. The ice
curtains, which speak of frozen spray, have a very interesting
| story to tell of cliff destruction. The effect of this agent is here
seen to be destroying caves instead of making them. The most
numerous and most marked changes in temperature occur on the
‘exposed faces of these walls. The waves break here and wet the
‘surfaces to great hights. The lake waters themselves are
‘rarely frozen over (save for a few days) until some time in Janu-
‘ary. The fall rains raise the level of the lake and many small
| cave mouths are covered in consequence. The water in these
| is never frozen. It is doubtful if the water in the innermost
“recesses of some of the large caves is ever frozen. Once well
F within one of the higher caves and we shall find wetting above
the water line to be but a fraction of the hight to which it is
“wet outside. The dentpit etching on the inner wall faces speaks
of their comparative permanence, as do also the rounded edges
'of the rock angles. On the outer face of these cliffs, where
blocks have been split by freezing water, no surfaces are etched
} and all rock corners are sharp. At the south end of the island

184 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

where most of the Chazy beds are exposed there are but a few
beginnings or remnants of caves in the very beds in which they
should abound. The cutting back of the cliff by the process in-
dicated gives the cave-forming forces but little chance to outrun
it. On the shore represented in plate I the wave energy is much
less powerful owing to the projecting capes to the south. Here
outer destruction follows inner formation at a respectful distance.
At long intervals a fragment of the side wall of the caverns
some distance in. may become dislodged and plate 11 shows
several edges that could be easily removed. A few such have
been found in the debris partly filling some of these caves. How-
ever large a part this destructive agent may have played with
outside walls as we enter the caves its power is reduced with
the distance to which we penetrate until finally it is entirely
inoperative. It is widening the mouths of the caves somewhat
and increasing their hight in some instances but it is doing
nothing to carry them deeper into the cliff.
Evidence from preliminary excavation. The floor of Bat
cave is deeply covered with blocks which must have fallen in greater
part from the roof though doubtless there have been also many
contributions from the side walls. An effort was made during
low water of the present season to penetrate this mass
and find the cave floor. The first blocks removed were very
heavy and showed little trace of either solution or erosion. Some
of the unmoved blocks of this layer may be seen at the lower
left in plate 11. The material we removed was all carried toward
the front of the cave and much of it thrown completely out.
After getting down about a third of a meter the surfaces of the
blocks began to show plainly the effects of differential solution,
and at about a half meter this aspect became pronounced. For
the next half meter the blocks had to be removed from under
water and not a single block was found that showed the least
sign of any movement in the mass. As a rule the lower blocks
were smaller, but all possessed angular outlines and not one
showed a rubbed surface. Some of these lowest blocks had
edges so thin as to be easily broken off by the fingers, and all
showed differential solution to a very marked degree. One
specimen taken from the depth of about a meter was photo-
graphed, and a view of it is presented on plate 20. A study of-
the surface and edges here shown will convince any one that
wave motion since the glacial period.can have had no effect

Plate 20

From a photograph of a sample stone taken from about a meter
below the surface of the material now on the floor. of Bat cave.
It shows conclusively that no one of these blocks is moved over
the surface of another and that the cave is therefore not eroded
through any shifting of this material. Specimen in possession of
New York State Museum

Kreialhy
CC TSE ee

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 185

whatever in moving the mass of material now in the cave. If
‘other evidence were needed we could point out the fact that the
-dentpits extended down by the side of this debris as far as we
“made our excavations, and that the raised and sharp edges of
intersection of the confluent dentpits were in no manner cut
‘across or worn by any movement of the cave filling. Plate 11
“shows a considerable portion of this uncovered face of the wall.
The horizontal line a—~—a separates the formerly exposed surface
from that which we uncovered. The position of the camera was
about a half meter above the surface of the filling and this will
account for the apparent inclination of the lower lines of dent-
‘pits. Not only had no marks been made on this wall by block
motion but the wall itself had been cut away from the filling
so as to separate one from the other. We hoped to penetrate
deep enough to see if this loose material rested on any undoubted
glacial deposit but the limit of time available led us to cease fur-
ther prosecution of this work for the season.

_ The material taken from the cave filling has itself some valuable
evidence to offer. We have already seen that Lake Champlain
“has had but little effect on its rocky shores so far as pure solution
“is concerned. The material in this cave filling, at the depth
'from which the specimen illustrated by plate 20 was taken,
shows a very marked amount of solution. An examination of
this figure will reveal no trace of vortex action as an assistant
factor in the cutting but it does show that the rate of removal
depended entirely on the minutest differences in character of the
bed material. Apparently no better example of pure differential
solution could be desired. If there has been no help from me-
chanical abrasion, the filling at this depth is most certainly
‘older than Lake Champlain. The absence of movement in the
-mass on this cave floor and the depth to which solution has acted
‘on the deeper portions of the filling can lead to no other con-
clusion than that these rock fragments were in the position in
which we now find them before Lake Champlain began to cut
its present series of cupholes and dentpits.

_ The westernmost cave of the north wall of Paradise bay was
next examined. Plate 21 gives its appearance as seen from the
‘water edge at low water October 23, 1909. This cave is formed
“on a minor fault plane and close to it, both to the east and west,
are parallel faults of small displacement. Freshly fallen blocks
from the face of the cliff at (a) reveal nearly horizontal slicken-

186 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

sides. That there was some horizontal movement together with
a slight vertical displacement is also shown by the neighbor-
ing faults. The cliff beds are much more fractured here than
they are in the region immediately east, which is that shown in
plate 1. Asa result the cliff face has here receded to the north
more rapidly and has left the less fractured face some meters
behind.. The latter plunges vertically into the water but the
more rapidly receding portion has left in front of it a sloping
beach which crosses the cave mouth at the cliff line. This re-
cession and the position of the cave, which is well within the
bay, both protect it somewhat from the effects of freezing spray
though we still have the active work of freezing of water aiter
cold rains in fall and spring and the freezing of water from
melting snows. During storms the strong elbow of the cliff
protects the recess from the grinding effects of strong wave
action, and the fragments on the floor are but little rounded.
Probably the fragments now on this shelf are comparatively
new, for oblique wave motion would carry the more worn ma-
terial into the recess at the northwest corner of the bay. Here we
do find a mass of material that is all of limestone and has accumu-
lated in this locality since glacial time. The writer first saw this
cave in 1898. The following year he camped in its vicinity and con-
verted it into a very serviceable dark room for photographic pur-
poses. One large and well worn stone lay partially within the
mouth and this was removed to make the interior easier of access.
One had still to enter on hands and knees, though after penetrating
to the horizontal depth of about 2 meters, one entered a rather
roomy chamber in which several people could stand at the same
time. The roof of this chamber is about 3 meters above the
floor. Back of this first chamber there is another but the pas-
sage between the two is too narrow to allow of entrance. A few
blocks were carried into the first chamber to support a board
which was used as a dark room table. The waves of the follow-
ing season moved several large blocks against the opening of
the cave but did not disturb the stones placed on the floor of the
chamber. For several years blocks have been thrown up in the
front of the mouth during spring storms and often one or more
has had to be moved in order to gain access to the im-
terior. No large blocks have ever entered to any great distance
into the cave. Waves have no doubt thrown smatler wave-
worn pebbles over the larger guarding blocks and have
moved these back and forth at exceptional times, but such

Plate 21

View of mouth of Darkroom cave and adjacent wall from a photcgraph taken from the
Jake edge on October 23, 1909. At a in the left upper portion we may see horizontal
slickensides. The fault plane, on which the cave was cut, shows a slight downthrow on
phe right. The wall at the right shows forthe greater part asurface produced by differential
solution.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 187

movement has not been sufficient to effectively cut the cave
V alls at their level. Material of this nature is also absent from
the second chamber.

Late in the summer of 1909 a small excavation was made in
the deposits covering the floor of the mouth of this cave. On
digging down the size of the pebbles rapidly decreased, and
“numerous small and well polished granitics and quartzes were
found among the limestone pebbles. At the depth of a few
‘decimeters a thin layer of very fine and clean gravel was en-
countered and immediately under this was a fine and well oxi-
ized clay containing a few pebbles so thoroughly decomposed
‘that the peen of the hammer easily cut them and left half of the
pebble imbedded in the undisturbed clay. The boundary be-
‘tween gravel and clay was very sharp and distinct. A block,
“or a projecting edge from the cave floor, now interfered with
‘making a deeper cut in the small place chosen. The fine oxi-
dized clay and the few thoroughly oxidized pebbles speak very
decidedly for a deposit at least as old as that of the Hochelagan
-sea. We should also state that the buried portion of the cave
wall was but a continuation of the exposed portion above. The
cutting of the whole cave opening was thus shown to be older
‘than the clay filling, and all subsequent erosion has hardly
modified the opening. That this cave in all its essential features
is at least as old as the glacial period must be considered as
demonstrated beyond the shadow of a doubt.

_ Miscellaneous evidence. To the east of this cave is another
which can be reached by boat or by the sinkhole shown on
plate 2. The natural bridge between the sinkhole and the lake
consists of badly fractured material. About 500 pounds of this
rock were recently detached from its undersurface and’ allowed
to fall to the cave floor in order to insure the safe passage of
pupils doing field work in physiography. This cave is also cut
along a fault plane parallel with that of Darkroom cave. One
‘slickensided surface, by means of its well preserved diagonal
lines, shows that the small vertical displacement (throw) was
accompanied by a greater horizontal component. A view of the
“mouth of this cave has already been seen in plate 1. It is one
of the few caves that have had their openings cut to the very
top of the cliff. A careful examination of plate 21 will show that
the same thing might easily have taken place there but for the
f fact that the wedge-shaped mass pinched in between the nearly
parallel fissures has the smaller edge downward. In Bridge

188 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

cave, as we shall call the one we are here discussing, there is
a similar wedge-shaped mass but toward the front of the cave
the edge of this wedge was uppermost. There is some evidence
in this cave that solution began its work on two nearly parallel
fissures which were about a meter apart near the top of the
cliff but which increased this distance to a little more than 2
meters in descending to the present low water level of the lake.
This partition was subsequently cut away in many places.
Dentpit action is at work cutting through the separating walls
of smaller contiguous caves. Portions of these former sepa-
rating walls are now left as pillars supporting the roof of a
widened cave mouth. This cave has two items of proof to offer
concerning its age, which differ from any we have yet mentioned.

- Plate 22 shows a portion of the east wall of this cave in the region
of the sinkhole. At (a) we have a portion of the older face of the.
wall removed by the action of expanding water in joint planes. The
surface thus exposed is not a fresh one but has been subjected to
a long period of weathering. We may note a still older sur-
face of similar character under the overhanging mass at the right.
At (b) we have what we may call an original surface or one not
yet acted upon by the agent specified above. The deep etching
which the edges of the very irregular bed surfaces have received
and the much weathered edges of the finer laminae both speak of
‘very great age, for the position is here a sheltered one. At (c) we
have a portion of the wall of a cylindrical excavation which
appears to have been cut by spirally descending waters. This
cylinder opened into a basin which was more deeply cut in the side
wall and which plainly speaks of water carrying abrading tools.
Note also a portion of the deeply cut basin diagonally above this
at the right which also emptied into it. Is any agent so cutting
these walls at the present time? One answer to this question is to
be found in the filling of this part of the cave for this filling has
-covered up a large portion of the lower basin and this it could not
have done were any such cutting action now present. The filling
is talus like and neither deposited nor modified by running water.
Another answer and yet the same, is to be found in the appearance
of the surface at (c) which shows its etched, irregular bed edges
and its laminae nearly as plainly as at (0). The slight difference
between these two surfaces is due to the fact that the recessed
surface at (c) is now better protected, from even getting wet, than
is the surface at (Db). The very slight drainage this cave may now
receive from rainfall or melting snows has had nothing whatever

View of a portion of the east wall of Bridge cave near the sink hole.
From a photograph taken November 2, 19c9

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 189

to do with the erosion of the ‘arger features here shown. The
large chamber of Darkroom cave shows the same type of cutting
by falling and whirling waters carrying abrasive material. No
water whatever now enters the upper portion of this chamber. An
| examination of plate 22 will show that the descending streams
| which must have done this work were reflected and thus turned
from one place to another either along the fissure plane or from
one wall to its opposite. The shallow nature of the cut at (c) and
| the deeper cuts at the right of it and below it are due to such
reflections of the falling stream. These caves present many
other examples of the same nature and the evidence, in all its
varied features, is wholly against any such cutting at the present
time and wholly for a cutting which must have taken place many
| thousands of years ago. All of the cuts and the great chamber
in Darkroom cave with its horizontal and cylindtical outlet,
point irresistibly to the conclusion that we are here dealing with
elacial moulins cut in older rock fissures. .

This conclusion however opens up another field of great interest.
At the time of the melting of the later Wisconsin ice sheet the
B rocks of Valcour island had been so far depressed by isostasy as
‘to bring their highest portions below the level of the sea. If the
| caves had been modified by glacial drainage at that time, the waters
| passing through these caves must have completely filled every por-
| tion of them and been moved under great pressure. The leaping
of such a drainage stream from side to side, cutting now more in
this place and again in that (and cutting as if falling freely)
would be out of the question. The effects could not have been so
markedly localized as we now find them to be; but would have been
F of a larger and more uniform type. In order to find conditions
‘that would yield the effects we have here noted we are compelled
‘to go back to a time when the land was at least as high as it is at
| present. It is quite possible that we have in these cases a witness
| of moulin action at least as old as the earlier Wisconsin stage, if
“not older. : ;

_ The next new item of proof offered by Bridge cave comes from
‘an examination of its northward extension. The entire cave roof
“(the wedge between the two fissures) has been: thrust down and
fractured, as the result of great pressure above. A depression
on the surface of the ground over the cave can be seen to run
‘many meters to the north although now covered with soil and
“Overgrown by trees and bushes. The only agent that could have
forcefully thrust down this wedge is glacial ice.

Igo NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

A unique but important bit of evidence is found in the west wall
of the narrow channel separating Spoon island from Valcour island.
A rather high rocky promontory runs about east-northeast some
450 meters from the inner beach of Spoon bay. A block about
50 meters wide, cut off from the end of the promontory by a north
and south fault, has been converted into an island, namely Spoon
island, by erosion along the fault plane. Since the rocks dip south-
erly, and as the downthrow was on the east, Spoon island has ap-
parently been shifted 100 meters to the north and forms a distinct
barrier to currents moving easterly along the south wall of the bay.
The imprisoned glacial ice and till of the Spoon bay basin would
thus find their nearest and lowest southerly outlet lying along this
fault channel, which is about 30 meters wide with high and nearly
vertical walls on either side. The ice and till finding its exit here
would be forced through under great pressure.

The northerly position of Spoon island with reference to the
present end of the promontory soon allowed the till stream a free
passage across the south end of the island to deeper and freer
channels, and this eastward deflection was hastened by a well marked
buttress on the middle of the east wall of the promontory.

That this buttress has been subjected to great pressure from the
north is clearly shown by nearly horizontal pressure joints which
cut diagonally across the beds and curve upwards as one follows
them southerly. The caves shown in plate To lie just south of this
buttress, and they must have been protected by it in a very marked
degree. The rather small and northernmost member of this series
of caves is located in the base of the buttress itself, and the
pressure received by its northern wall was great enough to dislodge
from it a rectangular block weighing some 300 pounds and thrust
it southerly and inward against a filling of till. As the bottom of
this cave lies some distance below the surface of low water, while
its top is completely covered by high water, the finer material of
its glacial contents has been washed away. ‘The thrust-in block,
however, still holds a number of imprisoned, glaciated limestone
pebbles the size of cobblestones. As the upper and narrower por-
tion of this cave is thus shown to have been filled with glacial till,
we are again forced to conclude that all of the caves of this series
are preglacial and that they have been but slightly modified since
glacial times.

This cave offers very valuable evidence as to the solvent powers of
Lake Champlain. Although it occurs in the purer dolomitic lime-

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTCR 1909 IQ

‘stones of the Chazy beds, postglacial waters have not cut back its
‘walls to an extent that will yet allow the removal of the impris-
-oned pebbles. The block offers still more conclusive evidence, for
| though slight movements have enabled it to grind its own lower
surface and the bed on which it rests, thus allowing water to have
| free access to its other surfaces, it has suffered but slight loss in
| size since glacial time. We have thus an additional proof which
| supports strongly our contention from other evidence that the pres-
/ent lake, through simple solution, has not removed material from
its exposed limestone surfaces to a depth exceeding 3 millimeters.
There is yet another aspect from which we may view this cave
question. Wherever the purer Chazy beds are exposed on the sur-
face of Valcour island their unfilled master joints or fissures will
‘ be found to have suffered in varying degrees by solution and
| chemical action at the hands of surface waters. In some places
these joints have been so widened along considerable portions of
their length as to freely admit the leg of a man. In other places
we may find joints whose faces seem to meet at the surface while
_ they are separated in their deeper portions. Along such joints we
find open circular holes in some instances small and close together
and in other instances so large as to freely admit one’s leg. I[
have been told that holes of this type have sometimes broken the
| legs of cattle, and I have noticed that many of these have been
artificially filled or covered.

These dissolved joint crevices extend to depths of some 20
meters or more (65 feet and over). In Sloop bay, where a por-
tion of the north wall has been quarried, these joint openings are
seen to widen out into chambers which plainly show the effect of
swiftly moving waters. Such opened joints with their inner cham-
bers are often accessible to foxes and many of them have been
used as dens.

We are now prepared to face a new problem. If our faith in
the power of solution is great enough to allow us to conclude that
surface drainage has accomplished all of this extensive joint open-
ing since these rocks emerged from the Hochelagan sea, we must
also conclude that during the longer periods of exposure which pre-
ceded the approach of the Wisconsin ice sheet joint crevices
would have been acted upon by similar agencies, been cut down to
former base levels and widened out into chambers far surpassing
in size those now existing in this region. These two conclusions
- involve the making of a third as follows: To remove every trace

192 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

of these older joint channels (for our first conclusion asserts that
the present ones are all new) we must further conclude that the
Wisconsin till sheet cut away the tops of these isolated: limestone
hills to a depth even greater than the 20 or more meters now occu-
pied by the existing system of joint channels. Now this third con-
clusion is one that can not be maintained and with it the first also
falls. There seems to be good and abundant evidence that these
hill tops were cut away by recent giacial action to a depth that
rarely exceeded 2 meters, and even though we should allow more
than five times that amount we should still expect to find the
widened bases of the joint channels of the older period. Joint
solution through the action of precipitated waters is an exceedingly
slow process, and all that post-Hochelagan precipitation has been
able to accomplish is a washing out of sediments accumulated dur-
ing the recent period of submergence, and a very slight enlarge-
ment of the older channels. As the shore line caves are for the
greater part but modifications of these old joint channels the pre-
glacial origin of the one implies also the preglacial beginnings of
the other.

The varied and cumulative evidence here presented seems to
the writer to amply warrant the conclusion that both joint channels
.and caves are, in their larger features, preglacial. A few words
concerning their origin may assist in more clearly comprehending
the questions involved.

Origin and development

Where locally elevated regions have been unable to maintain a
mantle of soil the surface rock is subjected to more rapid changes
and greater extremes of temperature than where such a mantle has
been allowed to accumulate. The effect of such changes tends not
only to develop and maintain joint crevices, but it opens them at
jthe end of the winter’s cooling more widely and to greater depths
than can occur in covered regions. At or soon after the time of
widest and deepest opening the waters from melting snows and
spring rains enter with great freedom, and after passing rather
rapidly through them exit at lower levels thus quickly emptying
_all spaces not kept full by capillary attraction. These spring waters
with a temperature of nearly zero degrees would contain more
abundant carbon dioxid than summer waters, for the snow mantle
of winter absorbs this gas not only from the air above but from
the fracture zone below. The period of widest open crevices would

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 193

| therefore coincide very closely with the period of most abundant
_ flow of chemically active water. ~The deeper and narrower por-
tions of crevices kept full by capillary attraction would lose no
a appreciable amount of water by evaporation on account of the
E small and protected exposed surface. Such waters while they
_ might approach saturation would rarely reach it because each fresh
filling of the space above the water surface maintained by capil-
larity would add mechanical pressure and force the older water
| ott at lower levels, thus refilling the crevice with fresh water. As
' the expansion of the beds during the summer heating forced the
| crevice walls more closely together, a portion of the water held by
capillary attraction would be forced to occupy new positions and
' would take its dissolved load with it. Evaporation would rarely
| be rapid enough to allow of deposit and the occasional advent of
/ summer rains would furnish abundant fresh water and help to
remove that more nearly approaching saturation. Fall cooling and
the more abundant rain of that season in this locality would be
very effective agents in removing material dissolved during the
summer. ;

Exposed joint crevices, so situated as to receive surface flow, are ©
| thus gradually widened and deepened. Other joint crevices con-
necting with these might not receive so much water directly from
the surface but they would help to carry the subterranean flow
and become also widened. As the system developed the waters
would move in certain channels with greater freedom. Dust and
disintegrated particles accumulating on the exposed rock surface
_ would be swept by rainfall into these openings, and the effects of
abrasion would be added to those of solution. Joint crevices thus
become joint channels. As these are widened they admit the cold
air of winter in greater volume and the circulation maintained at
this season serves to more effectively chill the rock mass and thus
open the crevices to greater depths. As these channels approach
local grade (determined by the level of a surrounding body of water
or by the water table of the mantle rock flanking these regions)
the deepening of the crevices ceases, but lateral cutting is continued.
Such basal widening of the system is an indication of maturity.

q Such work must be exceedingly slow, for the water supply is
| omly such as falls on the very limited area in question. The waters
| doing the work would be free from humus acids on account of the
bare character of the rock surface. Expansion of freezing water
would be effective near the surface, but the depth at which it could
be considered as an important factor would be very limited.

194 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

If the temporary base level was determined by a surrounding
body of fresh water, as it appears to have been in the case of the
Valcour island elevation, the exits of the joint channel system of
drainage would be under the influence of a greater number of
erosive agencies than the inland portions of the same system. So-
lution would be incessant, the solvent would be always: in motion,
and it never could approach a condition near saturation. The pres-
ence of light would permit the growth of lowly organized plants
and animals, and their metabolic processes while living and
their decay at death would both favor the process of chemical so-
lution. If we will compare the effects of simple quiescent solution —
by thin water films approaching saturation with the effects of
chemical and mechanical solution by incessantly acting and con-
stantly moving waters of great volume, we shall see that this dif-
ference in erosive power would of itself turn joint-channel exits
into water-level caves. To this means of- differentiation we must
add the influence of wave motion. This agent does work of very
varied character from that accomplished through sliding or roll-
ing of heavy blocks or the throwing of pebbles taken temporarily
into suspension, to the work of broken wave vortexes holding solid
particles so fine as to be almost in a state of permanent suspension.
The submerged condition of the cave floors on Valcour island has
protected them from the more energetic types of wave erosion, but
the effects of vortex work are very manifest. Expansion of freez-
"ing water in these joint-channel exits is also a factor productive
of widening. As a result of these agents of erosion the joint-chan-
nel exits become caves which narrow toward their roofs and
rapidly narrow to channel dimensions as they enter the rock mass.

While the foregoing discussion outlines the probable history of
formation of the larger shore-line caves of Valcour island, it does
not account for the formation of the majority of the smaller open-
ings for these do not seem to be connected with joint channels.

If a narrow joint crevice, so situated as to receive little water
from rainfall in its higher portions, is bathed below by lake waters,
such waters will tend to fill the crevice by capillary attraction but
will at the same time receive all dissolved material and tend to
maintain a fresh-water filling. As the lower portion of the crevice
is thus widened the hight to which the water filling is maintained
is lessened, but a new factor comes into play, for the effect of
wave pressure in filling and emptying the crevice becomes now more
pronounced and allows of more rapid changes in the filling. So
soon as the breach becomes wide enough to permit water vortexes

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 195

to act on its walls, dent-pit action commences, and all other local
agencies become more effective. As these caves thus work their
way back from the coast line the air in them is at times compressed
by storm waves which break against and cover their mouths. A
large portion of this compressed air thrusts out a volume of water
at the upper portion of the cave mouth with great violence, and
| the tops of these spouting caves are thus cut into the form of an
- arch. A portion of this air, however, with its contained hundreds
or thousands of dust particles per cubic centimeter! must be dis-
charged backward into the open joint crevice with considerable in-
itial speed and thus serve to widen its proximal portions and allow
freer entrance of water to these portions at times of high water.

Joint channels and joint caves were more or less modified during
the last glacial period. With the advent of this period the outer
portions of the rock mass were gradually lowered in temperature,
and a condition of permanent frost came to occupy the joint chan-
nels. These were thus filled with ice before surface movement of
the ice sheet became an effective erosive agent. In many locali-
ties in the glaciated regions cf North America there are deep fis-
_ sures or cavernlike openings which were so filled and which still con-
tain glacial ice. The ice filling of these joint channels saved them
from being filled with mantle rock when the ice movement began and
saved them also from a later filling of till, though they received a
till covering. The loss of material from the underside of some
of these till coverings is now made manifest by a sinking surface
Over certain joint channels or by small sink holes like that shown
in plate 6.

At some time during the glacial period subglacial drainage must
have been comparatively free on surfaces now some 600 feet below
the highest level of Lake Vermont (Glacia! Lake Champlain)? else
it is hard to conceive how giant kettles and rill channels (cut by
surface flow of glacial waters) could be now found in this lower
region. During such a time of elevation (at least to a degree as
high as the present) subglacial waters found their way into wide
joint channels through narrow surface openings and these were
rapidly cut into circular shape by spirally descending waters. Some
of the larger caves were thus occupied for a brief period by rap-

1See Aitken, J. On the Number of Dust Particles in the Atmosphere.
Roy. Soe. Edin. Trans. 35:1 (1888); see also Nature, 37:428 (1888), 40:394
(1890). 2

2,See Woodworth, J. B. Ancient Water Levels of the Champlain and Hud-
son Valleys. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 84, p. 195.

196 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

‘idly moving subglacial streams and their walls still show the effect
of these moulins [sce pl. 22].

The old relation of these joint channels to surface drainage has
also been in part changed by glacial erosion, for wide open chan-
nels may be often found where they now receive little surface
drainage, and undrained surface basins may occur at no great dis-
tance from them.

The movement of the till sheet along the east and west sides
of Valcour island has modified many cave mouths, cutting away
more from the lower portions of their southern walls than from
their northern walls and thus leaving the latter the more nearly
vertical. This effect may be seen in some of the wider cave mouths
shown in plate 3. A moving tiil sheet would also cut away more
rapidly at the cave mouth level, where caves were numerous, and
thus tend to leave overhanging or convex faced cliffs, such as may
be found on the east side of Spoon island.

During the occupancy of the region by Lake Vermont and the
Hochelagan sea these joint channels and caves where not protected
by an undisturbed till sheet were in part filled by fine though rather
rapidly deposited sediments, and the whole tendency of these two
stages was toward the preservation of the erosive work already
accomplished rather than toward the inauguration of any new cut-
ting of the old channels or cave recesses.

With the beginning of the Lake Champlain stage these old joint
channels served again, though in a modified manner, their ancient
function and the lake waters began an attack on the old cave
mouths. This stage has existed for so short a time, geologically
speaking, that it has produced but slight changes in the character
of the older features.

It is becoming more and more manifest that the work accom-
plished by the last glacial period, although vast and tremendously
impressive, did not obliterate so much of a former surface history
as many geologists have been inclined to believe. Glaciated re-
gions must be likened rather to a palimpsest from which a large
portion of the older story may be recovered, and much work in this
direction remains to be accomplished.

fm N.Y. Figure 1 a and b shows the

| zone is much striated, due apparently

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 197

CONTRIBUTIONS TO MINERALOGY
BY H. P. WHITLOCK

Brookite
Indian Ladder, Albany co.

Brookite from a new locality in the Helderberg escarpment was
noted on a specimen of calcite collected by Mr C. A. Hartnagel.
Subsequent examination of the locality resulted in the collection of
a suite of specimens of calcite which yielded on solution 10 small
crystals of this mineral. The calcite vein from which these were
_ obtained is situated at a point about
half way up the cliff about 2 miles
south of Meadowdale and % mile
east of the road which ascends the
escarpment from the latter village.

The crystals are minute, measuring
from 1 millimeter to .5 millimeter in
length. They are in every instance
_ brilliant, with sharp, well defined
_ faces and in general habit resemble
those from Ellenville, Ulster co.,

prevailing crystal habit. The vertical

to the development of vicinal pris- Pee books taaeaddes
_ matic forms. The following forms were noted on the seven crystals
_ which were measured:
quan), coor), k(410), I(210); m(7110),. y(104), t(oar),
#2(112) and e(122).
The following measurements served to identify the forms:

LETTER ANGLE © oe ae a eee | MOREE | chcomen | cancunanm MEASURED | CALCULATED
SSP 2 ee eee

Feat ar aes meer Sees

Ta LEO. S110 its | 99 99 50
Ee aa 210) 2210 9 134 - 5 134 214
eee kl 410 : 410 10 155 54 1565 14
me. ys... 001 : 104 7 eS, 15 40
MG i Gist. 001 : 021 15 6255.5 627559 &
Me en ee e212 4 44 25 44 46}
Re ee hes 112 6 53 44 53 484
Se Sse ae 122 : 122 4 78 «38 78 57]
e:e 5 44 19 44 ee ee 8

Seer sats 122 : 122

198 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Fluorite

Rossic, St Lawrence co.

Among the specimens in the New York State Museum collection
is one worthy of notice, collected by the late Prof. Ebenezer
Emmons, from Rossie, St Lawrence co. This specimen which
measures 9 by 5 centimeters consists of a mass of rhombohedral
calcite on which are implanted several compound crystals of fluorite
of unusual habit.

These latter are built-up aggregates, roughly octahedral in shape,
composed of minute individuals of hexoctahedral habit grouped
in parallel position. The octahedral angles of the aggregates are
in every case terminated by well developed superposed hexoctahe-
dral crystals as shown in figure 2. The compound crystals are

——

Fig.2 Fluorite, Rossie

transparent, light green in color and average 15 millimeters in
diameter. They are evidently of the same generation as the calcite
in which they occur and are associated with chalcopyrite in well
developed crystals. Measurements on three isolated crystals
yielded the following forms: a(100), o(111), v(731I) and

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 199

@(19.1.1 ). The last is new to the species. The faces, with the
exception of those of o(111), are sharp and brilliant. The planes of
the new trapezohedron @(19.1.1) show a slight tendency to de-
velop unsymmetrically in opposite pairs with respect to the axes
of tetragonal symmetry. In several instances reddish violet spots
of cubic outline were noted in the center of the hexoctahedral
crystals. The following measurements served to identify the forms

me atid ©( 19.1.1) :

NUMBER OF

LETTER ANGLE Be aaa MEASURED | CALCULATED
ord 2 ° / ° /
Wht Aa ome {13 4 20 39 ZN AS
12 \ 7 are 5 15 LO 14 57
Wee... . TOLL SirAll 4 Dd 5 43 122
2. Oe LOGE? £9. TF 1 4 AY Ws foe

Magnetite

Split Rock, Essex co:

Among the specimens collected in the summer of 1907 by Prof.
James F. Kemp of Columbia University, was one from the Split

Fig. 3 Magnetite, Split Rock

Rock iron mine which proved to be of special interest. Through
the courtesy of Professor Kemp this specimen has been placed at

200 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

the disposal of the writer for study. The specimen consists of a
mass of titaniferous magnetite forming portion of a joint plane in
the ore body. The surface of the joint is covered with small
crystals of magnetite of cubic habit closely associated with werner-
ite in small transparent crystals. The comparative rarity of the
cubic crystal habit in connection with magnetite’ together with the
adaptability of these crystals to measurement, has rendered advis-
able the following brief note:

The magnetite crystals which average 2 millimeters in diameter
are exceptionally brilliant, well developed and free from distortion.
- The simpler combination which is shown in figure 3 consists of the -
cube a(100) developed to a dominant crystal habit and modified

Fig. 4 Magnetite, Split Rock

by the octahedron o(111) and the dodecahedron d(110), both of
these latter forms being present in small development. A more
complex combination is shown in figure 4 and consists of the above
forms developed to about equal habit and modified by the trigonal
trisoctahedrons q(331) and k(552) and by the new trapezohedron
WY = 707== (711). They lie well in zone, the faces of the trigonal
trisoctahedrons and of the dodecahedron being markedly striated
parallel to the zone [100.110]. The planes of the trapezohedron
w(7II) are small but extremely bright and give excellent reflec-
tions. The forms were identified from measurements obtained
from five of the best crystals.

*Magnetite crystals of cubic habit were noted by H. Sjogren from
Mossgrufva, Nordmark. Bul. Univ. Upsala. 1894-95. 2.63.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 201

NUMBER OF
LETTER ANGLE Be Ne MEASURED | CALCULATED
(e) 7 ° y
Ooo... Ty SON 1D: 35) 19 35 16
720 co OT 1 ea eg 5: 8 22, ce ee 22240
mks. wx: itll 3255 9 LO San 19 28
EO a ae all aed ms iG in2 16 66
ay oan GO) 2 alk 12 ab mlz 11 254
Gypsum

Garbutt, Monroe co.

Among a number of specimens collected in the spring and
summer of 1909 from the gypsum region of western New York by
Mr Henry Leighton, assistant in economic geology, was a suite of
12 specimens of crystallized gypsum .
which furnished crystals compara-
tively rich in forms. The specimens
in question were collected from the
mine of the Garbutt Gypsum Co., and
from No. 2 mine of the Lycoming
Calcining Co., both situated at Gar-
butt, Monroe co. The gypsum crys-
tals occur in narrow seams in massive
gypsum and are sometimes associated
with crystalline sulfur of remarkable
purity and transparency. The crys-

tals are colorless, transparent and
average 5 millimeters in length
paraliel to the positive unit pyramid.
In crystal habit, they conform closely
to the type shown in figure 5. The
prismatic zone is particularly rich in
forms, yielding 8 of the 12 prisms re-
corded for gypsum.t Two rare neg-
ative pyramids in the zone [010.101] were noted, present either
together or alternating on all 12 of the crystals measured. These

*Goldschmidt, V. Krystallographische Winkeltabellen. Berlin 1897.
Luedecke, O. Minerale des Harzes. Berlin 1806. 377.

702 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

gave goniometer readings which corresponded to the indexes (212)
and (g13). The letters o==(g12) and p—(g13) have been as-
signed to these forms. The distribution of the occurring forms
is as follows:

CRYSTAL
LETTER | SYMBOL

joe, acer any | Ae Pat ya Vint, io alae ora || cur
Ce Witeeaiedae, yi DOO ns | ee exes Ee oar > Gee ee eral ose Bile oxe i) 3k
| OS paroneaee O10 |} x [x |) x | x low | eK eee ee
TNE ae Oe ayer eens ales io Celllnoscul lines dito culleere nl se |! 5 |] Sx 5K
Cen te Os ZLO. | xe} eK Ye awe eS eee
Ue Canara a SPAM ans allie 60 mn ip y.aalim Gm eM Nemec fC fe ol. ce
Learn TIVO |e ewe oe | ee ee Re | ee eevee
Soe ede ae EO) oso fo ss ee ea attleer ao sclls 5 0 hsp oe ae
On iit arta ty (Eg ees ee Eee al ag COR Wee ace. a: oleae eee
hy et ok ay leona 120) |x) ye | oo exe ieee
GMb es avon te TSO Me cole as soa cefee off) | SRL | ake ae sce
Nec abate i Wp Ui Url eam fin- > ele etl lal |e eailo-< |) 5c) | Se | SK || 5x
OP RW es ra hs ast Meo enl ieeu e> nl|> eiall>-callo alleen] << |] Sc |) Sk | ax | 3x
Op Hones tue Qi2 |) x | xt. | ow x |e ee
Oe Mace eee Veritas Xe |) SK, |) 3x x eal g. ox || 32

The following measured angles served to identify the forms; the
theoretical angles are calculated from the elements given by
Beckenkamp* and adopted by Goldschmidt in his Krystallographische
Winkeltabellen.

LIOR SSHO.ANA? A SoS jf ==COS” Fs

Summary of measured and calculated angles

NUMBER OF
LETTER ANGLE Saar MEASURED | CALCULATED
o) i? fe} /
lovien ae oe OTe 100 5 90 4 90 O
bee ee 101 : 310 10 nig il 77 124
lore taints 0) Hea 0) 17 Ge As (Ol bigs
Lops UT e Sea IOI, 2 BAO 5 65 41 65 35

= GeitS Chitueie mm Keny Stall oo2 a Oku5Os

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 203

Summary of measured and calculated angles— (continued).

1 ; NUMBER OF
LETTER ANGLE MEASURED CALCULATED

READINGS

0 Ue HOIST LO 16 55 43 55 444
a oc 101 : 230 2 44 463 44 234
O ieee 101 : 350 2 41 534 41 224
hese NOt 20 14 36 35 io ball 7
k TO 130 4 26 3 26 «+5
[Layee HO 7 (eel 71 50
lie a OHSS 20 69 19% 69 204
ORs. 101 : 212 12 CS) Gis 7 Ws
HOD oes OL se? Shik} 13 Soy e2 82 50
Ire, TAOS a 4 49 12 49 16
iO aaa ae OS aL 5 OO 4 58 59
prea: 310 : 313 3) 64 583 64 55

204. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

THE TROQUOIS AND THE STRUGGLE FOR AMBPERIG®

ADDRESS BY ELIHU ROOT, SENATOR FROM NEW YORK, AT THE TERCEN-
TENNIAL CELEBRATION OF THE DISCOVERY OF LAKE CHAMPLAIN.!

It is no ordinary event that we celebrate.

The beauty of this wonderful lake, first revealed to the eye of
civilized man by the visit of Samuel de Champlain three hundred
years ago; the powerful personality, noble character, and romantic
career of the discoverer ; the historic importance of this controlling
line of strategic military communication, along which have passed
in successive generations the armies whose conflicts were to deter-
mine the control and destinies of great empires; the value to Canada
and to the United States of this natural pathway of commerce; the
growth and prosperity of the noble states that have arisen on the
opposing shores; their contributions to the wealth of mankind, to
civil and religious liberty, to the world’s progress in civilization —
all these, withdraw the first coming of the white man to Lake
Champlain from the dull and uninteresting level of the common-
place, while comparative antiquity, so attractive and inspiring to
the people of the New World, lends dignity and romance to the
figures and the acts that have escaped oblivion through centuries.

Even a dull imagination must be stirred as it dwells upon the
influence which the events attending the discovery were to have,
upon the issue of the great struggle between France and Great
Britain for the control of the continent; the struggle between the
two white races for the opportunity to colonize and expand, and
between the two systems of law and civil polity, for the direction
and development of civilization among the millions who were to
people the vast region extending from the Atlantic to the Pacific
and from the Rio Grande to the frozen limits of the north.

Authentic history records that late in June 1609 Champlain,. ac-
companied by several white companions and by a great array of
Algonquin Indians of the St Lawrence valley, left the French
station on the site of the old Indian village of Stadacona, where
now stands the city of Quebec, upon an expedition intended by the

* This illuminating address, publicly given before a distinguished audience,
at Plattsburg, July 7, 1909, is here reprinted in order to give it as wide
circulation as possible among the people of the State.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 205 ~

Indians for war and by the whites for exploration. They pro-
ceeded in canoes up the St Lawrence and turned south into the
Richelieu, and in the early days of July after many vicissitudes
and the desertion of the greater part of the Indians they dragged
their canoes around the rapids of the river and came to the foot
of the lake on whose shores we stand. They proceeded up the lake
with all the precautions of Indian warfare in an enemy’s country.
As they approached the head of the lake they rested concealed by
day and urged forward their canoes by night. At last, in this month
of July three hundred years ago, they came upon a war party of the
Iroquois. Both parties landed in the neighborhood of the present
Ticonderoga and with the coming of the dawn joined battle. Pro-
tected by the light armor of the period Champlain advanced to
the front in full view of the contending parties, and as the Iroquois
drew their bows upon him he fired his arquebus. One of his white
companions also fired. The Iroquois chief and several of his war-
riors fell killed or wounded, and the entire band amazed and terror
stricken by their first experience with the inexplicable, miraculous
_ and death-dealing power of firearms fled in dismay. They were
' pursued by the Algonquins, some were killed, some were taken
prisoners, and the remainder returned to their homes to spread
through all the tribes of the Iroquois the story that a new enemy
had arisen bringing unheard of and supernatural powers to the
aid of their traditional Algonquin foes. The shot from Champlain’s
arquebus had determined the part that was to be played in the ap-
proaching conflict by the most powerful military force among the
Indians of North America. It had made the confederacy of the
Iroquois and all its nations and dependencies the implacable ene-
mies of the French and the fast friends of the English for all the
long struggle that was to come.

A century or more before the white settlement five Indian na-
tions of the same stock and language under the leadership of ex-
_ traordinary political genius had formed a confederacy for the
preservation of internal peace and for common defense against
external attack. Their territories extended in 1609 from the St
_ Lawrence to the Susquehanna; from Lake Champlain and the Hud-
son to the Genesee, and a few years later to the Niagara. There
_ dwelt side by side the Mohawks, the Oneidas, the Onondagas, the
_ Cayugas and the Senecas in the firm union of Ho-de-no-sau-nee —
_ the Long House of the Iroquois.

_ The Algonquin tribes that surrounded them were still in the
lowest stage of industrial life and for their food added to the

206 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

spoils of the chase only wild fruits and roots. The Iroquois had
passed into the agricultural stage. They had settled habitations
and cultivated fields. They had extensive orchards of the apple,
made sugar from the maple and raised corn and beans and squash
and pumpkins. The surrounding tribes had only the rudimentary
political institution of chief and followers. The Iroquois had a
carefully devised constitution well adapted to secure confederate
authority in matters of common interest, and local authority in
matters of local interest.

Each nation was divided into tribes, the Wolf tribe, the Bear
tribe, the Turtle tribe, etc. The same tribes ran through all the
nations, the section in each nation being bound by ties of con-
sanguinity to the sections of the same tribe in the other nations.
Thus a Seneca Wolf was brother to every Mohawk Wolf, a Seneca
Bear to every Mohawk Bear. The arrangement was like that of
our college societies with chapters in different colleges. So there
were bonds of tribal union running across the lines of national
union, and the whole structure was firmly knit together as by the
warp and woof of a textile fabric.

The government was vested in a council of fifty sachems, a fixed
number coming from each nation. The sachems from each nation
came in fixed proportions from specific tribes in that nation; the
office was hereditary in the tribe; and the member of the tribe
to fill it was elected by the tribe. The sachems of each nation
governed their own nation in all local affairs. Below the sachems
were elected chiefs on the military side and Keepers of the Faith
on the religious side. Crime was exceedingly rare; insubordination
was unknown; courage, fortitude and devotion to the common good
were universal.

The territory of the Long House covered the watershed between
the St Lawrence basin and the Atlantic. From it the waters ran
into the St Lawrence, the Hudson, the Delaware, the Susquehanna
and the Ohio. Down these lines of communication the war parties
of the confederacy passed, beating back or overwhelming their ene-
mies until they had become overlords of a vast region extending
far into New England, the Carolinas, the valley of the Mississippi
and to the coast of Lake Huron.

They held in subjection an area including the present states of
New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Ohio,
Kentucky, West Virginia, Northern Virginia and Tennessee, and
parts of New England, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Ontario.
Of all the inhabitants of the New World they were the most terrible

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ 207

foes and the most capable of organized and sustained warfare,
and of all the inhabitants north of Mexico they were the most
civilized and intelligent.

The century which followed the voyages of Columbus had been
for the northern continent a period of exploration and discovery,
of search for gold and for fabulous cities and for a passage to the
Indies, of fugitive fur trade with the natives, of fisheries on the
banks and of feeble, disastrous attempts at occupation, but not of
permanent settlement. Ponce de Leon and De Soto and Verazzano,
Cartier and the Cabots and Drake and Frobisher and Gilbert and
Gosnold, had brought the western coast of the Atlantic out from
the mists of fable, but they had left no trace upon its shores. Jean
Ribaut and his French Huguenots had attempted to do for their
religion in Florida what the Pilgrims did in the following century
on the coast of Massachusetts, but their colony was destroyed with
incredible cruelty in the name of religion by the ferocious Spaniard,
Menendez, and the colony of Menendez was in turn destroyed by
the Gascon de Gourgues, save a feeble remnant on the site of St
Augustine. Raleigh with noble constancy and persistency had
wasted his fortune in repeated and vain attempts to establish a
colony in Virginia. On the sites of the modern Quebec and Mon-
treal, at Tadousac, at the mouth of the St Croix and at Port Royal,
Jacques Cartier and Roberval, Pontgravé and De Monts, Poutrin-
court and Lescarbot had seen their heroic and devoted efforts to
establish a new France brought to naught by cold and starvation
and disease. In that month of July 1609 in all the vast expanse
between Florida and Labrador no settlement of white men held its
place or presaged the coming of the future multitude save at James-
town behind the Capes of Virginia, where Christopher Newport’s
handful of colonists had barely survived two years of privation,
and at Quebec, where the undaunted Pontgravé and Champlain only
one year before had again gained a foothold. At Jamestown the
mournful record of the winter of 1609 to 1610 shows us that in the
spring but sixty of the colonists were living. At Quebec twenty-
~ eight Frenchmen with Champlain had braved the rigors of a Can-
adian winter, and in the spring of 1609 but eight remained alive.

In this same month July 1609 the Half Moon of Henry Hudson
was repairing damages in Penobscot bay after her voyage across
the Atlantic, and preparing to sail on to the noble river that still
bears her commander’s name.

The field was open; the hands upon the margin that reached out

208 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

to grasp control seemed few and feeble, but the period of prepara-
tion was past. The mighty forces that were to urge on the most
stupendous movement of mankind in human history had already
received their direction. The time was ripe for the real conflict to
begin, and it had its momentous beginning when the chief of the
Mohawks fell before the arquebus of Champlain at Ticonderoga.

The conditions which limited the powers and directed the pur-
poses of the various countries of Europe in the early years of the
seventeenth century made it inevitable that the struggle for Ameri- -
can control should ultimately become a single combat between
France and Great Britain.

It is true that Spain had overturned the tribal government of
the Aztecs and held possession along the northern shores of the
Gulf of Mexico, a vantage ground from which she might well have
pressed to the northward successful plans of occupation. But
Spain had no such plans. When the search for treasure had failed,
and it was plain that no more Perus and Mexicos were to be found,
the dark forests of the north Atlantic offered no attractions to the
Spanish Conquistadores who sought the spoils of conquest rather
than the rewards of labor.

With the death of Philip the Second the decline of Spanish power
had already begun. His successors were feeble and incapable. The
stern, repressive and despotic control over body and soul effected
by the union of military and religious organization during the first
century of United Spain was accompanied by a marvelous efficiency
and energy that made Spain for a time the foremost maritime and
colonizing power of the world. The price of that efficiency, how-
ever, was the loss of the only permanent source of national energy,
the independence and free initiative of individual character among
her citizens. Thenceforth Spain was no longer to sway the rod
of empire, but holding it weakly in feeble hands was to lose one
by one the world-wide possessions of Charles the Fifth and Philip
the Second, until the time when the penalty of her national sin
against civil and religious freedom should have been paid and the
native strength and nobility of her character should be able to reas-
sert themselves in a period of renewed growth and reestablished
power and prosperity; a time which we hope and trust has already
come.

Portugal, still clinging to the fruits of her explorers’ genius, and
sturdy Holland, strong in her newly won freedom, were looking
not to North America but to Brazil and to the Orient for their
opportunities to expand, and the future colony of New Amsterdam

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 209

was destined to be readily transferred to the English for the sake
of greater opportunities to the Dutch East India Company.

Germany was not yet a maritime power. Loosely compacted
under the failing hegemony of the House of Austria she was upon
the threshold of the Thirty Years’ War, in which the most fright-
ful slaughter and devastation were to destroy her cities, lay waste
her fields, reduce her population from thirty millions to twelve mil-
lions, and set back her civilization for centuries.

Into that vortex of destruction Sweden also was about to be
drawn, and her forces were to be engrossed in-the struggle for
national existence, so that the hopes of Gustavus Adolphus for a
New Sweden upon the banks of the Delaware were to fail of
fruition, and the Swedish colony in America was to pass with
hardly a struggle into the hands first of the Dutch and then of
the English.

Prussia was a i Seident dukedom. Russia had still three quarters
of a century to wait before Peter the Great was to begin to lead
her from semibarbarism into the ranks of civilized powers. Italy
was a geographical expression covering a multitude of petty states.

Of all the peoples of Europe, only the French and the English
possessed the power, the energy, the adventurous courage, the op-
portunity and the occasion for expansion across the Atlantic. The
field and the prize were for them and for them alone.

Upon the throne of France was Henry the Fourth, the greatest
of French kings. In the governing class of Frenchmen, political
and religious, were the virile strength, the intellectual! acumen, the
romantic chivalry, the strong passions, the love of glory, the capac-
ity for devotion to ideals, which were to make possible the rule of
Richelieu, the ascendancy of Louis the Fourteenth, the political
idealists of the Eighteenth century, the tremendous social forces
whose outbreak in the French Revolution appalled the world, and
the armies of Napoleon.

In England the reign of great Elizabeth had just closed. It was
the England of Spenser and Shakspere and Bacon; of Cecil and
Raleigh; of Drake and Frobisher. John Hampden and Crom-
well and Milton were in their childhood. For four centuries since
Magna Charta, Englishmen had become accustomed to the asser-
tion of the individual rights of the citizen against arbitrary power.
Since the repudiation of Roman supremacy over the national church
by Henry the Eighth three generations had become wonted to the
assertion of religious freedom. King James’s translation of the

210 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

_Bible was in progress and nearly completed. The deep religious
feeling of the Puritan reaction against both Roman and royal epis-
copacy that was to cost Charles the First his life and James the
Second his throne had already become a controlling motive among
a great multitude of the English people.

From these two countries, each possessed of great powers, each
endowed with noble qualities, proceeded the colonists who were to
dispute for the possession of America. The French movement was
in the main governmental, aristocratic, proceeding from state and
church, designed to extend and increase the power, dominion, and
glory of the king, to convert the Indians to the true faith, and to
extend over them and over all the lands through which they roamed,
and over all who should come after them and take their place, the
same iron rule of conformity against which the Huguenots of
France were vainly contending. The English movement was in
the main popular, proceeding from the people of England who
wished to escape either church or state at home and to find freedom
in a new world for the practice of their religion or the pursuit of
their fortunes according to their own ideas. Some of the English
colonies braved the hardships of exile rather than conform against
their consciences to requirements of practice and doctrine which
the English church imposed. Some sought for fortune in the New
World because the state had so distributed the property and so
closed the avenues for advancement in England that they must
“needs seek opportunities elsewhere if at all.

For centuries the struggle between civil and religious absolutism
on the one hand and individual liberty on the other were waged
alike in France and England. The attempt to colonize America
came from one side of the controversy in France and from the
other side of the same controversy in England. The virtues of the
two systems were to be tried out and the irrepressible conflict be-
tween them was to be continued in the wilderness.

For capable and efficient leadership, for farsighted and compre-
hensive plans, for clear understanding of existing conditions and
prevision as to the future, for conspicuous examples of heroic
achievement and self-devotion, the palm must be awarded to the
French over their English competitors. There are few chapters
in history so full of romantic interest, so compelling in their de-
mands for sympathy and admiration, as the record of the century
and a half that began with the wooden fortress of Champlain under
the bluff at Quebec and ended with the fall of Montcalm on the
Heights of Abraham.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQoQ 211

_ The world owes many debts to France. Not the least of these is
the inspiration the men of every race can find in the noble ex-
amples of such explorers as Niccolet and Joliet and La Salle; such
leaders as Champlain and Frontenac and Duquesne and Mont-
calm; and such missionaries as Le Caron and Breboeuf and Mar-
quette. They strove for the execution of a great design, holding
hardship and suffering and life of little account in their loyalty to
their religion and their king. With infinite pains they won the
friendship of the Indians of the St Lawrence and the far North-
west; they carried the flag of France to the mouth of the Missis-
sippi; they drew a cordon of military posts up the St Lawrence
across to the Mississippi and down to the Gulf, well designed to bar
_ the westward advance of the English colonies, to save the great
West for their race and thence to press the English backward to
the sea. Their soldiers were, as a rule, better led, better organized,
and moved on more definite and certain plans than the English. Oc-
casionally some born fighter on the English side would accomplish
a great deed, like Pepperell at Louisburg, or some man of supreme
good sense would bring order out of confusion, as did Franklin
and Washington, but as a rule colonial legislatures were slow and
vacillating, colonial governors were indifferent and shortsighted,
and colonial movements were marked by a lack of that definite re-
sponsibility, coupled with power, so essential to successful warfare.

Fortunately for England, between the two parties all along the
controlling strategic line from this Lake Champlain to the gateway
of the West at Fort Duquesne, stretched the barrier of the Long
House and its tributary nations. They were always ready, always
organized, always watchful. They continually threatened and fre-
quently broke the great French military line of communication. .
Along the whole line they kept the French continually in jeopardy.
Before the barrier the French built forts and trained soldiers — be-
hind it the English cleared the forests and built homes and cultivated
fields and grew to a great multitude, strong in individual freedom
and in the practice of self-government. Again and again the French
hurled their forces against the Long House, but always with little
practical advantage. At one time De Tracy, the Viceroy, burned
villages and laid waste the land of the Iroquois with twelve hun-
dred French soldiers. At another De La Barre, the Governor, with
eighteen hundred; at another De Nonville with two thousand; at
another Frontenac with six hundred; at still another, Frontenac

212 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

with a thousand. Always there came also a cloud of Algonquin
allies. Always the Iroquois retired and then returned, rebuilt their
villages, replanted their fields, resumed their operations oe in their
turn took ample revenge for their injuries.

So, to and fro the war parties went, harrying and burning and
killing, but always the barrier stood, and always with its aid the
English colonies labored and fought and grew strong. When the
final struggle came between the armies of France and England, the
French had the genius of Montcalm and soldiers as brave as ever
drew sword; but behind Wolfe and his stout English hearts was a
new people, rich in supplies, trained in warfare and ready to fight
for their homes. South Carolina, the records show, furnished
twelve hundred and fifty men for the war; Virginia, two thousand ;
Pennsylvania, two thousand seven hundred; New Jersey, one thou-
sand; New York, two thousand six hundred and eighty; New
Hampshire and Rhode Island, one thousand ; Connecticut, five thou-
sand; Massachusetts, seven thousand. It was not merely the army
— it was that a nation had arrived, too great in numbers,
in extent of territory, in strength of independent, individual char-
acter, to be overwhelmed by any power that France could possibly
produce. The conclusion was foregone. A battle lost or won at
Quebec or elsewhere could but hasten or retard the result a little.
The result was sure to come as it did come.

In all this interesting and romantic story may be seen two great
proximate causes of the French failure andthe English success;
two reasons why from Quebec to the Pacific we speak English, fol-
low the course of the common law, and estimate and maintain our
rights according to the principles of English freedom.

One of these was the great inferiority of the Indian allies of the
French, and the great superiority of the Indian allies of the Eng-
lish; the effective and enduring organization, the warlike powers,
of the Iroquois, and their fidelity to the “covenant chain” which
bound them to our fathers. The other cause lies deeper: It is that
peoples, not monarchs, settlers, not soldiers, build empires; that
the spirit of absolutism in a royal court is a less vital principle than
the spirit of liberty in a nation.

In these memorial days let there be omor 4 to Champlain and the
chivalry of France; honor to the strong free hearts of the common
people of England; and honor also to the savage virtues, the cour-
age and loyal friendship of the Long House of the Iroqouis.

UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK

STATE MUSEUM BULLETIN 140 PLATE 1

JOHN M. CLARKE
DIRECTOR

AW AO

THE INDIAN VILLAGE NUND

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I9Q09 213

NUN-DA-WA’ -O, THE OLDEST SENECA VILLAGE
BY D. D, LUTHER

Ge-nun-de-wa, or Bare hill, on the east side of Canandaigua lake
5 miles from the head, is the legendary birthplace of the Seneca
nation, the place where the Nun-da-wa-o-no or “ Great Hill people ”
of the Iroquois Indians held their first council fire. Its summit is
865 feet above the lake. |

At the south is Vine valley, separating it from a larger hill that
rises 1200 feet from the lake with a steep acclivity and extends
into the swamp half a mile beyond the head.

This larger hill is 4 miles long and 3 miles broad at the’ base, the
deep valley of West river lying on the east side.

Though its summit is not the highest in this region, its configura- _
tion and surroundings make it, perhaps, the most prominent feature
in the topography of the Canandaigua lake valley and its name
Nun-da-wa’-o (Great Hill) strikingly appropriate. Canandaigua -
lake extends in a southwesterly direction about 6 miles beyond
the present head of the lake.

For 2 miles from the head the bottom of the valley is a sparsely
timbered, flaggy swamp through which flows Naples creek, the
principal inlet of the lake, a deep sluggish stream 30 to 50 feet
wide, navigable for rowboats for about 2 miles.

Next south of the swamp lie the “ flats,” an alluvial plain nearly
a mile wide at the north end but coming to a point at the
foot of Hatch hill directly opposite the village of Naples. Here
the Naples creek leaves the base of the hill and takes its course
diagonally across the valley for 114 miles, thence northward along
the foot of West hill to the swamp. A smaller stream takes the
drainage from Hatch hill and flows along the east side of the valley
for 1% miles, then, after joining the Parrish gully stream crosses
the flat to the main inlet not far from the south edge of the swamp,
the two streams thus nearly inclosing an area of rather more than
a square mile of land.

Indian relics are common on a large part of this area, an in
two localities their abundance and character are evidences of long
or repeated occupation as the site of a village of considerable size.

Conditions were exceedingly favorable for the Indians mode
of life here. Except the continuation of the valley to the lake at

214 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

_ the north and the West river valley at the northeast, the flats are

entirely surrounded by great hills, Hatch hill at the east, Knapp
hill and Pine hill at the south, and High point, West hill and
Gannett hill on the west are all 1300 to 1500 feet higher than the
bottom of the valley, while passes between them at the hight of
about 700 feet make neighboring valleys accessible.

The villages were not only sheltered from the winter storms by
these hills; they were also so secluded that, though in the
heart of the Seneca country and on the principal trail leading from
Kanadesaga to the Cohocton and Canaseraga valleys, neither De
Nonville’s invasion of their territory in 1687 nor Sullivan’s puni-
tive raid in 1779 reached them.

The slopes of the hills, cut by numerous gullies and large ravines,
and the swamp must have afforded game in abundance. The lake
was easily reached by canoe down the inlet or along the foot of
West hill, while nuts and berries and the sugar maple trees grew
everywhere.

The soil, a dark mellow, rich alluvium, required but little culti-
vation to produce large crops of fruit, corn and vegetables, and
several large springs furnished an ample supply of pure water.

Little can be ascertained in regard to the Indian occupation of
this valley previous to the advent of the white settlers. On
Pouchot’s map of 1758 the number 28 indicates a village here with
the name Kanentage. Dr Beauchamp says this means “ Canan-
- daigua, but at the wrong end of the lake.” The dotted line show-
ing Pouchot’s route, however, passes through this valley [see N. Y.
State Mus. Bul. 78].

Lewis H. Morgan in The League of the Iroquois 1851, describes
the separation of the Iroquois into the Five Nations and says
[page 6, Dodd, Mead & Co. 1904]: “The Cayugas and Senecas
were many years united and resided upon the Seneca river, but
one band of them having located upon the east bank of Cayuga
lake grew up in time to a distinct nation; while the residue, pene-
trating into the interior of western New York, finally settled at
Nun-da-wii'-o at the head of Canandaigua lake and there formed
the nucleus of the Seneca nation.. The Onondagas have a legend
that they sprang out of the ground on the banks of the Oswego
river; and the Senecas have a similar legend that they sprang out
of the ground at Nun-da-wa’-o.” On page 48 he says: “ The Sen-
ecas called themselves the Nun-da’-wa-o-no’ which signifies the
great hill people.’ Nun’-da-wa, the radix of the word, means “a

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 215

great hill’ and the terminal syllables ‘o-no’ convey the idea of
“people. This was the name of their oldest village, situated upon
a hill at the head of Canandaigua lake near Naples where, accord-
ing to the Seneca legend, they sprang out of the ground.” On the
map accompanying the book, the site of the village of Nun-da-wa’-o
is located precisely on that part of the Naples flats where evidences
of the former existence of an Indian village are now found in
greatest profusion.

Though flints are occasionally found on the hillsides, and very
rately a pestle, nothing to indicate an Indian village has yet been
discovered in the region about the head of Canandaigua lake except
in the valleys.

The late Miss Jane Mills, who during many years collected ma-
terial for a history of Naples, getting much of her data from
descendants of the pioneer settlers, says in her unpublished manu-
script: “they (the first comers) arrived at the village of Nun-da-
wa’-o.” ;

French’s Gazetteer of New York, page 407, note, says: ‘“ Naples
was called by the Indians Nun-da-wa-o.”

There is not much room for doubt that the village on the flats
was the traditional Nun-da-wa-o, but it was not unusual for Indian
villages to have two or more names, and we find that the pioneers
and their descendants have preserved another name for this one.
This valley was in the central part of the Phelps and Gorham
Purchase of 1787, the Indian title to which was extinguished in
1788. In 1789 the present township of Naples was sold to a com-
pany of Massachusetts men and surveyed by a party of six men
from that state. So far as can be ascertained these were the first
white men, except Pouchot, who arrived at this Indian village.

In an address before the Naples Lyceum in 1831 the speaker,
whose name is not known but who claimed to have derived his
information from one of these surveyors, said: “They entered
the inlet that flows through this valley and came on shore at the
old Indian landing 2 miles below the village of Naples. Here
they found an Indian settlement which in the dialect of the natives
was called Ki-an-da-ga, said to mean ‘between the hills.’ There
resided here at this time 30 to 40 families embracing about 100
souls and from the contiguity of ancient fortifications’ it may be
presumed that these natives had been lords of the soil from time
immemorial.” :

* Nothing more is known of fortifications here.

216 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The late’ Seymour H. Sutton of Naples published in 1851
a series of articles entitled the Annals of Naples in which he states
that the first party of settlers came up the lake on the ice in Feb-
ruary 1790 and “ moved up the inlet till they arrived at a. wigwam
where they sought the hospitality of the Indian owner, while the
cattle were turned out to feed on the tall dry grass that grew in the
valley of Koyendaga.

On the succeeding morning they saw the smoke of 40 wigwams
against the sky and the Indians began to assemble in small groups
to view the white intruders. Huotonta in the native dignity of a
chief of gigantic stature and graceful manners, and Canesque
(Ka-nes-ka?) the tall and venerable ex-chief of a hundred winters,
also comes to look.

‘The lofty hills,’ says Parrish (one of the first settlers)
either side of Koyendaga were so destitute of timber that a deer
might plainly be seen from one extreme end to the other, even to
the very top.’

At this time the Indians cultivated a large portion of the land
along the creek. The flats were interspersed with patches of wild
plum and the une land sparsely covered with black walnut and
sugar maple trees.’

Although the Indians had surrendered all claim to the land, they
had reserved the right to hunt and fish here for 20 years, and many
of them remained and appear to have lived on the most amicable

‘terms with the settlers.

Even after they had removed to the reservation on the Gen-
esee river, they returned annually during the hunting season. The
late Col. N. W. Clark could remember seeing their group of wig-
wams near where the Methodist church now stands in Naples
village. They assisted the first settlers in their construction of
a hominy block or stump mortar, the pestle or pounder of which
was operated by aid of a spring pole, and took their turn in the use
of it.

Sutton relates some later incidents connected with the Indians
here: “They were in the habit of visiting Squakie hill near the
Genesee river. Canesque was there and, dying of old age, he
desired to be brought back to Koyendaga to die and be buried
with those he loved. In the winter of 1794 two Indians, from
sympathy and kindness, conveyed the aged chief on a sled over
40 miles to the place where he chose to die. The whites ad-
ministered to his comfort till he died. . . His funeral was

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 217 |

the first attended here by the settlers.”” The place of his burial
is not known. “In the fall of 1796 several young Indians joined
the settlers in a panther hunt in a large ravine south of the
settlement, now known as ‘ Tannery gully.’

_ The winter of 1797-98 was uncommon for the depth of snow.
The Indians could not hunt even with snowshoes and were re-
duced to the verge of starvation and were frequently supplied
with provisions by the settlers. On a certain day the Indians
assembled at a point now in the southern part of the village of
Naples and after a basswood tree had been cut down the tall
chief On-is-o-ti-ka mounted the stump. The Indians silently sur-
rounding the chief with their rifles pointing up as in an act of
presentation, remained in silence while the chief addressed
them with an eloquence and dignity of manner which seemed
to impress them and arouse their feelings. At the close of this
speech the report of the rifles told the end of the conference
and the Indians quietly departed to their homes.

In the autumn of 1798 the Indians held a grand festival on
the higher ground a mile southwest of their larger village, hav-
ing assembled from a great distance, all dressed in their neatest
manner. A large fire had been built the night before. The
Indians stood in small groups. The squaws were sitting quietly
on the ground, the little papooses lashed to the board were set
up against the trees. At a given signal the Indians joined hands
in one grand circulade (sic) and danced around the fire, rattling
small sticks, beating small drums and singing in a loud monot-
onous tone, giving great emphasis to the last word of each
strain. The squaws were in their best attire, with fur hats
with silver bands and with numerous bells and hawks’ claws,
beads and shells hanging from their blankets. The Indians
had many gaudy trinkets and trappings peculiar to their taste
and their clinking sound seemed to harmonize with their wild
music. The chief Onisotika presided.”

At the time Mr Sutton wrote the Annals there were living in
the vicinity several sons and daughters of the pioneers and it
was from them that he derived his information.

In a centennial address delivered in 1889 by Hon. E. B. Pottle,
grandson of one of the first settlers, he described their journey
over the ice on the lake and up the inlet “until, as they in after
years said, they reached the lower Indian village. This was on
what is now my farm, the upper Indian village being south of
the road across the flats on lands now owned by Ira C. Williams.”

218 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The localities specified are approximately those where relics
have recently been found in greatest profusion.

The lower village which apparently was much the larger, was
not situated directly upon the banks of the inlet but mainly
along the east side of the outlet of a large spring now known
as the “Barber spring” and extending east and south to the
vicinity of other springs.

The upper village was about 34 mile further south and
bounded on the east by the “old creek” but appears not to
‘have extended to the Naples creek on the west. All except about 1
acre of this site is covered by a heavy turf and its full extent is
not known.

Evidences of occupation have also been found on the east
side of the “old creek” and on the north side of the alluvial
cone at the mouth of Parrish gully and west of Naples creek on
the higher ground in the vicinity of the old cemetery.

If any place was specially set apart by the Indians as a bury-
ing ground the locality is not certainly known though it is
traditional that the old cemetery in the northern part of the
village of Naples was an “ Indian burying ground ” before the
whites appropriated it.

Skeletons supposed to be those of Indians have been exhumed
near Academy street and one of a man buried in a sitting posture
and facing toward the east was found in 1907 in “ Woodchuck
‘knoll ” a little south of the upper Indian village. No relics have
been found in graves here.

The former existence of “an Indian village on the flats” has
been pretty generally known to Naples people, but it has never
been an object of special attention or interest until recently the
writer has undertaken to ascertain, as nearly as possible, the
precise location of the two villages as shown by the distribution
of the relics and to collect whatever might be found that bore
clear evidence of having been fashioned or used by those who
dwelt in them.

When it is remembered that the inhabitants were not driven
away from their homes hurriedly but had abundant time in
which to remove whatever they considered of value; that the
land has been under more or less vigorous cultivation by the
whites for 120 years, and that less than % of the area can now
be satisfactorily searched, the remaining 4/5 being covered by
heavy turf, the quantity of the material collected, if not the
quality, is of some interest.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 219

_ The material consists of stone mortars or anvils, pitted ham-
mer stones, pestles, sinkers, hoes, celts, arrows and other flint
articles, pottery in fragments and stems of pipes, etc.

Mortars or anvils. These are blocks of gray sandstone from the
local Portage flags, roughly dressed to a nearly circular shape 8
_ to 12 inches in diameter and about 2 inches thick, weighing 7 to 15
pounds. On one side a shallow cup-shaped depression has been
picked out by hard blows with a sharp instrument, leaving a rough
surface. The other side is usually slightly concave and smoothly
polished, probably by use of a muller in pulverizing substances
very finely. 21 of these were found, 18 in the vicinity of the
lower site, one at the upper, one half a mile east of the lower
site and one half a mile southwest. Many broken fragments
occur.

Hammer stones. These are mostly round or oval flattened drift
pebbles from the nearby creek bed weighing I to 4 pounds.
Over 200 of these were found, 145 at or near the lower site,
54 at the upper, one half a mile east and another half a mile
southwest of the lower site; 33 of these show by the battered
condition of their ends and sides that they have been used as
veritable hammers against some hard substance, possibly to
pulverize the rock mixed with clay in the process of manu-
facturing pottery. 18 are granite or schist, the others being of
hard quartzite or sandstone. The pits on these are large,
shallow in proportion to size and worked smooth. The pits
aid very much in getting a firm and easy grasp of the imple-
ment. 4 are flat blocks of sandstone 1% to 2 inches thick and
have a funnel-shaped pit on one side only an inch in diameter
and % inch deep. The pit on one block shows that it was made
by a rotary drill. The other specimens are all sandstone, mostly
Portage or Medina, and in shape range from globular to irregu-
larly angular. The pits also show a variety. of shapes, some
being large and worked out smoothly at the expense of con-
siderable labor, the other extreme being those made by a half
dozen hard blows with a sharp pick. 5 have two pits on one
side.

While the most of these pitted stones would be serviceable
in cracking nuts, grinding corn and similar substances, some
of them are not at all suitable and evidently were not designed
for such use. ’

Pestles. One 24% inches long, very roughly dressed. One
14 inches long, flattened and slightly curved; one 12 inches long, 1 %4

220 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

_ inches in diameter, very symmetrical and polished; one 6 inches
long, very crude, and fragments of 9 others, were obtained.

Sinkers. These embrace 71 flat pebbles of sandstone 2 to 4
inches in diameter and ™% to 3 inches thick with two notches
opposite each other on the edge. |

Hoes etc. 22 thin pieces of sandstone 3 to 6 inches across
and ¥%4 to 34 inches thick with the edges on one or more sides
chipped thin, were found. Some of these were doubtless hoes,
others may have served as axes.

Pottery. Fragments of clay vessels are very abundant at
the lower site where the subsoil is a fine plastic clay quite suitable
for the potter’s use. 350 fragments 1 to 3 inches across and
Ye to % inch thick were collected, all of which show surface
_ ornamentation and 30 or more of them that of the mms. Pottery
fragments are very rare at the upper site.

Parts of 9 pipe stems and of two bowls, one of the latter of
stone, the others of clay, were found.

Flints. Those found on the sites consist of 26 arrow points
entire, 20 nearly so and 20 others much broken, or spoiled in
‘making. Also 4 perforators or drills, all with points broken off.
A small curved knife, a small gouge, and a quart of chips or
flakes. These are very abundant. ,

The arrows are all small and triangular in shape. Except one,
which is translucent white quartz, they are common dark to light
chert, such as occurs in layers and nodules in the Onondaga lime-
stone. The only flint article found on the sites that has a stem
is one of the perforators, though many stemmed arrows and spears
have been found on the higher ground south of the sites, specially
in the vicinity of a large spring near the railroad station in Naples
and another half a mile south of the village.

Besides the above named articles there were found 2 celts, 2
stone balls, 3 stone disks and a few others that show artificial shap-
ing for some unknown purposes.

Mortars, pitted stones, sinkers and flints similar to those above
described were found on a small site near the West river bridge,
3 miles northeast from the village on the flats, where the first white
settlers in 1797 found an Indian village composed of a few
wigwams.

Like that of all the New York Indian nations, the early history
of the Senecas is buried under legends that, although apparently
purely mythical, may be not only allegorical but traditional as well
and containing germs of real history.

SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR I909 221

| ] _ The several versions of the legend concerning the origin of this
| nation all agree in locating this event in the region about the south
| end of Canandaigua lake.

_ To those who are acquainted with the topography of this region

a it would not be an overtax on credulity to believe that a band of

| Indians wishing or compelled to emigrate from their home on the
_ Seneca river, and finding their way toward the west barred, possi-
| bly by hostile tribes, should take their course toward the southwest,
| through the West river valley and on arriving at this rich and
_ spacious but sheltered and secluded intervale among the great hills,
_ should actually make their first settlement and form their first
village here.

And it is entirely reasonable to believe that, dwelling here in

| peace and plenty, their numbers would increase as the years passed,

| until having extended their occupancy down the lake shores and

into the many warm valleys among the hills, the chief men among
_ them should assemble on beautiful Genundewa, light their first
- council fire and bring into life a new nation with the significant and
| appropriate name Nun-da-w4-o-no, the People of the Great Hills.

Accessions to collections, 76-96.

Adirondacks, 12-14; gold sands,
29-32.

Aitken; J., cited, 195.

Albion quadrangle, 9.

Allentown formation, 131.

Alsen, 159, 160.

Altered sandstone, 16.

Amsterdam quadrangle, 20.

Anorthosites, 14.

Archeology, report, 59-69; bulletin,
74; additions to collections, 94-
95.

Areal geology, 8-20.

Arietta, 20.

Arthursburg, 19.

Asaphus, 136.

Aspidocrinus, 158.

Attica quadrangle, 9.

Ausable lake, lower, 13.

Avalanche lake, 13, 14.

Barrell, cited, 150, 152.

Basaltic dikes, 14.

Bastard granite, 16.

Bastite, 17.

Batavia quadrangle, 9.

Batchellerville fault, 12.

Beauchamp, mentioned, 214.

' Beckenkamp, cited, 202.

Becraft limestone, 159.

Beekmantown limestone, I1, 98, 99,
102, 116, 120, 130, 131, 139.

Benson, 20.

Berkey, cited, 14.

Biotite, 16.

Birds, of New York, 58-59; oste-
ology of, by R. W. Shufeldt, 73.

Bison, 46.

Black River limestone, 107, 114,
126.

Bleecker, 20.

INDEX

Bleecker Center, 20, 21.

Blister beetle, Say’s, 52.

Blister mite, 49.

Botanist, report, 47-48, 73.

Botany, bulletins, 73, 74; accessions
to collections, 82-83.

Brainerd, cited, 98, 102, 103, 105,
100.

Brigham, A. P., cited, 12, 20. —

Broadalbin, 129.

Broadalbin quadrangle, I1, 20, 114.

Brookite, 197.

Brown tail moth, 51-52.

Bulletins, published,
press, 74.

70-74;) in

Calciferous of Champlain and Mo-
hawk valley, 102.

Calciferous sand rock, fossils, ror.

Calcites, memoir on, 30.

Caledonia quadrangle, 9.

Cambric and Oczarkic,
between, 132.

Camillus formation, 150.

Campbell, M. B., cited, 146.

Canadian, contact with Ozarkic
and Ordovicic, 132.

Carmel, 35.

Cascade lakes, 13.

Catskill, 159, 160.

boundary

Cattaraugus county, rock cities,
25-20.
Caves, joint caves of Valcour

island, by G. H. Hudson, 161-06.

Cementon, 160.

Chadwick, George H., Downward
Overthrust Fault at Saugerties,
157-60.

Challenger report on deep sea de-
posits, 152.

Champlain, Lake, see Lake Cham:
plain. :

222

224

~ Champlain valley, study of Cal=
ciferous formation, 102.

Chazy limestone, 130, I61.

Chlorite, 16.

Cigar case bearer, 49.

Clark, B. W., mentioned, 9.

Clark, Gov. Myron H., Museum of
Iroquois ethnology, 64-60.

Clark, N. W., mentioned, 216.

Clark Ps by ecitedeans77

Clarke, Cora H., acknowledgments
to, 53.

Clarke, J. M., Early Devonie of
New York and Eastern North
America, 70.

Cleland) cited) 102, 116) smiG 136)

Clinton formation, 21-25.

Clinton iron ores, 23.

Clintonville, dikes, 23.

Codling moth, 4o.

Coeynians limestone, 157, 159.

Cole, Thomas, 158, 159, 160.

‘Color in the Vernon shale, origin
of, by W. J. Miller, 150-56.

Columnaria, It7, 126.

Conococheague formation, 131.

Contributions to mineralogy, by
H. P. Whitlock, 197-203.

Comyerse, Jal, IML, IMbvilng aindl
Legends of the New York State
Iroquois, 74.

Cranesville section of Little Falls
dolomite, 116, 117-18, 129.

Crinoidea, Devonic, monograph of,
43-45.

Crush zones, I5.

Cryptozoon, 120, 122, 123, 125, 127.
proliferum, 98, IoI, 109.
steeli, 137.

Cumings, E. R., cited, 102, 118.

Cushing, H. P., survey of Saratoga
GinGimameale, wns ciwedl, mos, 127,
Taye

SoUirich Or Awe
and Relations of the Little Falls
Dolomite of the Mohawk Valley,

97-140.

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Dalmanelila, 124.
wemplei, 119, 136.

Dana, cited, 143.

Davis, cited, 160.

Depew quadrangle, 9.

Devonic of New York and Eastern
North America, by J. M. Clarke,
70.

Dictyonema flabelliforme, 134.

Dikes, near Clintonville, 23.

Dolomite, 11.

Earthquakes, record of, 35-39.

Eccyliomphalus, 117.
multiseptarius, 136.

Economic geology, accessions to
collections, 76-77.

Eggleston, J. W., 160.

Elizabethtown quadrangle, 12.

Elk lake, 13.

Elm leaf beetle, 50.
Emmons, Ebenezer,
mentioned, 108.

Entomologist, report, 48-54, 73.
Entomology, bulletins, 72-73, 74;
accessions to collections, 83-88.

Eopaleozoic systems, 132.

Epidote, 16.

Esopus shale, 159.

Ethnology, report on, 61-69; addi-
tions to collections, 95-96.

Eurypterida, monograph of, 40-43.

etteds ssoos

Fairchild, H. L., Glacial .Waters in
Central New York, 71; cited, 21.
Faults, 12, 15,17; ay ssauseemes:

157-60.
Favosites, 157.
Feldspar, 16.
Felt, E. P., Control of Household
Insects, 72.
Fishkill limestone, 18, 19.
Fishkill mountains, 16, 17.
Fishkill village, 16.
Flat creek, 120.
Fleming, cited, 155.
Flies, 52.
Fluorite, 198-99.

INDEX TO SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 19go09

| Folklore, Iroquois, 63.

| Fonda quadrangle, 20.

_ Fordham gneiss, I5.

_ Forest insects, 50-51.

| Forest of Dean Mine, 35.

| Fort Montgomery, 35.

Fossils, revision of Eopaleozoic
systems, 134.

Fruit tree pests, 48-49.

Fucoidal beds, 11.

Fulton county, II, 20.

Furnaceville ore, 23.

Gabbro, 14.

Gall midges, 52-53.

Galway formation, 12.

Garnet, 14. _

Garoga, 20.

Genesee shale, 23.

Geneva-Ovid quadrangles, geology
of, by D. Dana Luther, 72.

Geological map of New York state,
8.

Geological maps, 74; list, 8-9.

Geological survey, report on, 8-47.

Geology, areal, 8-20; surficial, 20-
21; special problems, 21-32; in-
dustrial, 32-35; bulletins, 70-71,
74.

Giant mountain, 12.

| Glacial geology, 21.

_ Glacial waters in central New
Morkseby EH. L. Fairchild, 71.

Glenham belt, 16, 17.

Glens Falls, 114.

Gloversville quadrangle, 20.

Gneissoid type, 16.

_ Gold sands of the Adirondacks, 29-

P32.

- Goldschmidt, V., cited, 201, 202.

Gordon, C. H., cited, 16.

Granite, II.

Grano-diorite, I5.

_ Grape blossom midge, 49-50.

Grape root worm, 50.

_ Greenfield limestone, 99.

Grenville rocks, 11, 13, 16.

_ Gypsum, 32-34, 201-2.

_ Gypsy moth, 51-52.

225

Hall, James, cited, 22, 25, Ior.

Hamilton shale, 24.

iartmianseianimy: “len vOLls soln 5es
54.

Hartnagel, C. A., mentioned, 197.

Haug, Emile, cited, 143.

Herkimer county, 20.

Hickory bark borer, 51.

Highland Park, section of Little
Falls dolomite, 107, 108-14.

Highlands, geology of, 14-20.

Homalonotus vanuxemi, 159.

Honeoye quadrangle, 9.

Hornblende, 16, 17.

Hortontown, 17.

House fly, 52.

Household insects, control of, 53,
72,

Howard, L. O., acknowledgments
to, 54.

Hoyt limestone, 11, 99, IOI, 103, 105,
TOA TL. LEA, TiS. 120,ee:

Hoyt quarry, 1009.

Hudson, George H., Joint Caves of
Valcour Island, 161-96.

Hudson highlands, geology of, 14-
20.

Hudson River slate formation, 19.

Hyolithellus micans, 17.

Indians, report on, 59-69. See also
Iroquois.

Industrial geology, 32-35.

Inwood limestone, I5.

Tron ore explorations, 35.

Jron oxids, 16.

Irondequoit limestone, 23.

Iroquois, myths and legends, by
jels IW, Combverse, 2%

Iroquois and the struggle for
America, by Elihu Root, 204-12.

Iroquois ethnology, 61-69; Gov.
Myron H. Clark Museum of,
64-69.

Ithaca, igneous rocks, 23.
Ithaca shales, 23.

Jefferson county, section, 102.

220

‘ Joint caves of Valcour island, by
G. H. Hudson, 161-06.

Jordan sandstone, 132.

Julien, cited, 150.

Kalkberg limestone, 159.

Keene valley, 13.

Xe, Je 18. Cheecl, 12s memmomeal,
199.

Kirk, cited, 43.

Labradorite, 14.

Ladue, Ward, mentioned, 17.

Lake Champlain, solvent power on
its limestones, 173-83. See also
Valcour island.

Lake Sanford region, 35.

Lassellsville quadrangle, 21.

Leighton, Henry, mentioned, 201.

Leptaena rhomboidalis, 158.

Leptocoelia, 158.
flabellites, 158.

‘Leray limestone, 126.

Linden moth, snow-white, 51.

Lindsley Corners, 20.

Lingulepis acuminata, 101, 104, 107,

TN©, WU, TWO, waz, WAS.
pinniformis, 18.

Little Falls dolomite, 11, 12; of the
Mohawk valley, age and rela-
imome, ly JB, ©, Wilrneln aimcl Isl, 12
Cushing, 97-140; does not prop-
erly belong with the Beekman-
town, 103; Ticonderoga section,
103-6; Saratoga section, 106-14;
Whitehall section, 114-16; Mo-
hawk valley sections, 116-20;
western sections, 120-27; Little

> Halls) "section, £16, 9120-240) 120)
correlation of foregoing sections,
128-30; chart of sections, 120;
stratigraphic position, 130-36.

Lockport quadrangle, 9.

Lowville limestone, 113, I14, I17,
TUO), UA, WA TAO, W277, LAG, 130)

Ludlowville, igneous rocks, 23.

Luedecke, O., cited, 201.

Luther, D. D., resurvey of certain
quadrangles by, 9; additions to

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

archeology section, 60; study of
ancient Indian settlements, 69;
Geology of the Geneva-Ovid
Quadrangles, 72; Nun-da-wa-o,
the Oldest Seneca Village, 213-21.

Magnetite, 17, 35, 199-201.
Manhattan island, geological struc-
tures, 14-16.
Manheim dike, 23.
Map, geological,
state, 8.
Maps, geological, 74; list, 8-9.
Mastodons, 45-47.
Mather, W. W., cited, 16.

of New York

_Matteawan, 16, 17.

Matteawan granite, 16.
Maw, cited, 150, 155.

Mayfield, 20.

Medina quadrangle, o.

Melilite, 24.

Memoirs, published, 70; in press,
74-

Micaceous gneisses, 16.

Microcline, 16.

Middle Stink lake, 21.

Middleville section of Little Falls
dolomite, 116, 124-26, 129.

Miller, Hugh, cited, 155.

Miller, W. J., survey of Broad-

albin quadrangle, 11; Geology

of the Remsen Quadrangle, 70;

work of, 114; Origin of Color
in the Vernon Shale, 150-56;
cited, 118.

Mineralogy, 39-40; accessions to
collections, 79-82; contributions
to, by H. P. Whitlock, 107-203.

Mines and quarries, review of, 34-
35.

Mining and quarry industry of
New York, by D. H. Newland,
Viale

Mohawk valley, Little Falls dolo-
mite, age and _ relations, by
DOs} Ulrich) and El Gnsinnncs
97-140; sections of Little Falls
dolomite, 116-20; surficial geol-
ogy, 20.

INDEX TO SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1909 227

Mohawkian limestone, 1I12, 113,
129.

Mollusca, monograph of, 56.

Moose, 46.

Morgan, Lewis H., cited, 214.

Mt McIntyre, 12.

Mt Marcy, 12, 13.

Mt Marcy quadrangle, 12.

New Scotland beds, 158, 150.

New York, southeastern, geology
of, 14-20.

Newark sandstones, I5I.

Newland, D. H., Mining and
Quarry Industry of New York,
7X.

Newport section of Little Falls
dolomite, 116, 126-27, 120.

Niagara formation, I50.

Northville, 2t.

Nun-da-wa-o, the oldest Seneca
villase. by DD: Luther, 213=21.

Obolella, 18.

Olean conglomerate, 27.

Olean Rock City, 27.

Olenellus sp., 18.

Oneota dolomite, 132.

Ophileta, Iot.
disjuncta, 117.
levata, 121.

Ordovicic, contact with Canadian
and Ozarkic, 132.

Oriskany beds, 158, 150.

Orthoclase, 16.

Oscillations of level, 137-40.

Ozarkic and Cambric, boundary
between, 132.

Paleontology, 40-45; bulletin, 72;
accessions to collections, 77-78.

Paleozoic platform of North
America, symmetric arrange-
ment in the elements of, by
Rudolf Ruedemann, 141-49.

Pamelia formation, 102.

Parrish, quoted, 216.

Pearls, investigation of occur-
rences, 56-58.

Phelps quadrangle, 9.

Phytopsis, 124, 127.

Pinnacle, 21.

Pinnacle mountain, 20.

Pitchoff mountain, 14.

Plagioclase, 16.

Plant lice, 48.

Plectambonites sericeus, 10.

Pleistocene deposits, 12.

Pleurotomaria hunterensis, 121,
128.

Port Ewen, 158, 159.

Port Henry quardrangle, 12.

Portage shales, 23.

Postglacial mammalian remains,
AGRA: A

Potsdam sandstone, II, 12, 18, 98,
OO OS, Gye A a, any, Tees,
120) 52038 120.) 1385) 130s tOSsills.
'IoI; stratigraphic position, I30-
30.

Potters. B:. citedy.2n72

Poughkeepsie quadrangle, 16.

Prasopora simulatrix, 114, 121, 124.

Prosser, ©) S;, cited, 102; 116), 119;
120.

Protean group, 22.

Publications, 69-74.

Pyrites, 35.

IP\ig@>eeiie, 17h 1070,

Quartz, 16.
Quartzite, 17.

Remsen quadrangle, geology of,
by W. J. Miller, 7o.

Ribeiria, I19, 136.

Rochester shale, 22.

Rock cities of Cattaraugus county,
25520) :

Rock City Falls, 113, 114.

Rock hollow, 17.

Rondout, 159, 160.

Root, Elihu, The Iroquois and the
Struggle for America, 204-12.

Ruedemann, Rudolf, survey of
Saratoga quadrangle, 11; Sym-
metric Arrangement in the Ele-
ments of the Paleozoic Platform

228

of North America, 141-49; cited,

12, 97.
Russell, cited, 150, I5I.

Sacandaga valley, 21.

St Lawrence limestone, 132.

Salina beds, 23.

San José scale, 40.

Sangerfield quadrangle, 9.

Saratoga county, II.

Saratoga quadrangle, 11.

Saratoga section of Little Falls
dolomite, 98, 106-14, 129.

Saratoga Springs, protection fer
mineral water springs, 9-II.

Saratogan series, 130-36.

Saugerties, downward overthrust
fault, by G. H. Chadwick, 157-60.

Saunders, A. P., cited, 151, 154.

Schneider, P. F., investigation of
pearls, 58.

Schoharie grit, 158.

‘Schuchert, Charles, cited, 135, 144,
147, 148.

Scientific collections, condition of,
6-8.

Scott, cited, 153.

Sedgwick, cited, 132.

Seely, cited, 98, 102, 103, I05, 106.

Seismological station, 35-39.

Shade tree pests, 50.

Shaler, cited, 123.

Shoreham, 103.

Shufeldt, R. W., Osteology cf
Birds, 73.

Sieberella galeata, 157.

Skene mountain, section of Little
Falls dolomite, 114, 115-16.

Small Creek, section of Little
Falls dolomite, 121-24.

Smith, Burnett, cited, 23.

Sim, (C, IL ane, 2a

Sodus shale, 23.

Solenopora compacta, 20, 117.

Spirifer cyclopterus, 158.
macropleura, 158.
murchisoni, 158.

Sprakers, 120, 120.

‘Spruce bud worm, 51.

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Spruce gall aphid, 50.

Staff of the Science Division and
State Museum, 75-76.

Stissing mountain, 137.

Stoneco, 18.

Storm King, 15.

Streptelasma, 126.

Suess, cited, 141, 145.

Sugar maple borer, 50.

Surficial geology, 20-21.

Sutton, S. H., cited, 216.

Swartoutville, 10.

Syenite, II, 14.

Syracuse, igneous rocks, 23.

Taonurus : caudagalli, 158.
Tetradium, I17.
cellulosum, 124, 127.

~Tetragraptus zones, 134.

Theresa formation, 99, I01,
127-28, 129, 130, 131, 139.
Ticonderoga section of Little Falis
dolomite, 98, 103-6, 129.

Titaniferous ores, 14.

Topographic quadrangles, 8.

Trenton limestone, 107, 121,
120.

Tribes Hill limestone, II, 99, TO!,
113, Ild4, 117, 118,020; 9022oeee
124, 126, 128, 134, 139, 140; strati-
graphic position, 130-36; age of,
136-37.

Tribes Hill section of Little Falls
dolomite, 116, 118-19, 129.

O02;

124,

{

Ulrich, E. O., cited) 130;eiai age
134, 142, 147.

& Cushing, H. P., Age and
Relations of the Little Falls
Dolomite of the Mohawk Valley,
97-140.

Utica quadrangle, 9.

Valcour island, joint caves of, by
G. H. Hudson, 161-96.

van Ingen, cited, 157.

Vanuxem, cited, 22, 97, 100, 116,
154:

Vernon shale, origin of color in,
by W. J. Miller, 150-56.

im Viy mountain, 16, 17.

- Walcott, cited, 99, Io1, I16, 130,
134, 148.

Wappinger Falls, 16.

Wappinger limestone, 18.
Watertown limestone, I13 Id.
Wayland quadrangle, 9.

Weller, cited, 141.

Wheelerville, 21.

Whiteface, 12.

Whitehall section of Little Falls
dolomite, 98, 114-16, 120.

INDEX TO SIXTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQOQ

229

Whitlock, H. P., Contributions to
Mineralogy, 197-203; cited, 4o.

Whitnall, H. O., work of, 9.

Williams, H. S., cited, 123.

Williamson shale, 23.

Willis, Bailey, cited, 141, 145, 147.

Wolcott limestone, 23.

Wolcottville, 16.

Woodworth, J. B., cited, 195.

Young, D. B., work of, 53, 54.
Zoology, report on, 54-59; bul-

letins, 73; accessions to collec-
tions, 89-94.

New York State Education Department
New York State Museum

Joun M. Crarke, Director

PUBLICATIONS

Packages will be sent prepaid except when distance or weight renders the
'same impracticable. On 10 or more copies of any one publication 20%
discount will be given. Editions printed are only iarge enough to meet
special claims and probable sales. When the sale copies are exhausted,
the price for the few reserve copies is advanced to that charged by second-
hand booksellers, in order to limit their distribution to cases of special
need. Such prices are inclosed in[]. All publications are in paper covers,
unless binding is specified. Checks or money orders should be addressed
and pavable to New York State Education Department.

Museum annual reports 1847-date. Allin print to 1894, 50c a volume, 75c in
cloth; 1894-date, sold in sets only; 75¢ each for octavo volumes; price of
quarto volumes on application.

These reports are made un of the reports of the Director, Geologist, Paleontologist, Botanist
and Entomologist, and museum bulletins and memoirs, issued as advance sections of the
reports. ;

Director’s annual reports 1904-date.

1904. 138p. 20¢. I907, 212p. 63pl. Soc.
1905. 102p. 23pl. 30c. K 1908. 234p. 39pl. map. 4oc.
Iyo6. 186p. 4rpl. 35¢. I909. 230p. 4rpl. 2zmaps, 4charts, 45¢c.

These reports cover the reports of the State Geologist and of the State Paleontologist.
Bound also with the museum reports cf which they form a part.

Geologist’s annual reports 1881-date. Rep’ts 1, 3-13, 17-date, Svo; 2,
f 14-16, 4to.

In 1898 the paleontologic work of the State was made distinct from the geologic and was
| reported separately from 1899-1903. The two departments were reunited in. 1904, and are
| now reported in the Director’s report.

The annual reports of the original Natural History Survey, 1837-41, are out of print.
Reports 1-4, 1881-84, were published only in separate form. Of the 5th report 4 pages
“Were reprinted in the 39th museum report, and a supplement to the 6threport was included
in the 40th museum report. The 7th and subsequent reports are included in the 41st and
following museum reports, except that certain lithographic plates in the 11th report (1891)
-and 13th (1893) are omitted from the 4sth and 47th museum reports.

_ Separate volumes of the following only are available.

Report Price Report Price Report Price
12 (1892) $.50 17 $.75 21 3.40
14 eis 18 Bers 22 -40
I5, 2vV. 2 19 .40 23 -45
16 I 20 .50 [See Director’s annual reports]

4 aleontologist’s annual reports 1899-date.

See first note under Geologist’s annual reports.

| Bound also with museum reports of which they form a part. Reports for 1899 and 1900

| may be had for 20c each. Those for 1901-3 were issued as bulletins. In 1904 combined
with the Director’s report.

| Entomologist’s annual reports on the injurious and other insects of the
State of New York 1882-date.

| __ Reports 3-20 bound also with museum reports 40-46, 48-58 of which they form a part.
‘Since 1898 these reports have been issued as bulletins. Reports 3-4, 17 are out of print,
| other reports with prices are:

Report Price Report Price Report Price
I $.50 Io $.35 18 (Bul. 64) $.20
2 .30 Ir .25 TONG nes 70) en ans
5 .25 12 25 20) (Gmo/7) ae aO
6 S15 13 Free 2t(‘ 104) .25
7 20 14 (Bul. 23) .20 22(‘ tro) .25
8 +25 ICS ea) nae 23 (“ 124) .75
9 -25 16 ( 36) .25 BAN(Cr) n374)) 35

Reports 2, 8-12 may also be obtained bound in cloth at 25c each in addition to the price
given above

Botanist’s annual reports 1867—date.

Bound also with museum reports 21—date of which they form a part; the first Botanist’s
report appeared in the 21st museum report and isnumbered 21. Reports 21-24, 29, 31-41
were not published separately.

Separate reports for 1871-74, 1876, 1888-98 are out of print. Report for 1899 may be had
for 20c; t900 for 50c. Since rgo01 these reports have been issued as bulletins.

NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT

Descriptions and illustrations of edible, poisonous and unwholesome fungi of New York
have also been published in volumes 1 and 3 of the 48th (1894) museum report and in volume
zx of the goth (1895), 51st (1897), 52d (1898). 54th (1900), 55th (1901), in volume 4 of the
s6th (1902), in volume 2 of the 57th (1903), in volume 4 of the 58th (1904), in volume 2
of the s9th (190s), 60th (1906), in volume 2 of the 61st (1907) and 62d (1908) reports.
The descriptions and illustrations of edible and unwholesome species contained in the 49th,
sist and 52d reports have been revised and rearranged, and, combined with others more
recently prepared, constitute Museum memoir 4. :

Museum bulletins 1887-date. 8vo. To advance subscribers, $2 a year or $1
a year for division (1) geology, economic geology, paleontology, mineralogy:
ee each for divisions (2) general zoology, archeology and miscellaneous, (3)

otany, (4) entomology.
Bulletins are grouped in the list on the following pages according to divisions.

The divisions to which bulletins belong are as follows:

1 Zoology 48 Geology 94 Botany
2 Botany 49 Paleontology 95 Geology
3 Economic Geology 50 Archeology 96 ee
4 Mineralogy 51 Zoology 97 Entomology
s Entomology 52 Paleontology 98 Mineralogy
6 c 53 Entomology 99 Paleontology
» Economic Geology 54 Botany too Economic Geology
8 Botany 55 Archeology tort Paleontology
9 Zoology 56 Geology to2z2 Economic Geology :
zo Economic Geology 57 Entomology : ro3 Entomology
11 a3 58 Mineralogy I04 i
12 s _59 Entomology tos Botany :
13 Entomology 60 Zoology 106 Geology (
14 Geology 61 Economic Geology 107 iy
1s Economic Geology 62 Miscellaneous ro8 Archeology
16 Archeology 63 Paleontology tog Entomology
17 Economic Geology 64 Entomology IIo ie
18 Archeology 65 Paleontology t11r Geology
19 Geology 66 Miscellaneous 112 Economic Geology
20 Entomology 67 Botany 113. Archeology r
21 Geology 68 Entomology t14 Paleontology
22 Archeology 69 Paleontology 115 Geology
23 Entomology zo Mineralogy 116 Botany
24 os 71 Zoology 117 Archeology
25 Botany 72 Entomology 118 Paleontology
26 Entomology 73 Archeology r19 Economic Geology
27 f 74 Entomology 120 e
28 Botany 75 Botany r21 Director’s report for 1907
29 Zoology 76 Entomology 122 Botany
30 Economic Geology 77 Geology 123 Economic Geology
31 Entomology 78 Archeology 124 Entomology
32 Archeology 79 Entomology 125 Archeology
33 Zoology 80 Paleontology 126 Geology
34 Paleontology 81 e 127 os
35 Economic Geology 82 rf 128 Paleontology
36 Entomology 83 Geology 129 Entomology
37 “ 84 : 2 130 Zoology
38 Zoology 85 Economic Geology 131 Botany
39 Paleontology 86 Entomology 132 Economic Geology
4o Zoology 87 Archeology ’ 133 Director’s report for 1908
at Archeology 88 Zoology 134 Entomology
42 Paleontology 89 Archeology 135 Geology
43. Zoology 90 Paleontology 136 Entomology
44 Economic Geology ot Zoology 137 Geology
45 Paleontology 92 Paleontology 138 A
46 Entomology 93 Economic Geology 139 Botany
47 G -140 Director's report for 1909
Bulletins are also found with the annual reports of the museum as follows:
Bulletin Report Bulletin Report Bulletin Report Bulletin Report
12-15 48,v.1 69 GOs We 2 97 58, Vv. 5 125 (eG. 6)
Sy 7) SO Wa FiO 98. Ban Wo iy IH 2 98,99 59, Vv. 2 126-28 62, Vv. I
Sey 2) ato Wor! 72 Bay We ip Db 2 100 59, Vv. I 129 62, Vv. 2
20-25 52,V.1 73 57, V. 2 Iol SO, We 2 130 62, Vv. 3
26-31 53,V.1 7A Byhy Nar akH JOG 2 Io2 B@5 Wo AWA IA 2, Wa =
32-34 54,V.1 75 Bp Wo 2 103-5 59, V. 2 133 O25) Mien =
35,36 54,V. 2 76 Bn Wo Ly Oe 2 156 Be Wo 3 134 625, Ver 2
37-44 54,V-3 77 57,V-1I, pt I 107 60, Vv. 2
45-48 54,Vv-4 78 Fa We 2 108 60, Vv. 3
49-54 55,Vv.1 79 Sip We sop 1a 2 I09, 11060, Vv. I
55 50, Vv. 4 80 57, Vv. I, ptr IIt 60, v. 2 :
56 Bq Wo 81,82 58, Vv. 3 I12 60, Vv. I Memoir
BP. RGn Wo S) 83,84 58, Vv.1 113 60, Vv. 3 2 49, Ve 3 ]
58 56, Vv. 1 85 58, v. 2 IIt4 60, Vv. I 3,4 53, Ve.2
59,00 56,V.3 86 58, Vv. 5 II5 60, Vv. 2 5,6 57, Vv. 3
61 56, Vv. I 87-89 58, Vv. 4 116 60, Vv. 1 = 57,V.4
62 56, Vv. 4 90 Boy Wo S Teley, 60, Vv. 3 8. pt I 59, Vv. 3
63 56, v. 2 91 58, Vv. 4 118 (GO, Wo 8. pt 2 59, V-. 4
64 56, Vv. 3 92 Giey Wo 3} I19-21 61, Vv. I 9, pt I 60, Vv. 4
65, Ohman 93 Sp Wo 2 I22 61, Vv. 2 9,pt262,Vv.4
66,67 56,Vv.4 94 58, Vv. 4 123 61, Vv. I 10 60, Vv. 5
68 56, Vv. 3 95,96 58,Vv. I 124 61, Vv. 2 rere 61, Vv. 3

MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS

The figures at the beginning of each entry in the following list indicate its number as a
museum bulletin.

Geology. 14 Kemp, J. F. Geology of Moriah and Westport Townships,
Essex Co. N. Y., with notes on the iron mines. 38p. il. 7pl. 2 maps.
Sept. 1895. Free.

to Merrill, F. J. H. Guide to the Study of the Geological Collections of
the New York State Museum. 164p. r1r9pl. map. Nov. 1898. Out of
print.

21 Kemp, J. B. Geology of the Lake Placid Region. 24p.1pl.map. Sept.
1898. Free.

48 Woodworth, J. B. Pleistocene Geology of Nassau County and Borough
of Queens. 58p.il. 8pl. map. Dec. 1901. 25¢c.

56 Merrill, F. J. H. Description of the State Ganione Map of 1901. 42p.
2 maps, tab. Nov. 1902. Free.

77 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Vicinity of Little Falls, Herkimer Co.
98p. il. r5pl.2 maps. Jan. 1905. 30c

83 Woodworth, J.B. Pleistocene Geology of the Mooers Quadrangle. 62p.
25pl. map. June 1905. 25c.

84 Ancient Water Levels of the Champlain and Hudson Valleys. 2o06p.
il. ripl. 18 maps. July 1905. 45¢c.

95 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Northern Adirondack Region. 188p.
15pl.3 maps. Sept. 1905. 3o0c.

96 Ogilvie, I. H. Geology of the Paradox Lake Quadrangle. 5,4p. il. 17pl.
map. Dec. 1905. 30C.

106 Fairchild, H. L. Glacial Waters in the Erie Basin. 88p. r4pl. 9 maps,
Feb. 1907. Out of print.

107 Woodworth, J. B.; Hartnagel, C. A.; Whitlock, H. P.; Hudson, G. H.;
Clarke, J. M.; White, David & Berkey, Cz P: Geological Papers. 388p.
54pl. map. May 1907. oc, cloth.

Contents: Woodworth, J. B. Postglacial Faults of Eastern New York.

Hartnagel, C. A. Stratigraphic Relations of the Oneida Conglomerate.

—— Upper Siluric and Lower Devonic Formations of the Skunnemunk Mountain Region.

Whitlock, H. P. Minerals from Lyon Mountain, Clinton Co.

Hudson, G. H. On Some Pelmatozoa from the Chazy Limestone of New York.

Clarke, J. M. Some New Devonic Fossils. :

—— An Interesting Style of Sand-filled Vein.

—— Eurypterus Shales of the Shawangunk Mountains in Eastern New York.

White, David. A Remarkable Fossil Tree Trunk from the Middle Devonic of New York.

Berkey, C. P. Structural and Stratigraphic Features of the Basal Gneisses of the
Highlands.

111 Fairchild, H. L. Drumlins of New York. 6o0p. 28pl. 19 maps. July
1907. Out of print.

115 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Long Lake Quadrangle. 88p. 2opl.
map. Sept. 1907. Out of print.

126 Miller, W. 3 Geology of the Remsen Quadrangle. 5,4p. il. 11pl. map.
aneengoon 2/5

127 Fairchild, a L. Glacial Watersin Central New York. 64p. 27pl. 15 maps.
Mar. 190y. 40.

135 Miller, W. J. Geology of the Port Leyden Quadrangle, Lewis County,
Nee, oz pri) rm pl map, Jan. 1970. 2'5e:

137 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Auburn- Qenda Quadrangles. 36p. map.
Mar. 1910. 20C.

138 Kemp, J. F. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Geology of the Elizabethtown

-and Port Henry Quadrangles. 176p.il.20 pl. 3 maps. Apr. 1910. 4qoc.

Berkey, C. P. Geology of the Highlands of the Hudson. In preparation.

Cushing, H. P.; Fairchild, H.L.; Ruedemann, Rudolf & Smyth, C. H.
Geology of the Thousand Island Region. In press.

Economic geology. 3 Smock, J.C. Building Stone in the State of New
York. 1154p. Mar. 1888. Out of print.

First Report on the Iron Mines and Iron Ore Districts in the State
of New York. 78p. map. June 1889. Out of print.

Io Building Stone in New York. 210p. map, tab. Sept. 1890. 4oc.

11 Merrill, F. J. H. Salt and Gypsum Industries of New York. og4p. rapl.
2 maps. 11 tab. Apr. 1893. [50c}

12 Ries, Heinrich. Clay Industries of New York. 174p. 1pl. il. map. Mar.
1895. 30C.

NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT

15 Merrill, F. J. H. Mineral Resources of New York. 240p. 2 maps

‘Sept. 1895. [50c]

17 Road Materials and Road Building in New Vor 52p. 14pl. 2 maps.
OGis HIG. HSCS

30 Orton, Edward. Petroleum and Natural Gas in New York. 136p. il.
3 maps. Nov. 1899. 15¢c.

35 Ries, Heinrich. Clays of New York; their Properties and Uses. 456p.
140pl. map. June 1900. Out of print.

44 Lime and Cement Industries ot New York; Ecke!, E. C. Chapters
on the Cement Industry. 332p. rorpl. 2 maps. Dec. 1901. 85¢, cloth.

61 Dickinson, H. T. Quarries of Bluestone and other Sandstones in New
York. 1114p. 18pl.2 maps. Mar. 1903. 35c.

85 Rafter, G. W. Hydrology of New York State. gozp. il. 44pl. 5 maps.
May 1905. $1.50, cloth.

93 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York. 78p.
July 1905. Out of print.

too McCourt, W. E. Fire Tests of Some New York Building Stones. 4op.
26p!. Feb 1906. r5¢.

102 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1905.
162p. June 1906. Out of print.

112 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1906. 82p. July
1907. Out of print.

IIQ & Kemp, J. F. Geology of the Adirondack Magnetic Iron Ores
with a Report on the Mineville-Port Henry Mine Group 184p. 14pl.
8 maps. Apr. 1908. 35c.

120 Newland, D.H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1907. 8ap.
July 1908. 15¢.

I23 & Hartnagel, C. A. Iron Ores of the Clinton Formation in New
York State. 76p.il.14 pl. 3 maps. Nov. 1908. 25¢.

132 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1908. 98p.
July 1909. 15¢.

— Mining and Quarry Industry of New York for 1909. In press.

Mineralogy. 4 Nason, F. L. Some New York Minerals and their Localities.
22p. ipl. Aug. 1888. Free.

58 Whitlock, H. P. Guide to the Mineralogic Collections of the New York
State Museum. 15op. il. 39pl. 11 models, Sept. 1902. 40c.

70 —— New York Mineral Localities. 11rop. Oct. 1903. 20c.
98 Contributions from the Minetralogic Laboratory. 38p. 7pl. Dec.
1905. 15C.

Paleontology. 34 Cumings, E. R. Lower Silurian System of Eastern Mont-
gomery County; Prosser, C. S. Notes on the Stratigraphy of Mohawk
Valley and Saratoga County, N. Y. 74p. 14pl. map. May 1900. t15¢c.

39 Clarke, J. M.; Simpson, G. B. & Loomis, F. B. Paleontologic Papers 1.
72p. il. r6pl. ‘Oct. Igoo. I5c.

Contents: Clarke, J. M. A Remarkable Occurrence of Orthoceras in the Oneonta Beds of
the Chenango Valley, N. Y.

—— Paropsonema cryptophya; a Peculiar Echinoderm from the Intumescens-zone
(Portage Beds) of Western New York.

—— Dictyonine Hexactinellid Sponges from the Upper Devonic of New York.

—— The Water Biscuit of Squaw Island, Canandaigua Lake,

Simpson, G. B. Preliminary Descriptions of New Genera of Paleozoic Rugose Corals.

Loomis, F. B. Siluric Fungi from Western New York.

42 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Hudson River Beds near Albany and their Taxo-
nomic Equivalents. 116p.2pl.map. Apr. Igor. 265¢c.

45 Grabau. A. W. Geology and Paleontology of Niagara Falls and Vicinity.
286p. il. 18p!. map. Apr. 1991. 65c; cloth, goc. ;
49 Ruedemann, Rudolf; Clarke. J. M. & Wood, Elvira. Paleontologie

Papers 2. 240p. 13pl. Dee. 1901. 4oc.

Contents: tederone, Rudolf. Trenton Conglomerate of Rysedorph Hill.

Clarke, J. M. Limestones of Central and Western New York Interbedded with Bitumi-

nous Shales o¢ the Marcellus Stage.

Wood, Elvira. Marcellus Limestones of Lancaster, Erie Co., N. Y.

Clarke, J. M. New Agelacrinites.
Value of Amnigenia as an Indicator of Fresh-water Deposits during the Devonic of
New York, Ireland and the Rhineland.

MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS

52 Clarke, J. M. Report of the State Paleontologist rg901. 28op. il. ropl.
map, t tab. July 1902. 4o0c.

& Luther, D. D. Stratigraphy of Canandaigua and Napies Quad-
rangles. 78p.map. June rgo04. 25¢c.

65 Clarke, J. M. Catalogue of Type Specimens of Paleozoic Fossils in the
New York State Museum. 848p. May 1903. $1.20, cloth.

Report of the State Paleontologist 1902. 464p.52pl.7 maps. Nov.

1903. $1, cloth.

Report of the State Paleontologist 1903. 396p. 29pl. 2 maps.
Feb. 1905. 85c, cloth.

81 & Luther, D. D. Watkins and Elmira Quadrangles. 32p. map.
Mar. 1905. 25¢c.

82 Geologic Map of the Tully Quadrangle. 4op.map. Apr. 1905. 200¢.
90 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Cephalopoda of Beekniantown and Chazy For-
mations of Champlain Basin. 224p. il. 38pl. May 1906. 75c, cloth.

92 Grabau, A.W. Guide to the Geology and Paleontology of the Schoharie
Region. 314p. il. 26pl. map. Apr. 1906. 75¢c, cloth.

99 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Beale Quadrangle. 32p. map. May
1906. 20¢c.

IOI Geology of the Penn Yan-Hammondsport Quadrangles. 28p.
map. July 1906. 25c.

114 Hartnagel, C. A. Geologic Map of the Rochester and Ontario Beach
Quadrangles. 36p.map. Aug. 1907. 20¢c.

118 Clarke, J. M. & Luther, D. D. Geologic Maps and Descriptions of the
Portage and Nunda Quadrangles including a map of Letchworth Park.
sop. 16pl. 4 maps. Jan. 1908. 35¢.

118 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Geneva-Ovid Quadrangles. 44p. map.
Apr. 1999. 20¢.

—— Geology of the Phelps Quadrangle. In preparation.

Whitnall, H. O. Geology of the Morrisville Quadrangle. Prepared.

Hopkins, T. C. Geology of the Syracuse Quadrangle. In preparation.

Hudson, G.H. Geology of Valcour Island. In preparation.

Zoology. 1 Marshall, W. B. Preliminary List of New York Unionidae.
zop. Mar. 1892. Free.

9 —— Beaks of Unionidae Inhabiting the Vicinity of Albany, N. Y. 3op.
tpl. Aug. 1890. Free.

29 Miller, G. S. jr. Preliminary List of New York Mammals. 1124p.
Oct. 1899. 15c.

33 Farr, M. S. Check List of New York Birds. 224p. Apr. 1900. 265¢.

38 Miller. G. S. jr. Key to the Land Mammals of Northeastern North
America. 106p. Oct. 1900. 15¢c.

49 Simpson, G. B. Anatomy and Physiology of Polygyra albolabris and
Limax maximus and Embryology of Limax maximus. 82p. 28pl. Oct.
TQOI. 25¢.

43 Kellogg, J. L. Clam and Scallop Industries of New York. 36p. 2pl.
map. Apr. 1go1. Free.

51 Eckel, E. C. & Paulmier, F. C. Catalogue of Reptiles and Batrachians
of New York. 64p.il. rpl. Apr. 1902. 15c.j
Eckel, E.C. Serpents of Northeastern United States.

Paulmier, F.C. Lizards, Tortoises and Batrachians of New York.
See oe H. Catalogue of the Fishes of New York. 784p. Feb. 1903.
1, clot

_ 71 Kellogg J. L. Heeding Habits and Growth of Venus mercenaria. 3op.
4pl. Sept. 1903. Fre

88 eteon. Elizabeth J. Cone List of the Mollusca of New York. 116p.
May 1905. 2o0¢.

gt Paulmier, F. C. Higher Crustacea of New York City. 78p. il. June

63

1905. 20C.
130 Shufeldt, R.W. OsteologyofBirds. 382p. il. 26pl. May 1909. 50c.
Entomology. 5 Lintner, J. A. White Grub of the May Beetle. 34p. il.
Nov. 1888. Free. .-
6 —— Cut-worms. 38p.il. Nov. 1888. Free.

ales)

NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT

13 San José Scale and Some Destructive Insects of New York State.
54p. 7pl. Apr. 1895. 15¢.

20 Felt, E. P. Elm-leaf Beetle in New York State. 46p. il. spl. June
1898. Free.

See 57.

23 14th Report of the State Entomologist 1898. 15o0p. il. gpl. Dec.
1898. 20¢. F

24 —— Memorial of the Life and Entomologic Work of J. A. Lintner Ph.D.
State Entomologist 1874-98; Index to Entomologist’s Reports 1-13.
316p. rpl. Oct. 1899. 35¢c.

Supplement to 14th report of the State Entomologist.

26 —— Collection, Preservation and Distribution of New York Insects.
36p. il. Apr. 1899. Free.

ne Shade Tree Pests in New York State. 26p. il. spl. May 1899.

ree.

31 15th Report of the State Entomologist 1899. 128p. June 1900,
15¢.

36 16th Report of the State Entomologist 1900. 118p. 16pl. Mar.

IQOI. 25¢.

Catalogue of Some of the More Important Injurious and Beneficial
Insects of New York State. 54p. il. Sept. 1900. Free.

46 —— Scale Insects of Importance and a List of the Species in New
York State. o4p.il.rspl. June rg01. 25¢c.

47 Needham, J. G. & Betten, Cornelius. Aquatic Insects in the Adiron-
dacks. 234p. il. 36pl. Sept. IQOI. 45¢.

53 Felt, E. P. 17th Report of the State Entomologist Igor. 232p. il. 6pl.
Aug. 1902. Out of print.

Elm Leaf Beetle in New York State. 46p. il. 8pi. Aug. 1902.

Out of print.

a is a revision of 20 containing the more essential facts observed since that was pre-
pared.

59- Grapevine Root Worm. 4op. 6pl. Dec. 1902. 15c.
ee 72. :
64 18th Report of the State Entomologist 1902. 110op. 6pl. May

TQO3- 20C.

68 Needham, J. G. & others. Aquatic Insects in New York. 322p. 52pl.
Aug. 1903. 8oc, cloth.

72 Felt, E.P. Grapevine Root Worm. 58p. 13pl. Nov. 1903. 20¢c.

This is a revision of 59 containing the more essential facts observed since that was
prepared.

74 —— & Joutel, L.H. Monograph of the Genus Saperda. 88p. 14pl.
June 1904. 25c.

76 Felt, E. P. 19th Report of the State Entomologist 1903. 1150p. 4pl.
1904. I5C.

79 —— Mosquitos or Culicidae of New York. 164p. il. 57pl. tab. Oct.
1904. 40Cc

86 Needham, J. G. & others. May Flies and Midges of New York. 352p.
ileyple June 1905. 8oc, cloth.

97 Felt, E. P. 20th Report of the State Entomologist 1904. ‘246p. il. z9pl.
Nov. 1905. 40¢c.

103 —— Gipsy and Brown Tail Moths. 44p. 1opl. July 1906. 15¢c.

104 —— 21st Report of the State Entomologist 1905. 3144p. tropl. Aug.
1906. 25¢.

109 Tussock Moth and Elm Leaf Beetle. 34p.8pl. Mar. 1907. 20C¢.

110 —— 22d Report of the State Entomologist 1906. 4152p. 35pl June
I9Q07. 25¢.

124 —— 23d Report of the State Entomologist 19¢7. 542p. 44pl. il.

Oct. 1908. 75c.
I29 Conical of Household Insects. 48p. il. May 1909. Out of print.

——

Pee ee
" t

MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS

134 24th Report of the State Entomologist 1908. 208p. r7pl. il. Sept.
1909. 35C.

136 Controlof Flies and Other Household Insects. 56p.il. Feb. 1910.
TSC:

This is a revision of 129 containing the more essential facts observed since that was
prepared.

Needham, J. G. Monograph on Stone Flies. In preparation.

Botany. 2 Peck, C. H. Contributions to the Botany of the State of New
York. j2p.2pl. May 1887. Out of print.

8° Boleti of the United States. g98p. Sept. 1889. Out of print.

25 Report of the State Botanist 1898. 76p. spl. Oct. 189¢. Out of
rint.

28 Plants of North Elba. 206p. map. June 1899. 200.

54 —— Report ofthe State Botanist 1901. 58p.7pl. Nov. 1902. 4oc.

67 —— Report ofthe State Botanist 1902. 196p.5pl. May 1903. soc.

75 —— Report of the State Botanist 1903. op. 4pl. 1904. 4oc.

04 —— Report of the State Botanist 1904. 6op. ropl. July 1905. 4oc.

105 Report of the State Botanist 1905. 108p.r1r2pl. Aug. 1906. soc.

116 Report of the State Botanist 1906.. r20p. 6pl. July 1907. 35¢.

122 Report of the State Botanist 1907. 178p. spl. Aug. 1908. 4oc.

131 Report of the State Botanist1908. 202p. a4pl. Julyi1g9e9. 4oc.

139 —— Report of the State Botanist 1909. 3116p. ropl. May srgi0o. 45¢c.

Archeology. 16 Beauchamp, W. M. Aboriginal Chipped Stone Imple-
ments of New York. 86p. 23pl. Oct. 1897. 25¢c.

18 Polished Stone Articles used by the New York Aborigines. 104p.

35pl. Nov. 1897. 25¢c.

Earthenware of the New York Aborigines. 78p. 32pl. Oct.

1898. 25¢.

Aboriginal Occupation of New York. 1190p. 16pl. 2maps Mar.
Ig00. 30C.

41 Wampum and Shell Articles used by New York Indians.
166p. 28pl. Mar. 1901. 3oc.

50 Horn and Bone Implements of the New York Indians. 1112p. 43pl.
“Mar. 1902. 30C.

55 Metallic Implements of the New York Indians. o94p. 38pl.
June 1902. 25¢.

32

73 Metallic Ornaments of the New York Indians. 122p. 37pl. Dec.
1903. 30C.
78 History of the New York Iroquois. 340p. 17pl. map. Feb. 1905.

75¢, cloth.

87 Perch Lake Mounds. 84p. t12pl. Apr. 1905. 20C¢.

89 Aboriginal Use of Wood in New York. 1g90p. 35pl. June
IQO5.. 35¢.

ae Aboriginal Place Names of New York. 336p. May 1907. 4cc.

113 Civil, Religious and Mourning Councils and Ceremonies of Adop-

tion. 3118p. 7pl. June 1907. 25¢.

117 Parker, A. C. An Erie Indian Village and Burial Site. 1027.
38pl. Dec. 1907. 3o0c.

125 Converse, H. M. & Parker, A.C. Iroquois Myths and Legends. 1096p.

“ie raph: Dee. 10082 .50¢:
Miscellaneous. Ms 1 (62) Merrill. F. J H. Directory of Natural History
- Museums in United States and Canada. 226p. Apr. 1903. 30c.

66 Ellis, Mary. Index to Publications of the New York State Nat-
ural History Survey and New York State Museum 1837-1902. 418p.
June 1903. 75¢, cloth.

Museum memoirs 1889-date. j

t Beecher, C. E. & Clarke, J. M. Development of Some Silurian Brachi-
opoda. 9g6p. 8pl. Oct. 1889. $r. 5

2 Hall, James & Clarke J. M. Paleozoic Reticulate Sponges. 35op. il. 7opl.

1898. $2, cloth. ‘
3.Clarke. J. M. The Oriskany Fauna of Becraft Mountain, Columbia Co.,
N. Y. 128p. 9pl. Oct. 1900. 8o0c.
4 Peck, C. H. . Y. Edible Fungi, 1895-g9. 106p.25pl. Nov. 1900. [$1.25]

This includes revised descriptions and illustrations of fungi reported in the 49th, 51st and
s2d reports of the State Botanist.

NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT

5 Clarke, J. M. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Guelph Formation and Fauna of
New York State. 1096p. 21pl. July 1903. $1.50, cloth.
6 eee M. Naples Fauna in Western New York. 268p. 26pl. map.
2, cloth.
7 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Graptolites of New York. Pt 1 Graptolites of the
Lower Beds. 350p.17pl. Feb. 1905. $1.50, cloth.
8 Felt, E. P. Insects Affecting Park and Woodland Trees. v.1. 460p.
il. 48pl. Feb. 1906. $2.50. cloth: v.2. 548p. il. 22pl. Feb. 1907. $2, cloth.
9g Clarke, J. M. Early Devonic of New York and Eastern North America,
Pt 1. 366p. il. 7opl. 5 maps. Mar. 1908. $2.50, cloth; Pt 2, 25op. il. 36pl.
4maps. Sept. 1909. $2, cloth.
to Eastman, C. R. The Devonic Fishes of the New York Formations.
236p. «5pl. st907. $1.25, cloth.
tr Ruedemann, Rudolf. Graptolites of New York. Pt 2 Graptolites of the
Higher Beds. 584p. il. 2 tab. 31pl. Apr. 1908. $2.50, cloth.
12 Eaton, ©... Birds of New York. v2 1, 5orp: alo 42) ply Apear oer
$3, cloth; v. 2 im press.
13 Whitlock, H. P. Calcites af New York. In press.
Clarke, Ie M. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. The Eurypterida of New York.
In press.
Natural history of New York. 3ov. il. pl. maps. 4to. Albany 1842-04.
DIVISION 1 ZooLoGY. De Kav, James E. Zoology of New York; or, The
New York Fauna: comprising detailed descriptions of all the animals
hitherto observed within the State of New York with brief notices of
those occasionally found near its borders, and accompanied by appropri-
ate illustrations. 5v.il. pl. maps. sq. 4to. Albany 1842-44. Out of print.
Historical introduction to the series by Gov. W. H. Seward. 178p.

v. 1 ptr Mammalia. 131+46p. 33pl. 1842.
399 copies with hand-colored plates

v. 2 pt2 Birds. 12+380p. r141pl. 1844.
Colored Piates.

v. 3 pt3 Reptiles and Amphibia. 7+ 98p. pt4 Fishes. 15+4r5p. 1842.
pt3—a bound together.

v. 4 Plates to accompany v. 3. Reptiles and Amphibia 23pl. Fishes 7gpl!.
1842
300 copies with hiaud-coicred clates

v. 5 pt5 Mollusca. 4+271p. qopl. pt6 Crustacea. 7op. 13pl. 1843-44.
Hand-colored plates; pts—6 bound together.

DIVISION 2 BOTANY. Torrey, John. Flora of the State of New York; com-
prising full descriptions of all the indigenous and naturalized plants hith-
erto discovered in the State, with remarks on their economical and medical
properties. 2v. il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1843. Out of print.

v. t Flora of the State of New York. 12+484p. 72pl. 1843.

300 copies with hand-colored plates.

v. 2 Flora of the State of New York. 572p. 89pl. 1843.
300 copies with hand-colored plates.

DIVISION 3 MINERALOGY. Beck, Lewis C. Mineralogy of New York; com-
prising detailed descriptions of the minerals hitherto found in the State
of New York, and notices of their uses in the arts and agriculture. il. pl.
sq. 4to. Albany 1842. Out of print.

v. 1 pt1 Economical Mineralogy. pt2 Descriptive Mineralogy. 24+536p.
1842.
8 plates additional to those printed as part of the text.

DIVISION 4 GEOLOGY. Mather, W. W.; Emmons, Ebenezer; Vanuxem, Lard-
ner & Hall. James. Geology of New York. 4qv. il. pl. sq. 4to. Aibany
1842-43. Out of print.

v. 1 ptr Mather, W. W. First Geological District. 37+653p. 46pl. 1843.

v. a ptz Emmons, Ebenezer. Second Geological District. 10 74372: 17pl.
1842.

v. 3 pt3 Vanuxem, Lardner. Third Geological District. 306p. 1842.

Vv. 4 pt4 Hall James. Fourth Geological District. 22+683p. topl. map.
1043. ;

MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS

DIVISION 5 AGRICULTURE. Emmons, Ebenezer. Agriculture of New York;
comprising an account of the classification, composition and distribution
of the soils and rocks and the natural waters of the different geological
formations, together with a condensed view of the meteorology and agri-
er. productions of the State. 5v. il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1846-54. Out
of print.

V2 Soils of the State, their Composition and Distribution. 11+371p. 21pl.
1846.

v. 2 Analysis of Soils, Plants, Cereals, etc. 8+343+46p. 42pl. 1849.
With hand-colored plates.

v. 3 Fruits, etc. 8+340p. 1851.

v. 4 Plates to accompany v. 3. gs5pl. 1851.

Hand-colored. ;

v. 5 Insects Injurious to Agriculture. 8+z2z72p. 5opl. 1854
With hand-colored plates.

DIVISION 6 PALEONTOLOGY. Hall, James. Paleontology of New York. §8v.
il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1847-94. Bound in cloth.

v. 1 Organic Remains of the Lower Division of the New York System.
23+338p. oopl. 1847. Out of print.

v. 2 Organic Remains of Lower Middle Division of the New York System.
8+362p. ro4pl. 1852. Out of print.

Vv. 3 Organic Remains of the Lower Helderberg Group and the Oriskany
Sandstone. pti, text. 12+532p. 1859. [$3.50]

——pt2. 14zpl. 1861. [$2.50]

v. 4 Fossil Brachiopoda of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage and
Chemung Groups. 11+1+428p. 69pl. 1867. $2.50.

v. 5 pti Lamellibranchiata 1. Monomyaria of the Upper Helderberg,
Hamilton and Chemung Groups. 18+268p. 45pl. 1884. $2.50.

Lamellibranchiata 2. Dimyaria of the Upper Helderberg, Ham-
ilton, Portage and Chemung Groups. 62+293p. 5r1pl. 1885. $2.50.

—— pt2 Gasteropoda, Pteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Upper Helder-
berg, Hamilton, Portage and Chemung Groups. 2v. 1879. v. 1, text.
‘15 +492p. v.2, 120pl. $2.50 for 2 v.

& Simpson, George B. v. 6 Corals and Bryozoa of the Lower and Up-
per Helderberg and Hamilton Groups. 24+298p. 67pl. 1887. $2.50.

—— & Clarke, John M. v. 7 Trilobites and other Crustacea of the Oris-
kany, Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage, Chemung and Catskill
Groups. 64+236p. 46pl. 1888. Cont. supplement to v. 5, pt2. Ptero-
poda, Cephalopoda and Annelida. qgz2p. 18pl. 1888. $2.50.

& Clarke, John M. v. 8 pti Introduction to the Study of the Genera
of the Paleozoic Brachiopoda. 16+367p. 44pl. 1892. $2.50. |

—— & ees John M. v.8ptz Paleozoic Brachiopoda. 16+394p 64pl.
1894. ZEON ae

Catalogue of the Cabinet of Natural History of the State of New York and
of the Historical and Antiquarian Collection annexed thereto. 242p. 8vo.

1853.
Handbooks 1893-date.

In quantities, 1 cent for each 16 pages or less. Single copies postpaid as below.
New York State Museum. 52p. il. Free.

Outlines, history and work of the museum with list of staff 1902.

Paleontology. 12p. Free.

’ Brief outline ot State Museum work in paleontology under heads: Definition: Relation to
biology; Relation to stratigraphy; History of paleontology in New York.

Guide to Excursions in the Fossiliferous Rocks of New York. 124p. Free.

Itineraries of 32 trips covering nearly the entire series of Paleozoic rocks, prepared specially
for the use of teachers and students desiring to acquaint themselves more intimately with the
classic rocks: of this State.

Entomology. 6p. Free.

Economic Geology. 44p. Free.

Insecticides and Fungicides. 2op. Free.

Classification of New York Series of Geologic Formations. 32p. Free.

NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ; &

Geologic maps. Merrill, F. J. H. Economic and Geologic Map of the State
of New York; issued as part of Museum bulletin 15 and 48th Museum
Report, v. 1. 59x67 cm. 1894. Scale 14 miles to r inch. 165c.

Map of the State of New York Showing the Location of Quarries of
Stone Used for Building and Road Metal. Mus. bul. 17. 1897. Free.
—— Map of the State of New York Showing the Distribution of the Rocks

Most Useful for Road Metal. Mus. bul. 17. 1897. Free...

—— Geologic Map of New York. t1o01. Scale 5 miles to i inch. In ailas
form $3; mounted on rollers $5. Lower Hudson sheet 60c.

The lower Hudson sheet, geologically colored, comprises Rockland, Orange, Dutchess, Put-
nam, Westchester, New York, Richmond, Kings. Queens and Nassau counties, and parts of
Sullivan, Ulster and Suffolk counties; also northeastern New Jersey and part of western
Connecticut.

—— Map of New York-Showing the-Surtace Configuration and Water Sheds.
1901. Scale r2 miles to 1rinch. 165c.

—— Map of the State of New York Showing the Location of its Economic
Deposits. 1904. Scale 12 miles to 1inch. 15c. ~

Seologic maps on the United States Geological Survey topographic base;
scale 1 in == 1m. Those marked with an asterisk have also been pub-
lished separately.

*Albany county. Mus. rep’t 49, v 2. 1898. Out of print.

Area around Lake Placid. Mus. bul. 21. 1808.

Vicinity of Frankfort Hill [parts of Herkimer and Oneida counties]. Mus.
rept 51 v. 1. 1899.

Rockland county. State geol. rep’t 18. 1899

Amsterdam quadrangle. Mus. bul. 34. 1900.

*Parts of Albany and Rensselaer counties. Mus. bul. 42. 1901. Free.

*Niagara river. Mus. bul. 45. 1901. 25¢.

Part of Clinton county. State geol. rep’t 19. 1901.

ONSEES Bay and Hempstead quadrangles on Long Island. Mus. bul. 48.

19

Portions of Clinton and Essex counties. Mus. bul. 52. 1go2.

Part of town of Northumberland, Saratoga co. State geol. rep’t 21. 1903.

Union Springs, Cayuga county and vicinity. Mus. bul. 69. 1902.

*Olean quadrangle. Mus. bul. 69. 1903. Free. .

*Becraft Mt with 2 sheets of sections. (Scale 1 in. =4m.) Mus. bul. 69.
1903. 20C.

*Canandaigua-Naples quadrangles. Mus. bul. 63. 1904. 2o0c.

*Little Fails quadrangle Mus. bul. 77. 1905. Free.

*Watkins-Elmira quadrangles. Mus. bul. 81. 1905. 20C¢.

*Tully quadrangle. Mus. bul. 82. 1905. Free.

*Salamanca quadrangle. Mus. bul. 80. 1905. Free.

*Mooers quadrangle., Mus. bul. i 1905. Free.

*Buffalo quadrangle. Mus. bul. 1906. Free. :

*Penn Yan-Hammondsport Gusarnnles Mus. bul. ror. 1906. 20¢.

*Rochester and Ontario Beach quadrangles. Mus. bul. 114. 2o0¢.

*Long Lake quadrangle. Mus. bul. 115. Free.

*Nunda-Portage quadrangles. Mus. bul. 118. 20c.

*Remsen quadrangle. Mus. bul. 126. 1908. Free.

*Geneva-Ovid quadrangles. Mus. bul. 128. 1909. 20c.

*Port Leyden quadrangle. Mus. bul. 135. 1910. Free.

*Auburn-Genoa quadrangles. Mus. bul. 137. r910. 200.

*Elizabethtown and Port Henry quadrangles. Mus. bul.138. 1910. tI5¢

a | Bra ba why een
LN LILSNI__NVINOSHLIWS ~o4 fuvag Ph LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTI
~~ ui
oO = oO oy pre me
% = wo fe “4 oO
\S a K Ea bs ee
WFAN. va a Yi Gt. © AZ)
\s D i m ae a mm oes
ip = 7) = Sea
RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI! = Say

NVINOSHLINS S3iuVuaITLe

NVINOSHLIWS
NS
SS SS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

is
ee

NVINOSHLINS saiuvudi LIBRARIES

INSTI
F

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NOILALILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES
NOLLNLILSNI

q
:
’

RARIES_ SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31¥Y

3 = 3 : 5
Cl oO A
= wo — ow = S~
Led LG "yy * 20 ~ a] ee Zr
wa, > 2 > 2 Ee
- Yip 2 = 2 =
a ar 2 z g Xe
NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI
z a) z cee SZ | = k.
ff > = Zz a >
Dy Oo sits Oo : Re Oo
# ee MW yg uv“) 7) OF
ye x O 43 a (2) =
lip = 2 E 2 ze
GG = > = \ > Ss
(op) Zz w < Ss w

RARITIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS

us w ut NS ut

a “3 E 4

: = 2X =

a 2 oO ra s+ 0

eres Oo pas : =<

ag Zz pete ; = Sh ay

SAIYVUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

fy = is = s C

w = = w

29 5 E a Wee

> ees > ral “>

= = aa Fe Hey

a _ ek

fo ae 0 Z a

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NVINOSHLINS

: = 3 :

—~
2 be
Aon!
{@)
=
>
a

S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES. SMITHSONIAN INSTIT

ANoTITY, 7
; (a) Ds

z ” = 2
= = #.= =
= 4 ty,
S 3 i UG 3 g
CS E Wrz, ie =
a. = “s _ a ° = 5
LALILSNI NVINOSHLINS
tJ
t
ofl

RIES

LILSNI

ty vu
= oO

Sm cert = ue
=z ad z * ae
—NVINOSHLIWS S3!1YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI)
reais = ie i y ty
= rs) cad S) j Be
a = | pe) > , ,
PF AAR EE = Ee O f/>*
a Qe WA ad a ra a
a. RS \S o xe pe =
Ae ee D z o
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31 yy)
(op) z “e Ww) = w
= < = = .
=| = \ A z P= pg
mE fo) S = ce ©) <i
eee, Te teeta La w & De wo
re) = aN IWS re) x re) (iy
= eS Q \) = es =, sh
: See : S
_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYE!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI1
2 tw Z on =
a) am wn , w
= o me. w Yell, +
= . o <x Y % af
= ce S ae MS 47S
= co = oY - i “y
| fe) = ie aie fo)
4 ae Bal = pa =
IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIWY
re i z m z
S ‘ _ o wo Ne 2)
ae i fog “x = a. 2
+ if, = ; RS RY =)
a Gye a 34 wd CS =
- GG, er = EE
ae “if? m wn m » &
= a7) < no . £
DILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
j Pa 22) rite eae uw z
fe = Og Wigs = <
=z o fyi Vag eA = S) =
g sGM 2 5 CEMA) &
= 2 “iy = 2 =
a 2 | a 2 a

TBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31Y

Ss

LIBRARIES

LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLINS S3IY¥vugdil LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTIN
MS ; “4

17

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

Saluvugii

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS
ys

S31u\

\
s’saiuvuag

BRARIES

NVINOSHLINS S31Y¥Vvualt LIBRARIE

Se as ViL = —3 G
aN Fe AV,
i RO Y fl? a 2y 7 .
Qg*® =,

id me a a
p NVINOSHLINS, SAINVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTIT
t , uw <Sil ae — lu i ie uae be
WE &. (§ AR i GE" SYA

SINTHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
A
3 9088 01300 7794